WO2020179783A1 - Weighing device, merchandise data processing system, and program - Google Patents

Weighing device, merchandise data processing system, and program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020179783A1
WO2020179783A1 PCT/JP2020/008905 JP2020008905W WO2020179783A1 WO 2020179783 A1 WO2020179783 A1 WO 2020179783A1 JP 2020008905 W JP2020008905 W JP 2020008905W WO 2020179783 A1 WO2020179783 A1 WO 2020179783A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
product
information
mobile terminal
mode
weighing device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/008905
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
恵理子 江夏
邦雄 森
Original Assignee
株式会社寺岡精工
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2019039969A external-priority patent/JP7297288B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2019127594A external-priority patent/JP7376906B2/en
Application filed by 株式会社寺岡精工 filed Critical 株式会社寺岡精工
Publication of WO2020179783A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020179783A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01G—WEIGHING
    • G01G19/00—Weighing apparatus or methods adapted for special purposes not provided for in the preceding groups
    • G01G19/40—Weighing apparatus or methods adapted for special purposes not provided for in the preceding groups with provisions for indicating, recording, or computing price or other quantities dependent on the weight
    • G01G19/413—Weighing apparatus or methods adapted for special purposes not provided for in the preceding groups with provisions for indicating, recording, or computing price or other quantities dependent on the weight using electromechanical or electronic computing means
    • G01G19/414—Weighing apparatus or methods adapted for special purposes not provided for in the preceding groups with provisions for indicating, recording, or computing price or other quantities dependent on the weight using electromechanical or electronic computing means using electronic computing means only
    • G01G19/415—Weighing apparatus or methods adapted for special purposes not provided for in the preceding groups with provisions for indicating, recording, or computing price or other quantities dependent on the weight using electromechanical or electronic computing means using electronic computing means only combined with recording means
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07G—REGISTERING THE RECEIPT OF CASH, VALUABLES, OR TOKENS
    • G07G1/00—Cash registers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a weighing device, a product data processing system and a program.
  • the present application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-0399969 filed in Japan on March 5, 2019, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-127594 filed in Japan on July 9, 2019. , The contents are used here.
  • fresh foods such as vegetables and fruits are sorted by type and displayed in piles on the sales floor. No label with a price or barcode is attached to each product.
  • the customer puts the necessary items in the provided plastic bag.
  • the customer takes a plastic bag containing the product to the cash register.
  • the customer weighs each bag and operates a preset key provided at the cash register.
  • the cash register calls the unit price data of the product, calculates the price by multiplying the unit price by the measured value of the measurement result, and registers the product.
  • a terminal device that is provided for each type of product displayed on the sales floor and that sends instruction information for instructing the product to a weighing device when operated by a customer.
  • a face-to-face sales data processing system that stores products in a showcase, displays them, calculates the selling price on the showcase, and installs an electronic scale device for face-to-face sales to display the products.
  • the display on the screen while the first operator is operating the weighing device changes depending on the behavior of product selection after the second operator. It becomes. For this reason, a situation may occur in which the operator is confused by changes in the screen during operation.
  • the disclosed technology stabilizes the change of the screen during the operation of the operator, thereby stabilizes the user interface when the operator selects the product in the weighing device, and facilitates the selection of the product by the operator.
  • the purpose In addition, the disclosed technology aims to reduce the confusion felt by the operator due to the diversification and complexity of the purchase form of products.
  • One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a weighing device that weighs a product sold by weight, and has a first mode of communicating with a mobile terminal owned by an operator and a first mode of not communicating with the mobile terminal.
  • a mode reception unit that receives a mode instruction regarding which mode of a plurality of modes including at least two modes is used to operate the weighing device, information related to the first mode, and the second mode.
  • a display control unit that displays information related to the item on the same screen.
  • the mode reception unit displays the information related to the first mode and the information related to the second mode, the metering of the operator.
  • the instruction of the mode is accepted according to the operation on the device.
  • the mode reception unit indicates that the first symbol code displayed on the weighing device has been read by the mobile terminal or between the mobile terminal and the weighing device. The fact that the short-distance wireless communication is established is accepted as the instruction of the first mode.
  • the product sales data processing device further includes a receiving unit that receives identification information including the type of the product from a terminal device provided corresponding to the type of the product, and the display control unit is the mode.
  • the reception unit receives the instruction of the first mode, it is controlled to display the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device by the intervention of the mobile terminal possessed by the operator.
  • the mode reception unit receives the instruction of the second mode, it is controlled to display the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device without the intervention of the mobile terminal.
  • the display control unit when the display control unit receives at least the instruction of the first mode and starts the first mode, the mobile phone possessed by the operator. It controls not to display information other than the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device by the intervention of the terminal.
  • the display control unit receives the instruction of the second mode, and the product corresponding to the identification information received after the second mode is started.
  • the identification information is controlled not to be used for displaying the product selection related information.
  • the product of the product is based on the identification information related to the product selection-related information selected by the operator and the measured value of the product placed on the mounting table.
  • the output unit further includes an output unit that outputs output information including the price in different modes depending on the mode, and the output unit is printed with a second symbol code including information on the price of the product in the first mode. In the second mode, a label on which the second symbol code including information on the price of the product is printed is issued, and the display control unit relates to predetermined product selection related information. When the output information of the product is output, the predetermined product selection related information is deleted.
  • One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a product data processing system having the terminal device and the weighing device according to any one of (4) to (7).
  • One aspect of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned problems is a program to be executed by the weighing device, the first mode of communicating with the mobile terminal possessed by the operator and the second mode of not communicating with the mobile terminal.
  • a procedure for receiving a mode instruction regarding which mode of the plurality of modes including at least the mode of operating the weighing device, information related to the first mode, and information related to the second mode.
  • One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a product data processing system including the weighing device and a mobile terminal according to (1), wherein the portable terminal is identification information indicating a weighing target product.
  • the weighing device includes a receiving means for receiving the identification information, a display means, and a weighing of the weighing target product shown in the identification information received by the receiving means. And a control unit that controls the display unit to display a screen prompting the product data processing system.
  • the mobile terminal includes acquisition means for acquiring the identification information of the measurement target product, and the transmission means acquires a plurality of the identification information by the acquisition means. Is to transmit the acquired plurality of the identification information, and the control means displays a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target product according to the order in which the identification information is acquired by the acquiring means. The display means is controlled.
  • the weighing device is provided with an issuing means for issuing a printed matter printed with information on the weighing target product each time the weighing target product is weighed.
  • One aspect of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned problems is to make the mobile terminal function as a first computer in a product data processing system including the measuring device and the mobile terminal according to (1), and to measure the weight.
  • a program for making the device function as a second computer the first computer is made to function as a transmission means for transmitting identification information indicating a weighing target product to the measuring device, and the second computer is used as a transmission means.
  • the user interface at the time of product selection by the operator in the weighing device is stabilized, and product selection by the operator is facilitated. Can be done. In addition, it is possible to reduce the confusion felt by the operator due to the diversification and complexity of the purchase form of the product.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a display screen after a print command button is touched in the first embodiment. It is the figure which showed the display screen and operation of the weighing
  • the first mode is a mode in which the mobile terminal 30 held by the operator is used when the operator weighs the product with the weighing device 10 and purchases the product. By using the mobile terminal 30 by the operator, the merchandise sold by weight can be stored in the virtual shopping cart.
  • the operation of this first mode is realized by the mobile terminal 30, the weighing device 10, the tag device 20 installed for each type of product, and the like operating in cooperation with each other.
  • the mobile terminal 30 can also be used to register purchased products other than those sold by weight in a virtual shopping cart. Therefore, it is possible for the purchaser to use the mobile terminal 30 for the purchased products including the products sold by weight. As a result, the purchaser who operates the mobile terminal 30 can easily and quickly purchase the product, for example, the settlement process can be performed quickly.
  • the second mode is a mode in which an operator selects a product by operating the tag device 20 without going through the mobile terminal 30, and the operator operates the weighing device 10. .. Needless to say, the operation in the second mode can be performed even when the operator does not operate the tag device 20.
  • the details of the tag device 20 will be described later, but for example, the devices shown by the tag devices 20-1 to 20-N in FIG. 2 are examples.
  • the outline of the procedure performed by the operator who purchases the merchandise sold by weight in the second mode is as follows.
  • the operator puts the required amount of products sold by weight in the required amount bag. At that time, the operator touches the display screen of the tag device 20 installed on the product sold by weight. In this way, when the operator touches the display screen, the product information of the product is transmitted from the tag device 20 to the weighing device 10.
  • the icon of the product corresponding to the product information already transferred from the tag device 20 is displayed on the screen of the weighing device 10. ..
  • the operator appropriately calculates the amount of the merchandise item by touching the icon of the merchandise item placed on the placing table among the displayed merchandise item icons.
  • the label on which the symbol code including the calculated amount of information is printed is output from the weighing device 10.
  • the operator attaches the output label to the bag containing the weighing product.
  • the POS terminal is made to read the symbol code printed on the label.
  • the product icon corresponding to the tag device 20 touched by the operator is displayed on the weighing device, so that the appropriate product icon is displayed on the weighing device 10. ..
  • an icon of a product corresponding to the tag device 20 touched by another person is displayed. The measures for this will be described in detail in the embodiments described below.
  • the outline of the first mode and the second mode is as described above, but when the operator uses the weighing device 10, even if the operation in the first mode can be performed, the second mode is used. It is desirable that the store system can respond flexibly, assuming that the operation is performed in the above mode.
  • the mode shifts to the first mode in which the weighing device 10 and the mobile terminal 30 communicate with each other, or the weighing device 10 itself is operated. It is desirable that the earlier operation of the operator's operations (interaction) is prioritized as to whether to shift to the second mode.
  • the weighing device displays product selection related information (for example, an icon button for selecting a product) according to the received product identification information.
  • product selection related information for example, an icon button for selecting a product
  • what is displayed includes product selection-related information of the product corresponding to the terminal device operated by the operator who operates the weighing device. Therefore, even if there are many types of products, the operator can easily find the desired product from the displayed product selection-related information.
  • the user interface displayed on the display screen of the weighing device becomes more stable, and weighing without confusing the first operator.
  • the device can be operated properly and quickly.
  • FIG. 1 is a system configuration diagram of a product sales system according to one embodiment.
  • tag devices (20-1, 20-2, 20-N) are installed in each of the product groups (lemon 40-1, apple 40-2, orange 40-N) in the sales floor, and the product group. It shows a state in which the weighing device 10 is installed in the vicinity of.
  • This product sales system is installed in supermarkets that sell fresh foods such as vegetables and fruits.
  • the products such as vegetables and fruits (lemon 40-1, apple 40-2, orange 40-N in the figure) that are sold individually are classified by type, It is displayed at each display place 50.
  • tag devices 20-1 to 20-N terminal devices are provided corresponding to the products at the display place. Since each product is sold separately, no label with a price or a bar code is attached, and the operator packs the product in a bag such as vinyl as needed for each type and weighs it with the weighing device 10. Labels for the products to be purchased are issued from the weighing device 10.
  • the operator affixes the issued label to a plastic bag filled with products, and since the symbol code including information such as price is printed on the label, the operator uses the POS terminal 32 or the like to print the product. You can register the product. Further, by using the mobile terminal, the operator can register the price of the measured merchandise without using the POS terminal, and can quickly carry out shopping.
  • Each tag device 20 (terminal device) is provided with a display touch panel, and when the display touch panel is operated (touched) by an operator, the tag device 20 stores a PLU (Price Look Up) code (or product). Identification information) is transmitted to the weighing device 10.
  • the PLU code is a product identification number (instruction information) that identifies the type of product, and indicates the product associated with the tag device 20.
  • the operator performs the above touch operation on the tag device 20 corresponding to the product. In this way, the PLU code of the product to be weighed by the weighing device 10 is transmitted from each tag device 20 to the weighing device 10.
  • the operation of the operator is not limited to touching the touch panel.
  • the operation of the operator may be an operation such as touching the housing of the tag device 20 or pressing a button provided in the tag device.
  • the display touch panel of the tag device 20 can display a symbol code including the stored product PLU code and the like.
  • the operator holding the mobile terminal can read this symbol code through the camera of the mobile terminal.
  • the read PLU code may be sent to the weighing device 10 by the short-range wireless communication established between the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10.
  • the PLU code may be transferred from the mobile terminal 30 to the weighing device 10 via the store controller 31 via a wireless LAN (Local Area Network) or a public telephone line.
  • a wireless LAN Local Area Network
  • each tag device 20 and the weighing device 10 are connected so as to be able to communicate by a wired LAN or a wireless LAN. All the devices shown in FIG. 1 may be connected by a single LAN or a wireless LAN.
  • the weighing device 10 receives the PLU code from the tag device 20, and displays the product icon (product selection related information) corresponding to the received PLU code on the screen of the display touch panel 104. When the weighing device 10 receives a plurality of PLU codes, they are displayed on the screen. In addition, the weighing device 10 weighs the product placed on the weighing unit (scale) and stores product data (RAM) such as the unit price of the product corresponding to the icon selected by the operator on the display touch panel. ) To calculate the price of the product and issue a label. In addition, the printing unit 110 outputs the calculated price of the product and a label on which the barcode is printed, if necessary. The weighing unit 109 including the placing table measures the weight of the product placed on the placing table.
  • the POS terminal 32 and the self-POS terminal 33 are so-called cash registers, and include products purchased by the operator (including fresh foods measured by the measuring device 10 and products pre-labeled). Perform product registration and payment.
  • the POS terminal 32 and the self-POS terminal 33 are also settlement devices that settle the price for product registration on the mobile terminal 30.
  • the POS terminal 32 is operated by a clerk, and the self-POS terminal 33 is operated by the operator himself.
  • a product identification number such as a PLU code or, in the case of a label issued by the weighing device 10, price information according to weight is printed in the form of a barcode.
  • the POS terminal 32 and the self-POS terminal 33 are provided with a reader for reading these barcodes. Then, the POS terminal 32 and the self-POS terminal 33 perform product registration processing based on the information of the barcode read by the reading device and the information such as the product selling price stored in the memory.
  • the mobile terminal 30 also has the function of the POS terminal described above, and by performing electronic payment or the like by the mobile terminal alone, it is possible to omit the POS terminal operation by the operator or the clerk. Therefore, the operator holding the mobile terminal can quickly shop.
  • the store controller 31 is a computer that manages various data in the supermarket, and is connected to the weighing device 10, the POS terminal 32, the self-POS terminal 33, the mobile terminal 30 via a LAN or a wireless LAN.
  • various data for example, a product file that stores information such as a product selling price stored in the POS terminal 32 and the self-POS terminal 33, a PLU file described later (see FIG. 8) stored in the weighing device 10, and the POS terminal 32 and There is a record file transmitted from the self-POS terminal 33.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing reading of a product type and the like by the mobile terminal 30.
  • FIG. 3 shows an example in which, using the mobile terminal 30, the operator acquires the type of merchandise sold by weight that the operator wants to purchase.
  • lemons 40-1, apples 40-2, and oranges 40-N are displayed, and a tag device 20-1, a tag device 20-2, and a tag device having a display behind each of the products sold by weight. 20-N is placed.
  • the tag device 20-1 is displayed with a lemon character, the unit price is per kg, and the unit price is nn yen. Further, a bar code is displayed on the tag device 20-1 so that the mobile terminal 30 can optically read the information. This barcode is read by the camera of the mobile terminal 30 and displayed as the barcode 301 on the display.
  • the display on these tag devices 20 may be displayed in a state of being printed on paper or the like.
  • the tag device 20-1 can promptly perform a display in consideration of a discount at the time of time service or the like.
  • the tag device 20-1 can prevent fraud by changing and displaying the barcode at a predetermined time. This fraud is fraud in which the operator causes the mobile terminal 30 to read a barcode or the like that has been previously photographed by the camera, thereby registering the merchandise to be sold by weight at different unit prices.
  • the mobile terminal 30 in FIG. 3 is equipped with a camera.
  • FIG. 3 it is shown that the barcode 301 of the lemon 40-1 is read by the camera.
  • the read “lemon” 321 is displayed, the "weighing required” 325 is displayed, and the subtotal column? ? ? Circle 315 and the like are displayed.
  • the subtotal column 315 has only one item registered, and the estimated total is? ? ? It is a yen, and a button to proceed to checkout is displayed. Since the measured value of lemon has not been obtained, the mobile terminal 30 notifies the operator of the required measurement 325, and prompts the operator to perform the measurement. Also, because the mobile terminal 30 is not weighed? ? The circle is displayed. In addition, the column 321 of the merchandise sold by weight that is not weighed is shaded. In this way, the mobile terminal 30 displays in a mode in which the operator can recognize that the weighing is not performed.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the weighing device 10.
  • the weighing device 10 includes a CPU 101, a ROM 102, a RAM 103, a display touch panel 104, a key operation unit 105, a clock unit 106, a first communication device 107, a second communication device 108, a weighing unit 109, and printing. It has a unit 110, an image pickup unit 111, and an external storage control unit 112, and is configured by these.
  • a portable storage medium 113 such as a DVD-ROM or a USB memory is connected to the external storage control unit 112.
  • Information including a program is stored in the portable storage medium 113.
  • the external storage control unit 112 reads and writes the information.
  • the CPU 101 is a central processing unit that controls the operation of the weighing device 10, and by reading a program from the ROM 102 and executing it, the operation of the weighing device 10 according to the program is realized.
  • the ROM 102 is a read-only memory, and stores the above program.
  • the RAM 103 is a write / read memory at any time, and stores a PLU file, an icon table, other temporary data, and the like, which will be described later.
  • the display touch panel 104 is a user input/output interface with an operator who operates the weighing device 10.
  • the display touch panel 104 displays an icon for selecting a product to be weighed and various other information on the screen, and accepts selection input from the operator for the displayed icon.
  • the icon displayed on the display touch panel 104 is specified by the product identification information such as the PLU code transmitted from the tag device 20 and received by the second communication device 108.
  • a screen display example of the display touch panel 104 will be described later. Further, the data of the product corresponding to the icon selected by the operator on the screen is read from the PLU file of the RAM 103, and the price of the product is calculated.
  • the key operation unit 105 is used by the operator to make inputs other than those made on the display touch panel 104.
  • the clock unit 106 outputs time information. This time information is used to control the display mode of the icon displayed on the display touch panel 104.
  • the first communication device 107 is a LAN interface and controls communication with the store controller 31.
  • the PLU file is acquired from the store controller 31 via the first communication device 107.
  • the program may be transferred from the store controller to the weighing device via the first communication device 107.
  • the transferred program can be stored in the RAM 103, for example.
  • the second communication device 108 controls communication with each tag device 20.
  • the PLU code transmitted from each tag device 20 is received by this second communication device 108.
  • two communication devices, a first communication device 107 and a second communication device 108, are provided, but one communication device may perform all communication.
  • the weighing unit 109 weighs the weight of the product placed on the weighing pan provided at the top of the main body of the weighing device 10 and outputs the weighing value.
  • the printing unit 110 issues a label on which the price and the barcode are printed for the products weighed by the measuring unit 109.
  • This label is output (printed) based on the measurement value output from the measurement unit 109 as the measurement result and the product information (unit price data, etc.) related to the product in the PLU file stored in the RAM 103.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the tag device 20 (terminal device).
  • the tag device 20 includes a CPU 201, a ROM 202, a RAM 203, a communication device 204, a display touch panel 205, a notification lamp 206 for performing notification, an acoustic output unit 209 for performing notification / guidance, and an external device. It is configured to include a storage control unit 210. If the display touch panel 205 provides notification / guidance, the notification lamp 206 and the acoustic output unit 209 may be omitted.
  • the tag device 20 may be provided with a sensor (not shown) that detects touching the tag device 20 itself, instead of detecting a touch on the display touch panel. Alternatively, the tag device 20 may detect the pressing of a button (not shown) instead of detecting the touch.
  • a portable storage medium 213 such as a DVD-ROM or a USB memory is connected to the external storage control unit 210.
  • Information including a program is stored in the portable storage medium 213, and the external storage control unit 210 reads and writes the information.
  • the CPU 201 is a central processing unit that controls the operation of the tag device 20, and realizes the operation of the tag device 20 according to the program by reading the program from the ROM 202 and executing it.
  • the ROM 202 is a read-only memory in which the above program is stored.
  • the RAM 203 is a write/read memory at any time, and stores the PLU code of the product associated with the tag device 20 (the product displayed at the display location where the tag device 20 is provided).
  • the communication device 204 is, for example, a LAN interface and controls communication with the weighing device 10.
  • the PLU code stored in the RAM 203 is transmitted to the weighing device 10 via the communication device 204.
  • the display touch panel 205 detects that contact has been made by the operator and displays various guidances. When the display touch panel 205 is operated (contacted), it is desirable that the notification lamp 206 lights for a predetermined time and the acoustic output unit 209 outputs a notification sound for a predetermined time.
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the mobile terminal 30.
  • the mobile terminal 30 may be owned by the operator or may be lent to the operator by the store.
  • the mobile terminal 30 includes a CPU 341, a ROM 342, a RAM 343, a communication device 344, a display touch panel 345, a camera 347 that reads a bar code displayed on the tag device 20, an external storage control unit 348, and notification / guidance. And an audio input/output unit 349 for performing the above.
  • a portable memory 346 such as a small memory is connected to the external memory control unit 348.
  • Information including a program is stored in the portable memory 346, and the external storage control unit 348 reads and writes the information.
  • the CPU 341 is a central processing unit that controls the operation of the mobile terminal 30, and realizes the operation of the mobile terminal 30 according to the program by reading and executing the program from the ROM 342 or the RAM 343.
  • the ROM 342 is a read-only memory.
  • the RAM 343 is a write / read memory at any time.
  • the communication device 344 is, for example, a public telephone network, a short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark), an interface such as a wireless LAN, and controls communication with the store controller 31 and the weighing device 10.
  • the PLU code is transmitted to the weighing device 10 via the communication device 344.
  • the PLU code may be transferred to the weighing device 10 via the store controller 31.
  • the mobile terminal 30 may be provided with a position detection unit (not shown) using GPS or the like.
  • FIG. 7 is a block diagram of the weighing device according to the embodiment.
  • the PLU code (product identification information) is received by the receiving unit 401 in response to the interaction between the operator and the tag device 20, such as when the operator touches the touch panel of the tag device 20 (terminal device). Touching the touch panel is an example of interaction. Interaction is not limited to this. For example, pressing a physical button installed at 20 is another example of interaction.
  • the smartphone can read the symbol code of the tag device. Is an example of.
  • the mode reception unit 403 receives a mode instruction in response to an interaction such as an operation on the weighing device by the operator.
  • the mode includes at least a first mode in which the operator's mobile terminal intervenes and a second mode in which the mobile terminal does not intervene. It is desirable that the weighing device 10 display a standby mode screen on which information on the first mode and information on the second mode are displayed.
  • FIG. 9 is an example of a screen in the standby mode.
  • the mode reception unit 403 can receive the instruction of the first mode.
  • the operator touching the lower part of the standby screen 104b or placing the product on the placing table is an instruction of the second mode to the mode receiving unit 403.
  • the product icon (product selection related information) is specified from the product identification information (PLU code) received from the receiving unit.
  • the product icon is displayed on the display touch panel 104 to encourage the operator to select the type of product to be weighed.
  • the display control unit 407 controls the display mode of the product icon according to whether or not the operator is operating the weighing device. Further, when the operator touches and selects a product icon, the PLU code corresponding to the product icon is recognized. The display control unit 407 sends the PLU code to the output unit 409. Further, it is preferable that the display control unit 407 displays information related to the first mode and the second mode on the same screen to indicate the standby mode.
  • the weighing unit 405 measures the weight of the product placed on the placing table.
  • the output unit 409 Upon receiving the printing instruction, the output unit 409 prints on the price of the product and, if necessary, on a label, for example.
  • the price of the product is calculated based on the weight of the product received from the weighing unit, the PLU code received from the display control unit 407, the unit price information stored in advance, and the like. When the unit price is set by the number of apples, etc., the quantity is estimated and the product price is calculated.
  • the output from the output unit is not limited to the label, but may be affixed to the weighed product, displayed on the bag containing the product, or the like.
  • the mode is the first mode in which the mobile terminal is interposed and the price information is transferred to the virtual shopping cart on the spot
  • the bar code may not be printed on the label. ..
  • the operator may make a payment with the self-POS terminal 33, which can make a payment for the product registered in the mobile terminal 30, or may make an electronic payment with the mobile terminal 30 itself without going through the self-POS terminal 33. Is also good.
  • the mobile terminal 30 may urge the operator to make electronic payment in the vicinity of the exit of the store or in a specific area near the exit.
  • the weighing device print a label containing information including the price of the product.
  • the operator attaches the printed label to the product bag.
  • the bar code on the attached label is read by a POS terminal or the like at the time of payment, and payment is made.
  • FIG. 8 shows an example of a PLU file.
  • the PLU file is a file that stores data for each item of PLU code, product name, unit price, weight, bulk purchase amount, icon name for each product to be weighed by the weighing device 10.
  • the PLU file is created by the store controller 31, transmitted to the weighing device 10, and stored in the RAM 103.
  • the weight data is a value set as an average value for each product.
  • the weight data is data used to calculate the number of products from the weight value measured by the weighing device 10. Therefore, this data is set only for products sold in small quantities, such as apples.
  • the price is calculated using only the unit price data (gram unit price).
  • the unit price data the price per piece is set for a piece sale product, and the price per 100 grams is set for a gram sale product, for example.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a display touch panel of the weighing device 10. As shown in the lower part 104d of the standby screen 104b of the display touch panel, "Please put the product on the scale" is displayed.
  • the standby screen is an example of the standby mode state. It should be noted that at the top of the screen, an explanation when operating the weighing device with the smartphone application is displayed. When the operator places the product, a screen displaying an icon for selecting the product may be displayed. Alternatively, even when the operator touches the screen of the weighing device 10, the same operation as when the product is placed may be performed.
  • the mode is changed to the first mode described in detail below.
  • the mode transitions to the second mode described in detail below.
  • the method of transitioning this mode is an example. For example, if the operator touches the smartphone or the symbol code part, the mode may be changed to the first mode. Further, if the operator touches the lower part 104d of the screen, the mode may be changed to the second mode.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the operation of switching between these modes. The operation will be described below.
  • step S1001 the weighing device 10 displays a mode switching selection screen or another screen on the touch screen of the weighing device. The process proceeds to step S1002.
  • step S1002 the weighing device 10 checks whether or not a standby screen on which the mode can be switched is displayed. On the standby screen, an outline of the two modes is displayed, and it is desirable that the operator can understand the contents of the modes. If this determination is No, step S1002 is repeated again. If this determination is Yes, the process proceeds to step S1004.
  • step S1004 the weighing device 10 checks whether or not the symbol code on the screen has been read by the mobile terminal held by the operator. Instead of reading the symbol code on the screen, the weighing device 10 may check whether communication with the weighing device has been established by NFC. If this check is Yes, the process proceeds to step S1012 to operate the weighing device in the first mode using the mobile terminal. Details of the first mode will be described later. If checked or No, the process proceeds to step S1006.
  • step S1006 the weighing device 10 checks whether or not the product is placed on the placing table. The fact that the product is placed on the mounting table is very likely to indicate that the operator does not have a mobile terminal and operates the weighing device manually. Therefore, if this determination is Yes, the process proceeds to step S1010 in order to shift to the second mode. Note that, as described above, even when the operator touches the screen to explicitly perform the manual process, the process can proceed to step S1010. If this determination is No, the process returns to step S1002.
  • step S1010 the weighing device 10 executes the second mode. The details of the second mode will be described later. When the second mode ends, the process returns to step S1001.
  • step S1012 the weighing device 10 executes the first mode. Details of the first mode will be described later. When the first mode ends, the process returns to step S1001.
  • the first mode is a mode in which an operator selects a product by operating the tag device 20 via a mobile terminal, and the operator operates the weighing device 10.
  • 11A and 11B are diagrams showing the mode of interconnection between the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10.
  • FIG. 11A is a diagram showing how the camera of the mobile terminal 30 reads the symbol code 56 a displayed on the weighing device 10.
  • the captured symbol code 56b is displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal 30.
  • the mobile terminal 30 analyzes the symbol code and acquires information necessary for mutual communication. Using this information, the communication device 344 of the mobile terminal 30 and the second communication device 108 of the weighing device 10 can establish mutual communication by using short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark). .. Note that the symbol code displayed on the mobile terminal 30 may be read by the imaging unit 111 of the weighing device 10 to establish mutual communication. The weighing device 10 and the mobile terminal 30 may use NFC to acquire information necessary for mutual communication. After mutual communication is established, not only short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark), but also wireless communication such as other Wi-Fi, optical communication, communication using a wide area communication network of mobile phones, etc. will be performed. It may be used together.
  • short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark)
  • wireless communication such as other Wi-Fi, optical communication, communication using a wide area communication network of mobile phones, etc.
  • FIG. 11B is a diagram showing a situation when mutual communication is established and the information of the merchandise sold by weight registered by the mobile terminal 30 is transferred to the weighing device.
  • the information on the weight-sold product registered by the mobile terminal 30 may be directly transmitted from the mobile terminal 30 to the weighing device 10 by mutual communication, but other information such as the POS terminal 32 and the store controller 31 connected by communication. It goes without saying that the information may be transmitted to the weighing device 10 via a device and a server device (not shown).
  • the display screen 60a of the weighing device 10 is shown as a large display screen 60b.
  • the mobile terminal 30 may display the same display screen 60b on the screen. As the mobile terminal 30 displays the display screen 60b in this way, the operator can give an instruction to the weighing device 10 from the mobile terminal 30. It goes without saying that the mobile terminal 30 may display the product registration screen without displaying the screen such as the display screen 60a.
  • FIG. 11A is a diagram showing a screen display example of the mobile terminal 30.
  • apples and lemons which are weight-selling products whose weight values have not been acquired yet, are displayed.
  • the reason why these two products sold by weight are displayed is that the mobile terminal 30 acquires the types of these products by reading the bar codes of the apple and lemon of the tag device 20 with the camera.
  • the mobile terminal 30 says, "Select a product and place the product on the table" to encourage the operator to select a product and weigh each of the apples and lemons that the operator has. Notify.
  • the mode via the mobile terminal it is desirable to display only the icon indicating the type of the product read by the operator's mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal is a tag of the type of product read by the mobile terminal of another operator, and as described later, before the operator who does not have the mobile terminal switches to the first mode or after switching to the first mode. It is desirable not to display the type of icon corresponding to the product to which the device 20 is touched. This is because the mobile terminal does not display the icon of the product that the other person is going to purchase, so that the operator who uses the mobile terminal is not confused. By doing so, it is possible to speed up the purchase process of the operator who purchases the weight-sold product via the mobile terminal. Information that another operator touches the tag device 20 in the first mode is stored in the RAM 103 of the weighing device 10, for example.
  • the mobile terminal displays only an icon indicating the type of product read by the operator's mobile terminal immediately after the first mode is started. After that, the restriction on the icon displayed on the mobile terminal may be relaxed.
  • the mobile terminal does not have to display the search icon for searching for products on the display screen 60b. This is because the operator has read the symbol code of the product already displayed on the tag device 20 with the mobile terminal 30. It is also assumed that the operator forgets to read the symbol code of the product with the mobile terminal 30. In such a case, a product search may be performed by touching a help key (not shown).
  • buttons 66 for stopping the weighing may be displayed.
  • FIG. 12A and 12B are diagrams for acquiring the measured values of the products sold by weight.
  • FIG. 12A is a diagram showing that the apple button 63 is highlighted. This is because the operator touched the apple button 63 on the display screen 60d with the finger 100.
  • the display control unit 407 of the weighing device 10 detects that the apple is weighed. Then, it is displayed on the display screen that the unit price of apple is 360.00 yen/Kg. If the unit price of the apple is acquired in advance from, for example, the product master of the store, or in response to the operator selecting the apple of the weight-selling product from the product master, the weighing device displays the unit price. Good.
  • FIG. 12B is a diagram showing a display screen 70b in which the display screen 70a of the weighing device 10 is enlarged.
  • a notification "Please place the product” 73 is displayed on the enlarged display screen 70b.
  • This notification is a notification for prompting the operator to place the apple on the platform 62.
  • an apple display 75 is displayed on the display screen 70b so that the operator can easily understand it.
  • the return button 77 is a command button for returning to the previous screen and displaying the previous display screen. If the product has already been placed, the notification of "Please put the product” 73 may not be displayed on the display screen 70a. In response to this display, the operator intends to mount the apple 80 on the platform 62 with the fingers 100 of the operator.
  • FIG. 13A and 13B are diagrams showing the state of weighing.
  • FIG. 13A is a diagram showing that the apple 80a is placed on the platform 62.
  • the display screen 90a (90b) shows that the weighed value is 1.2006 kg, the unit price is 360.00 yen, and the total amount of apples is 432 yen based on the weighed value and the unit price. Has been done. It should be noted that the weighing device 10 may obtain the total amount of money by calculation, such as by rounding down after the decimal point.
  • a label print command button 93 is displayed on the display screen 90b. It should be noted that the print command button 93 is preferably displayed only when a merchandise value is placed on the product and the measured value is stable. Alternatively, the print command button 93 is dark until the measured value is stable, and printing is not performed even if the print command button 93 is pressed. The print command button 93 may be displayed bright when the measured value is stable, and printing may be performed when the print command button 93 is pressed. In addition, a notification "Please press the print button" is displayed on the display screen 90b. After confirming that the operator's operation is correct, the operator touches the print command button 93 with the operator's finger 100.
  • FIG. 13B is a diagram showing a display screen 95 after the print command button 93 is touched.
  • a notification prompting the user to attach the label 97 printed by the weighing device 10 to the bag 81 of the product is displayed.
  • the weighing device 10 may not print the label. Further, the weighing device 10 may not print the symbol code including the weighing value information on the label. It is desirable that the product type and the measured value are transferred from the communication means 333 of the weighing device 10 to the mobile terminal via the communication means 215 of the mobile terminal 30 by using mutual communication.
  • the weighing device 10 may transmit the product type and the weighing value (and the price) via a communication line so as to be stored in an operator's basket provided in another higher-level device in the store.
  • the weighing device 10 When the price or the like is stored in the basket, the weighing device 10 preferably does not print the symbol code including the price or the like on the label.
  • FIG. 13B shows the screen of the weighing device 10, but the label 97 on which the symbol code is not printed is displayed on the printed label. It is desirable that the weighing device 10 not print the symbol code including the price. This is because the price of the product is already stored in the basket.
  • An example of label 97 in FIG. 13B is shown in FIG. 25A.
  • FIG. 14A and 14B are diagrams showing the display screen 60e of the weighing device 10 after the weighing value is acquired and the operation thereof. As shown in FIG. 14A, the display of apples disappears in the area 63a. The reason is that the weighing device 10 does not need to display the apple because the weighing value of the apple has already been acquired and the label has been printed.
  • FIG. 14B is a diagram showing an example in which the button 66 for stopping weighing is touched by the operator's finger 100. Since the display 65a of the lemon is displayed on the display screen 60f, the operator is required to weigh the lemon. However, even in such a situation, it is possible to perform the measurement based on the intention of the operator. The operator can stop weighing.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the linking operation between the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10. The details of this flow will be described below.
  • the mobile terminal 30 reads the symbol code of the product sold by weight. As a result, the mobile terminal 30 acquires the type of the product sold by weight. The mobile terminal 30 registers the acquired product type and displays it on the screen. At this stage, the measurement value of the weighed goods has not been acquired, so the transition to the settlement process is prohibited. It should be noted that the operator operating the mobile terminal 30 may be allowed to press the button for proceeding to accounting. In this case, the mobile terminal 30 may prompt the user to put the product for which the weight value has not been acquired in the holding basket.
  • a holding basket is a basket that stores products that require the intervention of a clerk at the time of payment, separately from other normal products.
  • the settlement process with the intervention of a clerk can be carried out quickly by providing an area for storing the reserved products by attaching it to a normal basket or by making a partition in the basket.
  • the holding basket does not have to be provided.
  • the mobile terminal 30 gives a notification of “necessary weighting” so as to obtain the weighted value, and gives a notification so as to obtain the weighted value. The process proceeds to step S2004.
  • the mobile terminal 30 checks whether the work for acquiring the type has been completed. This check gives a positive judgment (yes) when the mobile terminal 30 reads the symbol code of the product sold by weight and then a confirmation operation such as pressing the "reading completed” button (not shown) is performed. (It is not always necessary to provide this "reading complete” button). In this case, the process proceeds to step S2006. In other cases (such as when the button to proceed to checkout is pressed), a negative determination (no) is automatically made, and the process returns to step S2002. If the operator causes the mobile terminal 30 to read the symbol code of the weighing device 10, the process proceeds to S2006.
  • the weighing device 10 is operated by an operator, and the weighing device 10 acquires a weighing value.
  • the weighing device 10 may acquire the measured value in response to the operation by the operator using the mobile terminal 30.
  • the mobile terminal 30 acquires the measured value from the measuring device 10 and registers it.
  • the mobile terminal 30 may change the display mode of the column of the product for which the weight value has been acquired so that the user can know that the weight value has been acquired. Further, the mobile terminal 30 may calculate the price from the measured value and the unit price and display the price. The process proceeds to step S2012.
  • the weighing device 10 checks whether or not the measured values of all the acquired product types to be weighed have been acquired. If this check is negative (no), the process returns to step S2010. If this check is affirmative (yes), the process proceeds to step S2014.
  • the operator can, for example, connect to the weighing device 10. If nothing is done for a certain period of time, a timeout may occur and the connection between the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10 may be disconnected. In such a case, it can be estimated that the operator has left while the weighing device 10 and the mobile terminal 30 are connected. Then, by forcibly terminating the process by the timeout, it is possible to enable the next operator (customer) to use the weighing device 10.
  • the second mode is a mode in which an operator selects a product by operating the tag device 20 without going through the mobile terminal 30, and the operator operates the weighing device 10. ..
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an icon table corresponding to a product selected by the operator who touches the tag device 20 without using the mobile terminal 30.
  • This icon table may be created and stored in the RAM 103 of the weighing device 10.
  • the icon table stores data for each item such as a PLU code, an icon counter, a time memory, a display priority, and selectability.
  • This icon table is used for managing the product icons displayed on the screen of the display touch panel 104 by the weighing device 10.
  • the number of icons that can be simultaneously displayed on the display touch panel 104 is limited.
  • the icon table shows up to 4 entries, it is desirable to design it to have more entries. Each number indicates, for example, the order in which the icons are displayed from the upper left of the screen of the display touch panel 104.
  • the weighing device 10 when the weighing device 10 receives the PLU code from the tag device 20, it determines whether the PLU code exists in the icon table, and if it does not exist, adds a new PLU code to an empty entry and displays the icon. Set the value of the counter to "1" and set the value of the time memory to that time. Then, for example, when the operator starts operating the weighing device, the weighing device 10 sets the priority 1 for the existing entry, sets the selectable column to 1, and displays each icon. Let me.
  • the weighing device 10 may set the priority of the icon to 0 and prohibit the display of the icon, for example, so as not to confuse the operator.
  • the weighing device 10 may gray out the entry of priority 0, reduce the size of the icon, or blink the icon.
  • the weighing device 10 may set the selectable field to 0 so that the operator cannot select it.
  • the weighing device 10 may increment the value of the displayed icon counter.
  • the weighing device 10 may display the value of the counter on the screen as an icon.
  • the icon table may include an entry of the operator via the mobile terminal 30 described above.
  • the weighing device 10 may be able to identify a predetermined icon to be displayed when the predetermined operator is operating by storing the operator's identification code and the like together.
  • the weighing device 10 increments the value of the icon counter of the entry for which the PLU code already exists by one and sets the value in the time memory at that time. Set to time. Then, in this case, the weighing device 10 does not change the display on the screen when the icon of the product has already been displayed (may update only the value of the counter).
  • the weighing device 10 increments the value of the icon counter of the entry in which the PLU code exists by one, and sets the value of the time memory to that time. Set to. In this case, the display mode of the icon may be maintained. In this way, each time the weighing device 10 receives the PLU code of the same product, the numerical value of the icon counter is incremented by 1.
  • the weighing device 10 changes, for example, the display priority of all the entries registered in the icon table to 1. As a result, when the operator operates the weighing device 10, the icon currently entered in the icon table is displayed.
  • the weighing device 10 prohibits the display of the icon and It is desirable to clear the entry.
  • the weighing device 10 issues a PLU code entry for the product in the icon table. Decrease the value of the icon counter by one. Then, when the numerical value of the icon counter becomes "0" as a result, the weighing device 10 deletes the entry from the icon table and deletes the icon of the product from the screen. When the numerical value of the icon counter is not “0”, the weighing device 10 does not delete the entry and delete the icon.
  • the icon counter represents the number of operators who have not yet weighed the product.
  • the weighing device 10 continues to display the icon of the product on the screen of the display touch panel 104 until the icon counter becomes “0”.
  • the weighing device 10 may determine that the operation of the operator is continuing and maintain the display mode of the icon as it is.
  • a motion sensor may be provided in the weighing device 10 to detect whether the operator has left, or to recognize the face of the operator to detect whether the same operator is in front of the weighing device. Therefore, the weighing device 10 may detect whether or not the operation of the operator has been completed. Alternatively, when the weighing device 10 is not placed on the weighing device 10 for a predetermined time, the weighing device 10 may recognize that the operation of the operator is completed.
  • 17A and 17B are diagrams showing a state in which an operator places a product on the weighing device. As shown in FIG. 17A, the operator places the product apple 40-2.
  • the weighing device 10 displays on the display touch panel 104 that the weight is calculated and is 0.3606 kg. Then, the weighing device 10 displays the explanation “Please select a product”. The weighing device 10 also displays an apple icon 104P and a lemon icon 104Q. The reason why these icons are displayed is that the operator has already touched the apple and lemon tag device 20.
  • the weighing device 10 may not cause the imaging unit 111 to start recognition of the placed product when the product is placed. This is because the candidate icons to be selected by the operator are normally displayed on the display touch panel 104c of the weighing device 10. When the icon is not displayed on the display touch panel 104c, or when the search key 104Y is touched by the operator as described later, the weighing device 10 becomes a product candidate recognized by the imaging unit 111. The corresponding icon may be displayed.
  • the weighing device 10 may display a button 104X for stopping weighing and a search key 104Y for selecting another product.
  • the weighing device 10 When the cancel button 104X is touched during the operation of the operator, the weighing device 10 returns to the standby screen (for example, the previous screen), deselects the selected icon, and displays the displayed icon. The screen may be displayed until a predetermined time passes without clearing it. After a lapse of a predetermined time, the weighing device 10 may display the standby screen of FIG. 9, for example.
  • the stop button 104X when the stop button 104X is touched while the weighing device 10 is displaying the icon in a different display mode on a certain screen, the weighing device 10 is displayed. All icons may be displayed in the same display mode when the operator returns to the standby screen (for example, the screen of FIG. 9) and advances the operation again.
  • the weighing device 10 recognizes the product placed on the imaging unit 111 in a non-contact pattern, and makes it possible to search for the product based on the pattern recognition result. Good (not shown: product recognition unit). Then, the weighing device 10 may allow the operator to select a recognition candidate. Alternatively, the weighing device 10 may display a character input key so that the operator can search for a product by inputting a part of the name of the product. When there are a plurality of search result candidates, the weighing device 10 may present the plurality of candidates on the display screen to the operator and prompt the operator to make a selection.
  • the weighing device 10 may display the search key 104Y. Immediately after the second mode is switched, the weighing device 10 may not display the icon of the product entered after the mode is switched.
  • the weighing device 10 when the weighing device 10 finishes weighing for one product and printing of the label associated therewith, the weighing device 10 pushes an operation completion button (104Z in FIG. 20,) for declaring that the operation by the first operator is finished. It may be displayed on 10 screens.
  • the operation completion button FIGS. 20, 104Z
  • the weighing device 10 returns to the standby screen in the same manner as the stop button 104X, and all the icons corresponding to the products selected by the operator are displayed in the same display mode. You may do so.
  • FIG. 18A and 18B are diagrams showing an example of product selection in the weighing device 10. As shown in FIG. 18A, the operator has selected the apple icon 104P.
  • a unit price of 120 yen for one apple is displayed, which indicates that the total cost is 360 yen.
  • a print button 104T is also displayed.
  • a return button 104S is displayed.
  • the first operator In this screen of FIG. 18B, or in the screen for instructing printing of a label described later or in the screen for explaining printing (screen of FIG. 19A or B), the first operator
  • the set of icons that could be touched may be displayed small on a part of the screen so that the operator can see the set of icons and the operator can instruct the selection. By doing so, it is possible for the operator to press the icon and replace the product data in the middle of the operation. By performing such a display, even if the operator makes an operation error, the correct product can be selected again without returning to the screen of FIG. 17B, for example.
  • 19A and 19B are views showing how a label is printed. As shown in the screen 104f of FIG. 19A, the operator touches the print button 104T in order to purchase the displayed product. By this operation, the label is printed.
  • Guidance for attaching the label L to the product bag is displayed on the screen 104g shown in FIG. 19B.
  • the operator may adhere the printed label to the bag of the product according to this guidance.
  • the label is printed with the symbol code L1 including the price (the symbol code L1 is an example of the second symbol code).
  • An example of label L in FIG. 19B is shown in FIG. 25B.
  • FIGS 20A and 20B are diagrams showing an example of the display mode of the icon. As shown in FIG. 20A, the apple icon (104P) disappears because the apple label is printed.
  • FIG. 20B is a diagram showing a state where the product icon is displayed.
  • the screen 104j shows an example of a screen displayed when an operator finishes touching the tag device 20 and another operator touches the tag device 20 during the operation of this operator. As shown on screen 104j, a new product is entered and the product icon is displayed based on this entry. Since apples, lemons, and oranges have been newly entered, the apple icon is displayed again on the screen 104j. Further, an orange icon 104Q is newly displayed on the screen 104j.
  • the lemon icon displays a counter value of 104V, which indicates a value of 2. It can be seen that two operators are planning to purchase lemons.
  • the weighing device 10 may omit the display of the counter value, as shown in FIG. 20B.
  • the weighing device 10 displays the value obtained by decrementing the counter value when the operation of the operator is completed, and does not delete the icon.
  • Examples of the trigger for transitioning from the screen of FIG. 20A to the screen of FIG. 20B include when a predetermined time has elapsed, when a new product is placed, when the operation completion button 104Z is pressed, and the like. ..
  • the operation completion button 104Z may be displayed on another screen. Alternatively, the operation completion button may be displayed on all screens other than the standby screen shown in FIG.
  • the weighing device 10 may display the standby screen 104b of FIG. 9 before displaying the screen of FIG. 20B, and may display FIG. 20B when the operator places a product.
  • the weighing device 10 displays icons corresponding to the products A, B, and C, respectively. Is displayed.
  • the weighing device 10 weighs the product A and prints the label, the transaction is completed and the screen is switched.
  • the weighing device 10 may also display the icons of the products D, E, and F corresponding to the tag device touched by the operator after the operation start time T1 of the first operator. That is, the weighing device 10 may display the icons of the products B, C, D, E, and F.
  • the display mode of the icons of the products D, E, and F may be different from the display mode of the products A, B, and C, or may be the same display mode.
  • the display mode is changed, for example, when a predetermined time has elapsed from the operation start time T1, or when the operation completion button (104Z in FIG. 20, etc.) is pressed by the operator, the products B, C, The D, E, and F icons may be displayed in the same manner.
  • the weighing device 10 performs the first operation.
  • the person may not display the icons of the products D, E, and F corresponding to the tag devices touched by the operator after the operation start time T2.
  • the weighing device 10 may display the icons of the products D, E, and F in different display modes.
  • the operation completion button (FIGS. 20A, 104Z) has been pressed by the operator, and the operation start time T2. Examples include the passage of a predetermined time.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of the display mode of the icon.
  • the weighing device 10 displays the icon of the product entered before the operator operates the weighing device 10 in the area A. The operator can select the product icon displayed in the area A.
  • the weighing device 10 displays the icon of the product entered while the operator is operating the weighing device 10 in the area B.
  • the icon displayed in the area B is not entered by the operator. Therefore, the weighing device 10 displays the icon displayed in the area B in gray out, changes the color, or selects the icon. It is desirable not to be able to do it.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of icons.
  • the weighing device 10 displays, in the area A, the icon of the product entered by the operator during the operation. The operator can select the product icon displayed in the area A.
  • the weighing device 10 displays the icon of the product entered while the operator is operating the weighing device 10 in the area B. Since the icon displayed in the area B is not entered by the operator, the weighing device 10 displays the icon smaller than the icon displayed in the area A. It is desirable that the weighing device 10 display the icon displayed in the area B in gray-out, change the color, and prevent selection.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of icons.
  • the weighing device 10 changes the size of the icon as the elapsed time from the time when the operator enters the product to the time until the present is longer. Further, the weighing device 10 displays the icon at a higher position as the elapsed time from the time when the operator enters the product to the time until the present is longer.
  • the icon displayed at the top is an icon that is likely to be selected by the operator, and the icon displayed small at the bottom is likely to be an icon entered by another operator during the operation of the operator. .. The operator can easily select the product by paying attention to the icon displayed in a large size at the top.
  • the operator may not be allowed to select the icon displayed in a small size. Further, it is desirable that the weighing device 10 prohibits the display of an icon whose elapsed time is longer than a predetermined time and deletes the entry. This is because there is a high possibility that the operator mistakenly entered the product.
  • the weighing device 10 may measure the time from the first operation by the first operator with a timer. Then, the weighing device 10 may display only the icon of the product pushed by the time when the first operator starts the operation of the weighing device until a predetermined time (for example, 3 minutes). That is, even if the first operator weighs only one product and completes the printing of the label, the weighing device 10 has the second operator after the timing when the first operator starts operating the weighing device 10. The icon of the product selected by the operator of the above may not be displayed. However, if the first operator completes the weighing of all the products corresponding to the displayed icons and the printing of the labels by the predetermined time, the second operator of the weighing device 10 will perform the above. You may display the icon of the product selected after the timing.
  • a predetermined time for example, 3 minutes
  • FIG. 24A and 24B are flowcharts showing an embodiment of the operation of the weighing device 10.
  • FIG. 24A is a flowchart for monitoring information regarding product selection from the tag device and always receiving the information.
  • FIG. 24B is a flowchart in which the price of the product is determined from the measured value of the placed product and the touched icon, and the label is issued.
  • step S501 it is desirable to form a state in which a plurality of tag devices connected to the weighing device 10 are constantly monitored, for example, by being periodically started by an interrupt. Note that the processes of steps S501 to S505 may always be performed by interrupt processing regardless of the mode.
  • step 503 the weighing device 10 receives the PLU code (product identification information) sent from the tag device when the operator touches the tag device. Then, the process proceeds to step S505. In step S505, the weighing device 10 identifies an icon to be displayed corresponding to the received PLU code. The process moves to step S553 or ends, but it is desirable that the processes of steps S501 to 050 are repeated.
  • PLU code product identification information
  • step S553 the weighing device 10 displays the icon in different display modes depending on whether the reception timing of the product information is before or after the operation start timing of the operator. Any of the above-described embodiments and modified examples can be applied to the different display. Then, the weighing device 10 identifies the icon selected by the operator. The process proceeds to step S555.
  • Step S555 is executed when the two pieces of information from step S551 and step S553 are available.
  • the weighing device 10 calculates the price of the placed product using the measured value and the unit price.
  • the weighing device 10 prints the label in response to a printing instruction from the operator.
  • step S551 the weighing device 10 acquires the weighing value.
  • step S553 the weighing device 10 activates step S553 described later at the timing of the touch. If the screen is not touched, the weighing device 10 activates step S553 described below at the timing when the product is placed. In any case, in this step, the weighing device 10 acquires the weighing value of the placed product. The process proceeds to step S553.
  • step S553 the weighing device 10 displays the icon in different display modes depending on whether the reception timing of the product information is before or after the operation start timing of the operator. As for how to make the display different, both the above-described embodiment and the modified example can be applied. Then, the weighing device 10 identifies the icon selected by the operator. The process proceeds to step S555.
  • Step S555 is executed when the two pieces of information from step S551 and step S553 are available.
  • the weighing device 10 calculates the price of the placed product by using the weighing value and the unit price.
  • the weighing device 10 prints a label in response to a printing instruction from the operator.
  • the screen 104f shown in FIG. 19A is displayed.
  • information for wireless communication (for example, communication by Bluetooth) between the mobile terminal and the weighing device 10 is further displayed on the screen 104f.
  • the communication information may be a symbol code such as a two-dimensional code.
  • the customer When operating in the first mode, the customer causes the mobile terminal to read the communication information displayed on the screen 104f. The mobile terminal that has read the communication information is connected to the weighing device 10 by using the communication information. As a result, the weighing device 10 operates in the first mode.
  • the customer when operating in the second mode, the customer touches the print button 104T. As a result, the weighing device 10 prints the label and operates in the second mode.
  • the mode is determined after the customer selects the product and weighs it. Further, in the fourth embodiment, the weighing device 10 causes the weighing result (for example, weight or total amount of money), information related to the first mode (for example, communication information), and information related to the second mode (for example, The print button 104T) is displayed on the same screen.
  • the weighing result for example, weight or total amount of money
  • information related to the first mode for example, communication information
  • information related to the second mode for example, The print button 104T
  • the mode is determined on the standby screen, but as in the fourth embodiment, the mode may be determined after the customer selects the product and weighs it. In this way, by preparing several modes to be determined, the merchandise sales system can flexibly respond to the convenience of the store or to the customer.
  • the first embodiment and its modification are not limited to the application of selling fresh food products. For example, when an operator or a store clerk selects a cake or the like placed in a showcase, the tag devices 20 are provided near the respective cakes to facilitate processing at the POS terminal of the store clerk. You can also do it. Further, the first embodiment and its modified examples are merely examples, and the present invention is not limited to these examples.
  • the weighing device has a touch panel display, a weighing unit, and a label issuing unit integrated like a face-to-face scale, but the present invention is not limited to this. That is, the individual units constituting the weighing device may exist at different positions and may be interconnected. Further, the scale in which the display touch panel and the measuring unit are integrated and the label printer may be separated and interconnected. Alternatively, a label printer in which the display touch panel and the label issuing unit are integrated and a single scale may be connected.
  • the program that realizes the first embodiment is stored in a storage medium (non transitory) and read as needed.
  • the order of the processing steps of the first embodiment can be changed as long as there is no contradiction. Also, each processing step may be performed recursively. Further, the respective processing steps can be simultaneously executed unless there is a contradiction.
  • the disclosure of the present application also includes the invention of a method of manufacturing a system including the weighing device 10 and the tag device 20.
  • FIG. 26 is a conceptual diagram of a network for explaining the shopping system.
  • the shopping system shown in FIG. 26 includes a management device (for example, a store controller) 1010, a cloud server 1020, a settlement device 1030, a settlement device 1040, a weighing device 1060, and a mobile terminal 1050 (for example, a smartphone or the like).
  • a management device for example, a store controller
  • a cloud server for example, a server 1020
  • a settlement device 1030 for example, a settlement device 1040, a weighing device 1060
  • a mobile terminal 1050 for example, a smartphone or the like.
  • the management device 1010, the settlement device 1030, the settlement device 1040, and the weighing device 1060 are installed in the store and are communicably connected via LAN 1019 (which may be wired or wireless).
  • the management device 1010 can communicate with the cloud server 1020.
  • two settlement devices 1030 are shown in FIG. 26, the number of settlement devices 1030 in one store may be one or three or more.
  • two settlement devices 1040 are shown, but the number of settlement devices 1040 in one store may be one or three or more.
  • one weighing device 1060 is illustrated in FIG. 26, the number of weighing devices 1060 in one store may be two or more.
  • the number of settlement devices 1030 and the number of settlement devices 1040 do not have to match.
  • the number of management devices 1010 is basically one per store, but two or more may be used.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 is operated by a customer (a shopper who is a member of the store, etc.).
  • the mobile terminal 1050 is an example of a registered terminal.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 has, in addition to a general communication function and an imaging function (camera), a function of scanning a barcode attached to a product to read the product code. That is, the mobile terminal 1050 has a recognition function of recognizing a barcode attached to a product.
  • the recognition function provided in the mobile terminal 1050 may be any function as long as it can read the product code, and may not be able to recognize which product code the read product code is. That is, when the mobile terminal 1050 has a barcode as an object in the captured image (image acquired as a through image) captured by the imaging function, the mobile terminal 1050 can read the product code from the barcode. It should be.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 captures a product (for example, a peripheral portion with a barcode) (releases the shutter) and generates an captured image (image data).
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may be a shutter-released image that is captured according to an operation of a customer who is an operator, but in the second embodiment, it is preferable that the mobile terminal 1050 is an shutter-released image that is determined by the mobile terminal 1050 itself.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may be equipped with an image recognition technology that extracts feature points from an image (through image, captured image) and recognizes an imaging target (object or the like). For example, the mobile terminal 1050 may identify (estimate) the imaged product by using the image recognition technology.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 is basically assumed to be owned by each customer, but may be lent by the store.
  • the number of mobile terminals 1050 (the number in operation) changes according to the number of visitors and the like.
  • FIG. 26 two mobile terminals 1050 are shown as an example to the effect that a plurality of mobile terminals can be used. Shown.
  • Both the settlement device 1030 and the settlement device 1040 are settlement devices capable of at least cash payment as a settlement method.
  • the settlement device 1030 does not have a communication function with the cloud server 1020, but the settlement device 1040 has a communication function with the cloud server 1020.
  • the cloud server 1020 manages transaction information (basket information) for each customer, for example. Details of the weighing device 1060 will be described later.
  • the shopping system shown in FIG. 26 is for explaining the shopping system according to the second embodiment, and the shopping system according to the second embodiment does not necessarily include all the configurations shown in FIG. 26. Absent.
  • the shopping system according to the second embodiment may include, for example, the cloud server 1020 and the settlement device 1040, the cloud server 1020 alone, or the settlement device 1040 alone. There may be.
  • FIG. 27A and 27B are diagrams showing an installation example of the settlement device 1040.
  • FIG. 27A is a perspective view of the settlement device 1040 and the like as viewed from the customer side.
  • FIG. 27B is a perspective view of the settlement device 1040 and the like as seen from the clerk side.
  • a counter is placed on the right side of the settlement device 1040 when viewed from the customer side.
  • FIGS. 28A and 28B are diagrams showing an example of the appearance of the settlement device 1040.
  • FIG. 28A is a perspective view of the settlement device 1040 as seen from the customer side.
  • FIG. 28B is a perspective view of the settlement device 1040 as viewed from the clerk side.
  • FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a configuration example of the settlement device 1040.
  • the same parts are designated by the same reference numerals.
  • the settlement device 1040 includes a CPU 1401, a ROM 1402, a RAM 1403, a hard disk 1404, a customer side display unit 1405, a customer side scanner unit 1406, a card payment unit 1408, a change machine 1409, a clerk side display unit 1410, and the like.
  • a key operation unit 1411, a clerk-side scanner unit 1412, a printing unit 1413, a voice output unit 1414, and a communication unit 1415 are provided. These can communicate with each other via the bus.
  • the CPU 1401 is a central processing unit, and controls the operation of the settlement device 1040 by reading and executing a program stored in the ROM 1402.
  • the ROM 1402 is a read-only memory, and stores various information used by the CPU 1401 including a program.
  • the RAM 1403 is a read/write memory and stores various information.
  • the RAM 1403 stores information read from the ROM 1402 or the hard disk 1404, information acquired from the outside, information generated in processing, and the like.
  • Hard disk 1404 stores various information.
  • the hard disk 1404 may store, for example, a program executed by the CPU 1401 instead of the ROM 1402. Further, instead of the RAM 1403, information read from the ROM 1402, information acquired from the outside, information generated in processing, and the like may be stored.
  • the customer side display unit 1405 is a touch display for a customer, displays various information to the customer, and receives various inputs from the customer.
  • the customer-side scanner unit 1406 is a scanner unit for customers, and for example, scans a barcode attached to a product and reads the product code. Further, the customer-side scanner unit 1406 may scan the code (bar code, two-dimensional code, etc.) printed on the accounting ticket (registered trademark) and read the information necessary for the settlement. Further, the customer-side scanner unit 1406 may scan a code (two-dimensional code or the like) displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 to read information necessary for settlement.
  • the customer-side scanner unit 1406 is used when the customer registers the product, but the customer may register the product by another method. For example, when a preset key (button for ordering a product) corresponding to a product is displayed on the customer side display unit 1405, the customer may operate (press) the preset key to register the product.
  • the card settlement unit 1408 is a settlement mechanism using various cards (credit cards, prepaid cards such as transportation cards, etc.).
  • the card payment unit 1408 of the second embodiment includes a card recognition unit (reading unit), a display unit, and an operation unit, but at least it may include a card recognition unit. Note that the card recognition unit may recognize various cards (for example, a membership card, a point card, etc.) that are not directly used for payment (payment).
  • the change machine 1409 (cash settlement unit) is a cash settlement mechanism, has a bill / coin slot and a bill / coin outlet, calculates the amount to be inserted into the slot, and determines the amount to be inserted and the purchase amount. The change amount which is the difference is calculated, and the change amount is discharged from the discharge port.
  • the change machine 1409 is directed toward the customer and is operated by the customer. When a bill or coin is inserted into the insertion slot, it is detected by the sensor (detection of the insertion, detection of the number of coins of each type, etc.).
  • the change machine 1409 is used when the payment device 1040 is used to settle the price of the registered product in cash (money).
  • the change machine 1409 is a bill insertion slot for inserting bills, a coin insertion slot for inserting coins, a bill discharge port for discharging bills, a coin discharge port for discharging coins, and a coin insertion or discharge port. It has a counting unit that counts coins, a mechanism for transporting coins between an input / discharge port and a storage unit, and the above-mentioned sensor.
  • the bill slot and the coin slot are also referred to as deposit deposit slots.
  • the bill outlet and the coin outlet are also referred to as change outlets.
  • the bill insertion slot and the bill ejection slot may be common, and the coin insertion slot and the coin ejection slot may be common.
  • the change machine 1409 counts the money replenished at the time of closing the store and stores it in the storage unit. In addition, the change machine 1409 counts the money to be withdrawn at the time of closing the store and discharges it from the change outlet.
  • the store closing process is a process of adjusting the amount of money stored in the change dispenser 1409 (cash amount/cash amount) after closing or before opening to a reference amount.
  • the clerk-side display unit 1410 is a touch display for the clerk, displays various information to the clerk, and receives various inputs from the clerk.
  • the key operation unit 1411 is composed of various keys (buttons) and receives various inputs from the clerk.
  • the clerk-side scanner unit 1412 is a scanner unit for a clerk, and, for example, scans a barcode attached to a product and reads the product code.
  • the clerk-side scanner unit 1412 scans a bar code or the like attached to the clerk's name tag to read the clerk code.
  • the scanner unit 1412 on the clerk side is used when the clerk registers the product, but the clerk may register the product by another method. For example, when a key corresponding to a product (for example, a key corresponding to a sports newspaper) is arranged in the key operation unit 1411, the clerk operates (presses) the key to register the product. Good. Further, when the store clerk side display unit 1410 displays a preset key corresponding to the product, the store clerk may operate the preset key to register the product.
  • a key corresponding to a product for example, a key corresponding to a sports newspaper
  • the printing department 1413 prints and issues various media (receipts, checkout tickets, etc.).
  • the printing unit 1413 is rotatably changed from the clerk side to the customer side and from the customer side to the clerk side (direction of the medium issuing port).
  • the orientation of the printing unit 1413 may be changed manually, or may be automatically changed (mechanically controlled, etc.) according to, for example, a shift (switching) of an operation mode (details will be described later).
  • the correctness of the orientation of the printing unit 1413 may be detected by a sensor or the like.
  • the voice output unit 1414 outputs a voice.
  • the voice output unit 1414 outputs voice guidance and the like.
  • the communication unit 1415 transmits / receives information to / from other devices (other settlement device 1040, settlement device 1030, management device 1010).
  • the settlement device 1040 has been described above, the description of the appearance and the hardware configuration of the settlement device 1030 will be omitted. As will be described later (see FIG. 30 and the like), the settlement device 1030 and the settlement device 1040 have different functions realized by software, but the settlement device 1030 and the settlement device 1040 have the same appearance and hardware configuration. It may be present or it may be different.
  • the settlement device 1040 is a settlement device 1040 having two scanner units (customer side scanner unit 1406 and a clerk side scanner unit 1412), whereas the settlement device 1030 is a settlement device having one scanner unit. You may.
  • FIG. 30 is a conceptual diagram of each function for explaining the shopping system of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram illustrating various sale price determination logics (sale price determination functions).
  • FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram illustrating various types of information.
  • FIG. 30 is for explaining the shopping system according to the second embodiment, and the shopping system according to the second embodiment does not necessarily include all the configurations shown in FIG. 26.
  • the shopping system according to the second embodiment may be composed of a cloud server 1020 and a settlement device 1040, a cloud server 1020 alone, or a settlement device 1040 alone. May be good.
  • FIG. 30 is an excerpt of a function related to a feature portion of the shopping system according to the second embodiment, and does not comprehensively explain a function generally required for the shopping system.
  • the settlement device 1030 includes a selling price determination logic (selling price determination function) and a settlement function.
  • the selling price determination logic is a function of determining (calculating) the selling price (billing amount as the selling consideration) required in the settlement process, and is realized by software.
  • the settlement device 1030 includes a selling price determination logic A and a selling price determination logic B.
  • the selling price determination logic A shown in FIG. 31 is a basic price calculation function of a discount price for a basic single item corresponding to the selling price change during operation (appropriately).
  • the selling price determination logic B is a single item discount price calculation function that calculates a discount price for a single item based on setting information (single item discount setting information).
  • the selling price determination logic C is a subtotal discount price calculation function that calculates a discount price for a subtotal based on setting information (subtotal discount setting information).
  • the selling price determination logic D is a member discount price calculation function for calculating a discount price for a single item or a subtotal based on setting information (member discount setting information).
  • the selling price determination logic E is a time service discount price calculation function that calculates a discount price for a single item based on setting information (time service discount setting information).
  • the selling price determination logic F is a mix match discount price calculation function that calculates a discount price for a mixed product (a product group in which a combination is not specified (undefined)) based on setting information (mix match discount setting information).
  • the selling price determination logic G is a set match discount price calculation function that calculates a discount price for a set product (combination designated (fixed) product group) based on the setting information (set match discount setting information).
  • the selling price determination logic H is a payment type discount price calculation function for calculating a discount price according to the payment type used based on the setting information (payment type discount setting information).
  • the members to which the selling price determination logic D may be all the customers (all customers) or a part of the customers (for example, customers having a specific customer rank). You may.
  • Information related to the selling price determination logic A (information on the selling price change) and various setting information corresponding to the selling price determination logic B to the selling price determination logic H are stored in the storage unit of the settlement device 1030 or a device accessible to the settlement device 1030). It only needs to be remembered.
  • the settlement device 1030 includes selling price determination logics A and B as described above, but does not include selling price determination logics C to F. Therefore, at least information related to selling price determination logic A (information on selling price change) and selling price It suffices that the setting information (single item discount setting information) corresponding to the decision logic B can be referred to.
  • the selling price determination control logic is a logic for determining a selling price across a plurality of selling price determination logics. For example, when there is a selling price determination logic B (single item discount price calculation function) and a selling price determination logic D (member discount price calculation function), the selling price determination control logic has a selling price determination logic B and a selling price determination logic D. The discount is determined based on the setting information (selling price determination general setting information).
  • the product a (100 yen in the product information) is 90 yen (10 yen discount) according to the selling price determination logic B (and the single item discount setting information), and the selling price determination logic D (and the member discount setting).
  • the selling price determination control logic is only the selling price determination logic D. May be applied to set the price of the product a at 80 yen (20 yen discount), or both of the selling price determination logics B and D may be applied to set the price of the product a at 70 yen (30 yen discount). ..
  • the selling price determination control logic may determine the smaller discount amount.
  • the selling price determination logic D when the member discount amount is larger as described above (when the single item discount amount by the selling price determination logic B is 10 yen and the member discount amount by the selling price determination logic D is 20 yen), apply the selling price determination logic D. Instead, only the selling price determination logic B may be applied to set the price of the product a to 90 yen. Specifically, when the discount limit for member discount is set or when the purchase by member discount is not reflected in the performance of the member rank, it is set information that only the selling price determination logic B is applied (selling price determination control). Setting information) may be set.
  • the selling price determination logic B is used.
  • the price of the product a is set to 80 yen by applying only the selling price determination logic D without applying it.
  • the purchase record by the member discount is given preferential treatment to the calculation of the member rank, it may be set in the setting information (selling price determination general setting information) that only the selling price determination logic D is applied.
  • the above-mentioned selling price determination logic may be provided as necessary (when adjustments are required in a plurality of selling price determination logics).
  • the cloud server 1020 (similarly to the settlement device 1030) includes selling price determination logics A, B, and C (FIG. 30), but may further include selling price determination controlling logic.
  • the selling price determination logic may be regarded as one of the selling price determination logics shown in FIG.
  • one or more of the individual selling price determination logics as shown in FIG. 31 may be referred to as “selling price determination logic”, or may be referred to as “selling price determination logic” including the selling price determination control logic. is there. That is, when the description is simply "selling price determination logic", there are cases where the selling price determination control logic is excluded and cases where the selling price determination control logic is not excluded.
  • the settlement function is a function that executes settlement processing (for example, payment of cash by a change machine) based on the selling price determined by the selling price determination logic.
  • the selling price determination logic is described as a function different from the settlement function in FIG. 30, the selling price determination logic may be regarded as a part of the settlement function. That is, in FIG. 30, the part that determines the selling price and the part that actually executes payment based on the determined selling price are separately grasped, and the function corresponding to the part that determines the selling price is called the selling price determination logic, and is actually called.
  • the part that executes payment is called the settlement function, it may be called the settlement function including the part that determines the selling price.
  • the selling price determination logic is a part of the settlement function.
  • the management device 1010 stores store information and product information.
  • the management device 1010 may include a selling price determination logic.
  • the store information stored in the management device 1010 is information about the store in which the management device 1010 is installed, and includes, for example, the store name of the store, information identifying the store, and the like.
  • the product information stored in the management device 1010 is information about products sold in the store in which the management device 1010 is installed, and includes, for example, a product code, a product name, a price, and the like.
  • the management device 1010 may acquire, for example, product information or the like from an outside (such as a server at the headquarters (not shown)) and store it. Further, the management device 1010 may be external (headquarters server). That is, common or separate (for each store) product information or selling price determination logic used in each store may be managed.
  • the cloud server 1020 includes selling price determination logic. As described above, there are various types of selling price determination logic (see, for example, FIG. 31), but in the example shown in FIG. 30, the cloud server 1020 has the selling price determination logic A, the selling price determination logic B, and the selling price determination. It has a logic C.
  • the cloud server 1020 includes selling price determination logics A to C, but does not include selling price determination logics D to F. Therefore, at least information related to selling price determination logic A (information on selling price change) and selling price determination logic B are provided. It suffices that the corresponding setting information (single item discount setting information) and the setting information corresponding to the selling price determination logic C (subtotal discount setting information) can be referred to.
  • the cloud server 1020 stores customer information, store information, product information, and basket information.
  • Customer information is information for managing individual customers.
  • the cloud server 1020 generates customer information at the time of customer registration (it may be understood that the customer registration of the customer is made by storing the customer information of a certain customer). Further, the cloud server 1020 updates the customer information as appropriate based on the basket information and the like. For example, the cloud server 1020 may refer to the basket information at a predetermined time every day and update the customer information.
  • the cloud server 1020 stores customer information as shown in FIG. 32A, for example.
  • the customer information shown in FIG. 32A includes customer identification information, customer name, customer registration date, cancellation information, customer rank, number of points, and the like.
  • the customer identification information is identification information that uniquely identifies the customer.
  • the customer name is, for example, the customer's name or nickname.
  • the customer registration date is the date and time of customer registration.
  • the cancellation information is information regarding cancellation of a registered product after registration.
  • the customer rank is a rank according to the purchase record of the customer.
  • the cloud server 1020 is, for example, an application (application) for using the service by the cloud server 1020 from the outside (for example, a predetermined server that provides the entire application, the cloud server 1020) at the time of customer registration (for example, the mobile terminal 1050 provides the entire application). Generates and stores customer identification information (when downloading or installing). Further, for example, at the time of customer registration, the cloud server 1020 uses the mobile terminal 1050 to acquire the information entered in the name field of the registration form (input form) and stores it as the customer name. Further, the cloud server 1020 acquires, for example, the current date and time at the time of customer registration and stores it as the customer registration date.
  • an application application
  • the cloud server 1020 uses the mobile terminal 1050 to acquire the information entered in the name field of the registration form (input form) and stores it as the customer name. Further, the cloud server 1020 acquires, for example, the current date and time at the time of customer registration and stores it as the customer registration date.
  • the cloud server 1020 stores a part or all of the customer information in another device (a file server or the like accessible to the cloud server 1020) instead of or in addition to storing the customer information in the storage unit in the own device. May be stored.
  • the store information is obtained from the management device 1010 of each store (see the transmission / reception data "D0" in FIG. 30.
  • the transmission / reception data "D1" to “D6" are described in FIG. 33). That is, the cloud server 1020 stores the store information by receiving the store information directly from the management device 1010 of each store or indirectly via another device.
  • the cloud server 1020 stores store information as shown in FIG. 32B, for example.
  • the store information shown in FIG. 32B includes store identification information, store name (branch name), store identification information 1, and store identification information 2.
  • the store identification information is identification information that uniquely identifies the store.
  • the store identification information shown in FIG. 32B is composed of a store (store name) or company code and a branch code.
  • the store name is the name of the store.
  • the store name shown in FIG. 32B includes a store (store name) or company, and a branch name.
  • the store identification information 1 is information on a two-dimensional code (QR code (registered trademark), etc.) for specifying a store (a store where products are bought and sold) to be traded.
  • QR code registered trademark
  • the store specifying information 2 is position information (GPS information) of the store for specifying the store to trade.
  • GPS information position information
  • the store identification information and the store identification information 1 are different, but the store identification information and the store identification information 1 may be the same.
  • the cloud server 1020 may acquire and store store information and the like from the outside (the server of the headquarters that controls each store (not shown), etc.). Further, the cloud server 1020 stores a part or all of the store information in another device (a file server or the like accessible to the cloud server 1020) instead of or in addition to storing the store information in the storage unit in the own device. May be stored.
  • the product information is obtained from the management device 1010 or the like of each store (see the transmission / reception data "D0" in FIG. 30.
  • the transmission / reception data "D1" to “D6" are described in FIG. 33). That is, the cloud server 1020 stores the product information by receiving the product information directly from the management device 1010 of each store or indirectly via another device.
  • the cloud server 1020 may acquire and store product information from the outside (a server (not shown) of the headquarters that controls each store). Further, the cloud server 1020 stores a part or all of the store information in another device (a file server or the like accessible to the cloud server 1020) instead of or in addition to storing the store information in the storage unit in the own device. May be stored.
  • Basket information is information for managing individual transactions.
  • the cloud server 1020 creates basket information at the start of the transaction.
  • the cloud server 1020 updates the basket information according to the progress of the transaction (every time the product is registered) (it is understood that the product is registered by storing the product in the basket information). You may).
  • the cloud server 1020 stores basket information as shown in FIG. 32C, for example.
  • the basket information shown in FIG. 32C includes basket identification information, transaction start date and time, transaction end date and time, customer identification information, registered product information, reserved product information, cancellation information, and the like.
  • the basket identification information is identification information that uniquely identifies the basket.
  • the basket identification information shown in FIG. 32C is composed of store identification information, a date, and a serial number (for example, a serial number by store date).
  • the transaction start date and time is the transaction start date and time.
  • the transaction start date and time shown in FIG. 32C is the generation date and time of the basket information.
  • the transaction start date and time may be the registration date and time of one item of merchandise (the date and time when the registered merchandise information (registered merchandise 1) in FIG. 32C is stored). Both the generation date and time of the basket information and the registration date and time of one item of goods may be stored separately.
  • the transaction end date and time is the end date and time of the transaction.
  • the transaction start date and time shown in FIG. 32C is the settlement date and time.
  • the customer identification information is customer identification information that identifies the customer of the transaction. When the basket information is generated, the basket identification information, the transaction start date and time, and the customer identification information are generated, but since it is before the actual transaction (product registration) starts, other information (transaction end date and time, etc.) is generated. Not done.
  • the settlement date and time may be the settlement start date and time or the settlement end date and time. Both the settlement start date and time and the settlement end date and time may be stored separately.
  • Registered product information (total) is information that is updated each time a product is registered.
  • the registered product information (total) includes the number of products (number of products), the approximate subtotal amount (approximate subtotal amount before price calculation by the price determination logic), the subtotal amount (subtotal amount after price calculation by the price determination logic), and the like.
  • Registered merchandise information (1) is registration information for one item of merchandise.
  • the registered merchandise information (2) is registration information of two commodities. Note that, in the example shown in FIG. 32C, the illustration of registered product information (3) to registered product information (5) is omitted.
  • the registered product information (N; N is an integer) includes a product code, product name (product name), price, and the like.
  • the registered product information (N) may include the registration date and time of the product of the N item. That is, the cloud server 1020 may store the registration date and time of the registered product as the registered product information.
  • the registration date and time of each product may be used as a material for determining the necessity of applying a service such as a time service (service by the selling price determination logic E) and the effect after application.
  • the pending product information (total) is information that is updated each time a pending product (described later) is registered.
  • the pending product information (total) is the number of reserved products (number of products), the number of NON files (also referred to as "NO-FILE") among the reserved products, and the reading NG (confirmation of unauthorized operation) among the reserved products. Including the number of items.
  • the NON file means that the bar code was successfully scanned in the store (although the product code could be read), the product code was not stored in the product information, or the product code was successfully scanned in the store. However, it is a product whose product code is not stored in the product information.
  • Reading NG means a product code scan failure at the store (the product code could not be read), or a product code scan failure at the store. That is, the reading NG is a product that has been timed out when it can be determined, for example, that the product has been imaged for a certain period of time by the image recognition technology but the barcode recognition has not been achieved. For example, when the bar code cannot be correctly acquired (recognized) due to the wrinkles of the package, the blur of the bar code print, or the dirt, the reading is judged to be NG. In addition, it is determined that the reading is unsuccessful even if an illegal operation of pretending to read the barcode and inserting it into the basket is detected.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 is provided with a sensor (for example, a gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, a distance sensor, etc.), and the mobile terminal 1050 is reading a barcode (specifically, the mobile terminal 1050 is for reading the barcode. Is tilted, and an article (commodity) exists at a certain distance of the mobile terminal 1050).
  • a sensor for example, a gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, a distance sensor, etc.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 is reading the barcode. Is tilted, and an article (commodity) exists at a certain distance of the mobile terminal 1050).
  • the product is reserved (reading NG) as the timeout process.
  • Hold product information is information on one item of hold product.
  • the reserved product information (reserved product 2) is information on two items of reserved products.
  • the pending product information (reserved product 3) is information on the reserved products of three items.
  • the hold product information includes the hold product type (information indicating whether the hold product is a NON file or read NG) and image data (image data captured at the time of read NG). Including. For example, when the product of N items is a reserved product by the NON file, the reserved product information (reserved product N) includes the reserved product type "1 (NON file)" and image data. Further, when the product of N items is a reserved product such as read NG, the reserved product information (held product N) includes the reserved product type "2 (reading NG)" and image data.
  • the cloud server 1020 stores a part or all of the basket information in another device (a file server or the like accessible to the cloud server 1020) instead of or in addition to storing the basket information in the storage unit in the own device. May be stored.
  • the reserved product also occurs when the communication between the mobile terminal 1050 and the cloud server 1020 is unstable due to radio wave conditions or the like.
  • the radio field intensity is evaluated in five stages from level 1 to level 5. The larger the value, the stronger the radio field intensity.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 cancels the registration process of transmitting the product code to the cloud server 1020, and stores the product code in the memory of the mobile terminal 1050.
  • the product in which the product code is stored in the memory of the mobile terminal 1050 as described above is also referred to as a “radio wave holding product” in the following description.
  • a product that has been put on hold by the NON file or read NG is also called a “normally held product”. When there is no particular distinction between radio wave holding products and normal holding products, it is simply described as "holding products”.
  • the settlement device 1040 includes a cloud communication function, a mobile terminal interlocking function, and a settlement function.
  • the cloud communication function is a function of communicating with the cloud server 1020.
  • the mobile terminal interlocking function is a function that interlocks with the mobile terminal 1050. For example, a code (two-dimensional code or the like) displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 is optically scanned (read), and the scanned information ( Or, it is a function that supplies information based on scanned information) to the cloud communication function side.
  • the code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 is a code of information (for example, basket identification information) necessary for executing the settlement process for the purchased product by the mobile terminal 1050.
  • the cloud communication function and the mobile terminal interlocking function are peculiar functions of the settlement device 1040 that the settlement device 1030 does not have.
  • the settlement function is a function for performing settlement processing (for example, cash payment by a change machine) based on the selling price determined by the selling price determination logic of the cloud server 1020.
  • the settlement device 1040 Since the settlement device 1040 has a cloud communication function, a mobile terminal interlocking function, and a settlement function, for example, it scans a code (information that can identify the basket information of the customer) displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 of a customer. Then, the scanned information (or information based on the scanned information) is transmitted to the cloud server 1020, the selling price (subtotal information) based on the basket information of the customer is received from the cloud server 1020, and the settlement process is performed based on the received selling price. Can be executed.
  • Mobile terminal 1050 In order to use the smartphone owned by the customer as the mobile terminal 1050 that can perform the registration processing of the store, the customer performs member registration so that the registration processing can be performed by the smartphone.
  • the customer When registering a new member, it is preferable that the customer register information such as the member's name, address, telephone number, email address, etc. that can confirm the identity, and also register the credit card information.
  • the registration procedure may be online or offline. For example, the customer may input necessary items on a registration form or tablet at the store, notify the registered mail address of the download URL, etc. to download the dedicated application, or the dedicated application may be downloaded from the host device. You may launch the member registration screen and perform the registration procedure after downloading and introducing.
  • the dedicated application may be provided from a site on the Internet that provides the application of the mobile terminal 1050.
  • the registration as a member may be completed by additionally registering only the credit card information.
  • the information to be registered is not limited to the above information.
  • the store is a chain store
  • the information unique to the store may be distributed by registering the information of the store or the like that is always used.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may notify information such as “special sale information”, “related/replacement product”, “new product”, “stockout information”, etc. at the store when entering the store, and the store specified by the customer is closed on a regular basis. If it is a holiday such as a day, a message to that effect may be displayed.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 communicates with the cloud server 1020.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 registers the product by communicating with the cloud server 1020. That is, the mobile terminal 1050 recognizes the barcode as an object (reads the product code from the barcode) by imaging the barcode attached to the product, and transmits the product code to the cloud server 1020. (Specifically, the product code is stored in the basket information of the cloud server 1020).
  • the mobile terminal 1050 also generates a code (two-dimensional code, etc.). That is, the mobile terminal 1050 displays the code on the display unit in relation to the mobile terminal interlocking function of the settlement device 1040, but the mobile terminal 1050 generates the code to be displayed on the display unit by itself and displays it on the display unit. .. As described above, the code generated by the mobile terminal 1050 and displayed on the display unit provides information (for example, basket identification information) required for settlement processing and execution of the purchased product by the mobile terminal 1050. It is coded.
  • a code two-dimensional code, etc.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 realizes a function of communicating with the cloud server 1020 and a function of generating a code (two-dimensional code, etc.) as a function of an application acquired from the outside. That is, the mobile terminal 1050 may communicate with the cloud server 1020, generate a code, or display the code by activating the application.
  • a code two-dimensional code, etc.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may not have the function of generating a code to be displayed on the display unit.
  • the cloud server 1020 may have a function of generating a code instead of the mobile terminal 1050. That is, the cloud server 1020 generates a code based on the request from the mobile terminal 1050 and transmits the generated code to the mobile terminal 1050, and the mobile terminal 1050 requests the cloud server 1020 to generate the code and the cloud server.
  • the code generated by 1020 may be received and displayed on the display unit.
  • FIG. 33 is a sequence diagram for explaining the outline of the processing flow in the functional configuration of FIG. Specifically, FIG. 33 shows a case where a certain customer visits a certain store, registers the product displayed in the store, and finishes the settlement of the registered product, the mobile terminal 1050 of the customer, An example of each processing of the settlement device 1040 installed in the store and the cloud server 1020 installed outside the data center or the like is shown.
  • the left side of FIG. 33 is the process of the mobile terminal 1050, the center is the process of the settlement device 1040, and the right side is the process of the cloud server 1020.
  • 34A, 34B, and 34C are display examples on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050.
  • 35A, 35B, and 35C are display examples in the display unit of the settlement device.
  • Step S1 The mobile terminal 1050 acquires information (store identification information) that identifies the store. For example, a two-dimensional code for identifying the store is displayed near the entrance of the store (output the two-dimensional code on the display screen, attach a medium on which the two-dimensional code is printed, etc.), and the customer who visits the store carries it.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may acquire the store identification information by scanning (reading) the two-dimensional code with the terminal 1050.
  • a screen instructing the customer to scan the two-dimensional code may be displayed as a standby screen, or the customer who visits the store scans the two-dimensional code with the mobile terminal 1050. Then, the application may be started, and a screen for notifying the customer that the customer is connected to the cloud server 1020 may be displayed as a standby screen.
  • the customer who visits the store may acquire the location information (GPS information) at the mobile terminal 1050 at the store (that is, the location information of the store is acquired as the store identification information). May be).
  • GPS information location information
  • the location information may be acquired and a screen for notifying the customer that the cloud server 1020 is being connected may be displayed as a standby screen.
  • a selection screen may be displayed to let the customer select.
  • the mode may be compulsorily switched to a mode in which a two-dimensional code is acquired.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 that has acquired the store identification information transmits the acquired store identification information together with the customer identification information to the cloud server 1020 as a transaction start request (see the transmission / reception data "D1" in FIGS. 30 and 33).
  • the customer identification information as described above, the information entered in the name field of the registration form using the mobile terminal 1050 at the time of customer registration (when downloading or installing the application on the mobile terminal 1050) is the cloud server 1020.
  • the customer information but may be stored in the storage unit of the mobile terminal 1050 in addition to the cloud server 1020.
  • the available coupon information is displayed. It may be displayed on a screen (a screen different from the product registration initial screen or the product registration initial screen).
  • the service and coupon information may be acquired from the cloud server 1020 as screen information, for example.
  • the information of the transmission destination may be acquired at the time of customer registration (when the application is downloaded or installed in the mobile terminal 1050) and stored in the storage unit of the mobile terminal 1050. Good.
  • the destination information in addition to the store identification information, the destination information) is also converted into a two-dimensional code, and the two-dimensional code is scanned by the mobile terminal 1050 to scan the mobile terminal. 1050 may acquire the information of the transmission destination together with the store identification information.
  • Step S2 The cloud server 1020, which has received the customer identification information and the store identification information as a transaction start request from the mobile terminal 1050, generates a basket of the transaction. Specifically, the basket information as shown in FIG. 32C is generated. When the basket information is generated, the basket identification information, the transaction start date and time, and the customer identification information are generated, but since it is before the actual transaction (product registration) starts, other information (transaction end date and time, etc.) is generated. Not done.
  • the cloud server 1020 stores the store information as shown in FIG. 32B. Therefore, when the store identification information is received from the mobile terminal 1050 as a transaction start request (although the customer identification information is also received).
  • the store identification information 1 is referred to acquire the store identification information, and when the received store identification information is position information (GPS information)
  • the store identification information is acquired by referring to the store identification information 2. If the store identification information received from the mobile terminal 1050 is a two-dimensional code of the store identification information, the cloud server 1020 may acquire the store identification information as it is.
  • the cloud server 1020 that has received the customer identification information and the store identification information as a transaction start request from the mobile terminal 1050 acquires the store identification information from the store identification information received from the mobile terminal 1050, and further acquires the current date. A serial number is issued (numbered), the store identification information, the current date, and the serial number are combined and stored as the basket identification information in the basket information. Further, the cloud server 1020, which has received the store identification information and the customer identification information as a transaction start request from the mobile terminal 1050, acquires the current date and time and stores it as the transaction start date and time (generation date and time) in the basket information. Further, the cloud server 1020, which has received the store identification information and the customer identification information as a transaction start request from the mobile terminal 1050, stores the customer identification information received from the mobile terminal 1050 as the customer identification information in the basket information.
  • Step S3 The cloud server 1020 that generated the basket of the transaction generates product registration initial screen information (screen information of the product registration screen that is the standby screen) and transmits it to the mobile terminal 1050. Specifically, the cloud server 1020 generates product registration initial screen information such that the product registration initial screen as shown in FIG. 34A is displayed on the mobile terminal 1050, and baskets the generated product registration initial screen information. The identification information is transmitted to the mobile terminal 1050 (see the transmission/reception data “D2” in FIGS. 30 and 33).
  • Step S4 The mobile terminal 1050 that has received the basket identification information and the product registration initial screen information from the cloud server 1020 stores the basket identification information and displays the registration screen on the display unit. Specifically, the mobile terminal 1050 displays a product registration initial screen as shown in FIG. 34A, for example.
  • Step S5 The mobile terminal 1050 scans the barcode attached to the product by the operation of the customer and reads the product code. Note that, in FIG. 33, it is assumed that the barcode scanning is successful. Although simplified in FIG. 30 for convenience of explanation, steps S5 to S9 are repeatedly executed every time the barcode attached to the product is scanned.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 that has acquired the barcode transmits the product code obtained by scanning together with the basket identification information to the cloud server 1020 (see the transmission / reception data "D3" in FIGS. 30 and 33).
  • Step S6 The cloud server 1020, which has received the basket identification information and the product code from the mobile terminal 1050, identifies the basket of the transaction from the basket identification information.
  • Step S7 The cloud server 1020 updates the product data in the specified basket. Specifically, when the cloud server 1020 receives the product code as an N item, the cloud server 1020 stores the product code as the product code of the registered product information (registered product N) in the basket information of the specified basket, and obtains the product code. The product name and price corresponding to the product code are acquired from the product information, and the product and price of the registered product information (registered product N) are stored. In addition, the cloud server 1020 updates the registered product information (total) in the basket information of the specified basket.
  • Step S8 The cloud server 1020 that updates the product data in the basket generates product registration update screen information (screen information of the product registration screen that is the update screen to which the registered product is added) and transmits it to the mobile terminal 1050. .. Specifically, the cloud server 1020 generates product registration update screen information such that the product registration update screen as shown in FIG. 34B is displayed on the mobile terminal 1050, and baskets the generated product registration update screen information. The identification information is transmitted to the mobile terminal 1050 (see the transmission/reception data “D4” in FIGS. 30 and 33).
  • the product registration screen (product registration update screen) shown in FIG. 34B is displayed on the mobile terminal 1050 after “OO bread” is registered as the product of three items. That is, when the cloud server 1020 stores “OO yogurt” as one item in the basket, the cloud server 1020 generates product registration update screen information such that "OO yogurt” is displayed on the mobile terminal 1050, and the generated product. When the registration update screen information is sent to the mobile terminal 1050 together with the basket identification information and " ⁇ chocolate” is stored in the basket as two items, “ ⁇ yogurt” and “ ⁇ chocolate” are displayed on the mobile terminal 1050.
  • the generated product registration update screen information is transmitted to the mobile terminal 1050 together with the basket identification information, and "OO bread” as three items is stored in the basket.
  • the product registration update screen information such that " ⁇ yogurt”, “ ⁇ chocolate” and “ ⁇ bread” are displayed on the mobile terminal 1050 is generated, and the generated product registration update screen information is displayed. It is transmitted to the mobile terminal 1050 together with the basket identification information.
  • Step S9 The mobile terminal 1050 which has received the basket identification information and the product registration update screen information from the cloud server 1020 adds the product to the registration screen. Specifically, the mobile terminal 1050 displays a product registration update screen as shown in FIG. 34B, for example. Note that, as described above, the product registration screen (product registration update screen) shown in FIG. 34B is displayed on the mobile terminal 1050 after “OO bread” is registered as the three products.
  • Step S10 The mobile terminal 1050 accepts an accounting instruction as a customer operation. For example, the touch of the "Proceed to checkout" button shown in FIG. 34B is accepted.
  • Step S11 The mobile terminal 1050 which receives the accounting instruction generates a two-dimensional code. That is, the mobile terminal 1050 two-dimensionally encodes the information (for example, basket identification information) required to execute the settlement process for the purchased product by the mobile terminal 1050.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 that has generated the two-dimensional code displays the generated two-dimensional code on the display unit. For example, a code display screen displaying a two-dimensional code as shown in FIG. 34C is displayed on the display unit.
  • Step S12 The settlement device 1040 scans (reads) the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050.
  • the checkout device 1040 scans the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 directed to the recognition range by the customer side scanner unit 1406 by the store clerk.
  • Step S13 The settlement device 1040 that has read the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 requests the cloud server 1020 to calculate the subtotal amount.
  • the settlement device 1040 transmits a calculation request (small calculation output request information) requesting the calculation of the subtotal amount to the cloud server 1020 together with the basket identification information acquired from the two-dimensional code (transmission / reception data of FIGS. 30 and 33, ". D5").
  • Step S14 The cloud server 1020, which has received the basket identification information and the subcalculation request information from the mobile terminal 1050, identifies the basket of the transaction from the basket identification information.
  • Step S15 The cloud server 1020 that has specified the basket calculates the subtotal amount of the specified basket. Specifically, the cloud server 1020 uses the selling price determination logic (see FIG. 30) to calculate the subtotal amount.
  • the products in the basket are the three products shown in FIG. 34B (“ ⁇ yogurt”, “ ⁇ chocolate”, and “ ⁇ bread”), and all of the discounts are based on the selling price determination logics A, B, and C. If not applicable, the cloud server 1020 calculates a subtotal amount of 830 yen, which is the same amount as the estimated amount (see FIG. 34B) of 830 yen. Further, for example, the products in the basket are the three products shown in FIG.
  • the cloud server 1020 calculates 800 yen, which is 30 yen cheaper than 830 yen, which is the estimated amount (see FIG. 34B), as the subtotal amount.
  • Step S16 The cloud server 1020 that has calculated the subtotal amount updates the basket information (stores the subtotal amount (subtotal amount after calculation)), and transmits the subtotal information indicating the calculated subtotal amount to the settlement device 1040 together with the basket identification information. (See transmission / reception data "D6" in FIGS. 30 and 33).
  • Step S17 The settlement device 1040, which has received the basket identification information and the subtotal information from the cloud server 1020, displays the subtotal amount on the customer side display unit 1405.
  • the settlement device 1040 receives the subtotal information indicating the subtotal amount (830 yen without discount), and the settlement device 1040 outputs the subtotal amount 830 in the total column as shown in FIG. 35A on the customer side. It is displayed on the display unit 1405.
  • the settlement device 1040 receives the subtotal information indicating the subtotal amount (800 yen discounted by 30 yen), and the settlement device 1040 displays a settlement screen in which the subtotal amount 800 is output in the total column as shown in FIG. 35B. It is displayed on the customer side display unit 1405. If there is a reserved product, the settlement device 1040 notifies that there is a reserved product (see FIG. 35C).
  • the customer selects a payment method for performing the payment processing of the product on the payment screen, but the payment method may be registered in advance in the application.
  • the settlement device 1040 may not display the screen for selecting the payment method. Even if the payment method is registered, it is preferable that the payment method can be changed.
  • the settlement device 1040 may display a guide to a service counter, a manned POS, or the like.
  • Step S18 The settlement device 1040 displaying the subtotal amount on the customer side display unit 1405 executes payment (settlement). Specifically, the settlement device 1040 accepts the selection of the payment type. In the case of cash, the deposit is accepted, the amount of change is calculated, and if there is change, the change is released and a receipt is issued. Further, when the settlement is completed, the settlement device 1040 transmits the settlement completion information together with the basket information to the cloud server 1020, and the cloud server 1020 stores the transaction end date and time (settlement date and time) of the basket.
  • the cloud server 1020 since the cloud server 1020 does not have the selling price determination logic H (settlement type discount price calculation function), the description is omitted, but the selling price determination logic H (settlement type discount price calculation function). If you have, you may recalculate the subtotal amount after selecting the payment type. Specifically, the settlement device 1040 requests the cloud server 1020 to calculate the subtotal amount again after selecting the payment type (for example, the payment type selection information indicating the selected payment type is combined with the basket identification information in the cloud server 1020. The cloud server 1020 may recalculate the subtotal amount using the selling price determination logic H, and retransmit the subtotal information indicating the recalculated subtotal amount to the settlement device 1040 together with the basket identification information.
  • the selling price determination logic H settlement type discount price calculation function
  • step S13 Before the calculation request in step S13 (for example, before the mobile terminal 1050 generates the two-dimensional code, after the settlement device 1040 reads the two-dimensional code, and before the calculation request is transmitted, so that the subtotal amount can be calculated only once. Etc.) may be requested from the customer to select the payment type, and the payment type selection information may also be transmitted to the cloud server 1020 at the time of the calculation request in step S13.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 transmits the product code to the cloud server 1020 after scanning the product (S5), but other than the product scanned in the store (the store when the product registration initial screen is displayed after visiting the store).
  • the product code may not be transmitted for a product (for example, a product moved to another store and scanned).
  • the mobile terminal 1050 acquires and stores location information (GPS information) when visiting a store (or when displaying a product registration initial screen).
  • the mobile terminal 1050 acquires location information when scanning individual products, and compares the location information acquired when scanning the products with the location information acquired when visiting the store (or when displaying the initial product registration screen). To do.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 permits transmission of the product code of the product to the cloud server 1020 when the both match (or substantially matches), and when the two do not match (or substantially match), the product Transmission of the product code to the cloud server 1020 may be prohibited. This can prevent improper product registration (for example, product registration for a basket generated at another store or the like).
  • the payment device 1040 displays an error message (for example, "Registration is not possible because it is not in the XX store") on the customer side display unit 1405 after scanning the product. It may be displayed. Further, the settlement device 1040 may display the above message on the clerk side display unit 1410 in place of or in addition to the customer side display unit 1405.
  • an error message for example, "Registration is not possible because it is not in the XX store
  • the settlement device 1040 requests the cloud server 1020 to calculate the subtotal amount after reading the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 (S12), but other than the products scanned in the store.
  • the calculation of the subtotal amount may not be requested for the product (for example, the product scanned in another store).
  • the checkout device 1040 may refer to the store identification information of the store (the store identification information of the store may be stored and referred to in the self-payment device 1040, or may be stored in another accessible device. Existing store identification information), the basket identification information obtained from the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 and the store identification information of the store. Compare with.
  • the settlement device 1040 requests the calculation of the subtotal amount when the store identification information included in the basket identification information (see the configuration of the basket identification information in FIG. 32B) includes the store identification information of the store. May be permitted, and the request for calculation of the subtotal amount may be prohibited if the configuration does not include the store identification information of the store. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent improper settlement (for example, settlement of products registered in other stores).
  • the settlement device 1040 When the settlement device 1040 prohibits the request for the subtotal amount as described above, the settlement device 1040 displays an error message (for example, "cannot be settled because it includes products other than XX stores") after reading the two-dimensional code. It may be displayed on the display unit 1405. Further, the settlement device 1040 may display the above message on the clerk side display unit 1410 in place of or in addition to the customer side display unit 1405.
  • an error message for example, "cannot be settled because it includes products other than XX stores”
  • the settlement device 1040 may display the above message on the clerk side display unit 1410 in place of or in addition to the customer side display unit 1405.
  • FIG. 36A is an example of the start screen.
  • a key linked to member point information 800a, store information 800b of the specified store, notification 800c of special sale information, coupon information 800d, etc. is arranged, and product registration at the store is performed.
  • a "start" key 800e that declares to start is arranged.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays the product registration initial screen shown in FIG. 34A by operating the "start" key 800e of the start screen 800 by the member.
  • FIG. 36B is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed when a NON file or read NG occurs.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays a notification (popup) 830 that a product that cannot be registered is a reserved product.
  • a notification indicating that the two products are handled differently such as a display 830a that prompts the user to put the normally registered product and the unregisterable product in different baskets (or a specific area in the basket), is given.
  • the notification is not limited to pop-up display of messages and the like.
  • FIG. 36C is a diagram showing an example of a screen showing that there are pending products.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays the registration hold information 812d indicating that there is a hold product in accordance with the registration information 812a in the display area 812.
  • the registration hold information 812d displayed in the display area 812 is displayed as a list in a display form different from that of the registration information 812a.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays the registration hold information 812d together with the three registration information 812a, and makes the background of the registration hold information 812d different from the background of the other registration information.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays the number of reserved products in the display area 812 at 812e, and displays the registration pending information 812d in a display 812f prompting the member to put the reserved products in the dedicated basket. It informs that it exists.
  • the reserved product is a "NON file product” or a "reading NG product”. With this display, the clerk can see this display, so that a quicker response can be provided to the customer.
  • the quantity of the registration pending information 812d displayed in the list can be changed or deleted in the same manner as a normal product. For example, if the code information of a product that cannot be registered by a member is repeatedly read, a plurality of registration pending information 812d may be generated. In such a case, the member The mobile terminal 1050 may delete the registration hold information 812d in response to the operation.
  • the quantity can be changed and the product can be deleted by the operation of the member.
  • 37A and 37B are screens showing changes and deletions in quantity.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays a pop-up 820 for changing the quantity of the product, as shown in FIG. 37A.
  • the pop-up 820 displays the current purchase quantity and price, and also has a "+" key, a "-" key, and a "product cancellation” key for increasing or decreasing the number of products. If the product to be changed is a product with a limited number of purchases, such as a special sale product, or an indefinite product that does not fit into a plurality of purchases, as shown in FIG.
  • the 1050 may display the pop-up 820 with only the "cancel product" key together with the number of purchased items and the price.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 changes the quantity and the like of the registration information 812a.
  • the registration information stored in the shopping file is reflected, and the quantity of the product is also changed. Changes or product deletions are made.
  • the quantity may be changed with the "+" key, etc., but the barcode of the same product may be imaged multiple times. However, if the barcode of the same product is imaged multiple times continuously or at intervals, the mobile terminal 1050 may display a display confirming whether or not the same product may be purchased multiple times, or identify the product. Change the confirmation sound or vibration pattern when acquiring information. As a result, the customer can recognize that the product identification information has been acquired a plurality of times.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays the total purchase quantity of the product in the latest line of the list display. Needless to say, a plurality of times of imaging may be displayed in a plurality of lines.
  • Barcodes have been affixed to the products in the registrations described above, but for registration of products that are not suitable for affixing barcodes such as fruits and vegetables such as cucumbers and bulk-sold products such as fish, for example, the products are displayed.
  • the product registration process may be performed by imaging the barcode attached to the shelf or container. Needless to say, if the barcode is directly attached to the product, the barcode may be imaged.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may identify the product by capturing an image of the product that is not suitable for sticking the barcode and recognizing the object. Further, the registration process may be performed by voice or the like, or the registration process may be performed by displaying the preset key on the display unit and letting the member select it.
  • FIGS. 38A and 38B are diagrams showing screens related to registration of products sold separately.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays a pop-up 850 for confirming the number of products to be purchased, as shown in FIG. 38A.
  • the product name, the price per item, the number of items purchased 850a, the total amount, etc. are displayed for the items sold separately, and the "+" key 850b and the "-" key instructing the change of the number of items purchased are displayed.
  • 850c, a "commodity cancellation” key 850d, and a "decision” key 850e are arranged.
  • the member operates the "+” key 850b and the "-” key 850c to set the purchase quantity, and operates the "decision" key 850e, so that the mobile terminal 1050 is set to the purchase quantity 850a.
  • Register registration information according to the number.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays that the discount is applied to the purchase of a plurality of products, the specific quantity thereof, the discount price, and the like. May be. Further, as shown in FIG. 38B, the mobile terminal 1050 may display the pop-up 850 by setting the number to which the bulk purchase discount is applied as the initial value of the purchased number 850a.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays on the pop-up 850 that it is profitable to buy in bulk, and the number (3) to which the bulk discount is applied in advance is the initial purchase quantity of 850a. It is set as a value, and the member can know that it is a discount product by bulk purchase by the pop-up 850, and can easily set the purchase by bulk purchase by operating the "OK" key 850e.
  • the member can also reduce the number of purchases by operating the "-" key 850c or the like instructing to change the purchase quantity 850a and press the "OK" key 850e, and the mobile terminal 1050 is set by the pop-up 850. Register the product by the number. The initial value may be set to "1" even for products to which the bulk purchase discount is applied.
  • a pricing label with product information recorded is issued by the weighing device that weighs the products to be weighed, so the barcode printed on this pricing label is imaged. By doing so, the product registration process is performed.
  • the product information recorded on the issued pricing label can be added to the product master.
  • the number of products to be weighed may be specified so that the number of purchased products cannot be changed.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 captures the information uniquely identifying the weighing device and the barcode of the product to determine the weighing device and the product. Then, the weighing device may automatically recognize the container by, for example, taking an image of the container, and weigh the container on which the product is placed. At this time, information such as the expiration date may be issued as a label and attached to the product. Furthermore, if information that can identify the customer, such as member information, can be recognized by the IC or the like, registration data is generated by the weighing device and transmitted to the cloud server 1020 as customer registration data, and the registration data and the customer are transmitted. It is also possible to prevent fraud by collating two pieces of data of identifiable information.
  • the mobile terminal acquires the store identification information, it acquires the connection information for connecting to the weighing device in the store. Then, the customer reads the barcode of the product to be weighed with the mobile terminal. When the barcode of the product to be weighed is read, the mobile terminal displays a weighing button for weighing the product with the weighing device. When the customer presses this weighing button, the customer can perform weighing with the weighing device. The customer may press the weighing button after scanning the bar code of each of the plurality of weighing target products.
  • the mobile terminal By pressing the weighing button, the mobile terminal connects to the weighing device using the acquired connection information. If there is only one weighing device in the store, connect to the weighing device. If there are a plurality of weighing devices in the store, the mobile terminal displays a weighing device selection screen for the customer to select the weighing device. On the weighing device selection screen displayed at this time, information on availability may be displayed for each weighing device. Further, even if there are a plurality of weighing devices, if there is only one available weighing device, the available weighing device may be automatically selected. Information on whether or not the weighing device can be used may be acquired by the mobile terminal from the cloud server 1020, the management device 1010, or the like, or may be acquired directly from the weighing device by the mobile terminal.
  • a map of the store showing the position of the weighing device may be displayed.
  • the mobile terminal When the mobile terminal is connected to the weighing device by, for example, short-range wireless communication, if the mobile terminal is out of the wireless communication range, the mobile terminal may display a message prompting the customer to approach the weighing device. ..
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays the registration screen shown in FIG. 39A during shopping.
  • a list of registered products is displayed side by side in a display area 812 arranged below in a displayable range in the display area 812.
  • the customer can check the registered products by looking at the display area 812, but in order to check the products when purchasing many products, the customer scrolls a lot of the list display displayed in the display area 812. It was necessary and the confirmation was complicated.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 of the second embodiment expands the display area 812 as needed, so that the registered product can be confirmed more easily.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 expands the display area 812 to the entire display unit of the mobile terminal 1050, as shown in FIG. 39B.
  • the products can be displayed by scrolling.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 hides the imaging unit displayed in the display area 811 by expanding the display area 812 to the entire display unit of the mobile terminal 1050, and in conjunction with this, invalidates the input unit 260 of the mobile terminal 1050. Preferably.
  • the operation for expanding the display area 812 is not limited to the operation by the "extension" key 811a arranged on the registration screen 810. Further, the display area 812 does not necessarily have to be expanded to the entire display unit of the mobile terminal 1050, and may be expanded to a state in which all products can be confirmed according to the number of products.
  • the display area 812 may be sequentially expanded as a member performs product registration processing. In that case, by setting the maximum expansion state of the display area 812, the display area 812 can be expanded while securing the camera area.
  • FIG. 40A is a diagram showing a list of products when a radio wave holding product is generated.
  • the display area 812 is provided with a reserved product column 912a.
  • the product code of the hold product in the figure, "49XXXXXX" as an example
  • an icon 912b indicating that the product is a radio wave hold product are displayed. With this icon 912b, the customer can recognize at a glance that the product is a radio wave holding product generated due to the unstable communication state.
  • FIG. 40B is a diagram showing a list of products when communication is restored after the occurrence of a radio wave holding product.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 can acquire the product name and price of the radio wave reserved product by transmitting the product code to the cloud server 1020 due to the restoration of communication.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 can display the product name and the price.
  • an icon 912c indicating that the product is a radio wave holding product is displayed in the holding product column 912a.
  • the customer can recognize at a glance that the radio wave holding product is registered in the cloud server 1020.
  • the product name and price of the radio wave hold product are acquired, and the above icon 912c etc. is displayed, "Communication has been restored.
  • Product information has been updated is displayed. Good.
  • the settlement device 1040 that has read the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 requests the cloud server 1020 to calculate the subtotal amount, and in response to the request, the cloud server 1020 Although the subtotal information has been transmitted to the settlement device 1040, more detailed information may be transmitted and the settlement device 1040 may display the registration confirmation screen.
  • FIG. 41 is a diagram showing an example of a registration confirmation screen when there is no reserved product.
  • a list of registered products 900a is displayed, and a "payment" key 900b is displayed at an upper position.
  • the display of the list 900a can be scrolled by operating the arrow 900c.
  • a price range registration number 900d indicating the registration quantity of each product by price range is displayed.
  • the number of products is displayed for each price range of 1,000 yen or more, 500 to 999 yen, 300 to 499 yen, and 300 yen or less.
  • Patlite registered trademark
  • other equipment monitoring device
  • service manager etc.
  • FIG. 42 is a diagram showing an example of a registration confirmation screen when there are pending products.
  • a list 920a of registration information is displayed, and information on three items of pending products that could not be registered (registration pending information) is also displayed.
  • the settlement device 1040 displays the registration information list 920a and the registration hold information 920b, 920c, 920d, 920g in different display formats.
  • the background color of the product information and the reserved product information may be different, or the character color and font may be different.
  • the icon 920h is displayed in the registration hold information 920g.
  • This icon 920h indicates that the product is a radio wave holding product.
  • the customer can recognize at a glance that the product is a radio wave holding product generated due to the unstable communication state.
  • the settlement device 1040 may arrange the four pieces of registration suspension information at the head position of the list of registration information. As a result, the member or the clerk can easily grasp the reserved product from the information displayed in the list display. Further, in the lower position of the screen, in addition to the price range registration number 900d indicating the registration quantity for each price range of the product, the number of reserved products 920e is displayed as "4".
  • FIG. 43 is a diagram showing an editing screen for a store clerk to perform a correction operation.
  • the settlement device 1040 displays an edit screen 930 for editing the registration hold information 920b as shown in FIG. 43. ..
  • a scan button is arranged on the edit screen 930, and when the clerk operates the scan button, the settlement device 1040 displays the image data when the code information of the product is read.
  • the clerk can check the reserved products by looking at the displayed image data, and can know the correct product information by going to check the display shelves.
  • the settlement device 1040 may reflect the information corrected by the editing process in the product master or the like.
  • a new product with code information for sale may be a Non-file product due to forgetting to rewrite the product master.
  • the settlement device 1040 may be able to make a provisional correction by editing the department and the amount.
  • the radio wave holding product the product name, price, etc. can be obtained from the cloud server 1020 by scanning the product with the settlement device 1040, so that the radio wave holding product can also be registered.
  • FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a registration confirmation screen after editing the registration suspension information 920b.
  • the registration pending information 920b is modified as shown in FIG. Further, the registration hold information 920g is corrected by the product being scanned by the settlement device 1040. Then, the icon 920i indicating that the product is on hold is displayed. Thereby, the customer can recognize at a glance that the radio wave holding product is registered in the cloud server 1020. Further, the number 920e of held products displayed at the lower position of the registration confirmation screen 920 is changed to “2”.
  • FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a registration confirmation screen after editing all registration suspension information.
  • the registration confirmation screen 920 shown in FIG. 45 On the registration confirmation screen 920 shown in FIG. 45, of the four registered pending products, the former registration pending information 920b, 920c, and 920 g indicating the three products are registered, and one registration pending information 920d is registered. Has been revoked. Since there are no more reserved products, the number of reserved products 920e displayed at the lower position of the registration confirmation screen 920 has been changed to "0". Further, the settlement device 1040 displays a “OK” key 920f at the information position on the registration confirmation screen 920. When the member or the store clerk operates the “Enter” key 920f, the settlement device 1040 completes the product registration/correction process and shifts to the settlement screen shown in FIG. 35A.
  • a customer identifies a store by the mobile terminal 1050 and downloads the product master of the store to create a list of products planned to be purchased by the mobile terminal 1050 (hereinafter referred to as "shopping list"). You can
  • the mobile terminal 1050 creates a shopping list by selecting and registering a product to be purchased from a list of product information displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may automatically register products that are purchased on a daily basis as planned purchase products when creating a shopping list.
  • the customer can use the shopping list by displaying the shopping list on the mobile terminal 1050 when registering the product in the store.
  • the items to be purchased in the displayed shopping list may be arranged in the order of aisles or departments in the store, and can be freely set and changed. Further, for example, the mobile terminal 1050 may display only the relevant department or may be displayed at an upper position of the display area by voice input such as "easy" or "seika".
  • the mobile terminal 1050 changes the display of the product information in the shopping list and clears the shopping list. As a result, the customer can know that the product to be purchased has been registered. In addition, the mobile terminal 1050 may delete the products scheduled to be purchased by notifying the planned purchase quantity and registering the planned quantity.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may be configured so that the product registration process cannot be executed until the customer specifies the product to be registered from the shopping list. As a result, it is possible to surely purchase the product to be purchased, and it is possible to suppress excessive impulse purchase such as purchasing a product other than the planned purchase.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may notify an error display or the like. Further, the mobile terminal 1050 may give an error display or the like even when an image of another product registered in the shopping list is captured.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 allows registration processing of products that are not on the shopping list, but in that case, the product is not on the shopping list and a screen for confirming purchase is displayed. It is preferable to notify. Further, the mobile terminal 1050 may display the products existing in the shopping list and the products not present in the shopping list so that they can be discriminated from each other in the list display of the registration information.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may complete registration of the product by the customer clicking the product name displayed in the shopping list or the like. The customer does not need to read the bar code of the product and can register the product more smoothly. Further, by registering the product using the shopping list, it is possible to easily perform the registration process for the product to which the barcode is not attached.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 creates a "shopping list" by automatically adding products to be purchased regularly from past shopping history information to the shopping list or by scanning a barcode such as an empty container at home. You may also be able to. If there is a product that is registered in the shopping list but does not have registration information, the mobile terminal 1050 may display on the registration screen or the like that there is a forget to buy and notify the customer. You may inquire whether to buy or not to buy the item you forgot to buy.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 can register coupon information of a coupon ticket made of paper medium. For example, by reading the barcode printed on the coupon, the recorded discount information can be acquired and reflected in the product registration. If the recorded coupon information is unique coupon information, the coupon information may be invalidated by reading the coupon information. In addition, if it is necessary to collect coupons, a clerk may be called during shopping to enter the coupons, or payment may be made using a manned payment device.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may automatically calculate the read coupon information so as to be the maximum discount condition, reflect it in the price of the product, and output the registration information. Further, the mobile terminal 1050 may combine the coupon information with the product registration information and output it as code information such as a QR code, and perform discount processing or the like on the POS terminal or the like. At this time, the registration information and coupon information may be acquired as identification information from the management device 1010.
  • FIG. 46 shows an example in which the mobile terminal 1050 is used to acquire, by the mobile terminal 1050, the identification information of the product to be weighed that the customer desires to purchase.
  • lemon 601a, apple 602a, and orange 603a are displayed as the products to be weighed, and a sign 601, a sign 602, and a sign 603 having a display are placed behind each of the products to be weighed.
  • the sign 601 indicates that the character of lemon, the unit price is per kg, and the unit price is nn yen.
  • a bar code 601b is displayed so that the mobile terminal 1050 can optically read the information.
  • These displays may be displayed as printed on paper or the like, or may be displayed using a display. By displaying using a display, it is possible to quickly display with a discount at the time of time service or the like.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 can read the barcode or the like taken by the camera in advance, so that the products to be weighed can be registered at different unit prices. It is possible to prevent fraud.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 in FIG. 46 has already acquired the product identification information for each of the products by reading the barcodes of the lemon and the apple, and is in a state where the products are not weighed. This state is also referred to as temporary registration in the following description.
  • the temporary registration columns 611 and 612 require weighing of lemons and apples, and the price is unknown because they are not weighed (indicated by "?? Yen" in the figure). Is displayed.
  • the registration column 613 one yogurt of 160 yen is also registered. Therefore, in the subtotal column 610, one item is officially registered, the estimated total is 160 yen, and a button for proceeding to checkout is displayed.
  • the temporary registration fields 611 and 612 are shaded and displayed in a manner different from the registration field 613. In this way, the customer can be easily displayed that the registration is temporary and the user is prompted to measure.
  • the screen for registering the products to be weighed may be a dedicated screen different from the screen for registering the normal products that are not the products to be weighed. For example, when the barcode of the product to be weighed is read on the screen for registering a normal product, the above-mentioned dedicated screen is displayed. This dedicated screen allows only merchandise to be weighed to be registered. Thereby, the customer can easily recognize that the product whose barcode is read is the product to be weighed and that the weighing by the weighing device is necessary.
  • the first method is to display "Please measure the product to be weighed first" when the bar code of the normal product is read, so that the product to be weighed is weighed and unless the registration is completed, the normal product This is a method that disables the registration of.
  • the second method is to return to the screen for registering the normal product when the barcode of the normal product is read, and to register the normal product.
  • On the screen for registering the normal product for example, "There is a product requiring measurement”, This is a method of prominently indicating that weighing is necessary (blinking, etc.). Whichever method is used, the customer can easily recognize that weighing is necessary, so that forgetting of weighing can be suppressed.
  • FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a weighing device 1060 and an enlarged display screen.
  • the weighing device 1060 includes a display unit 1060a, a reading unit 1060b, a print label discharge port 1060c, and a mounting table 1060d. Further, the weighing device 1060 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a ROM (Read Only Memory), a RAM (Random Access Memory), a microcomputer, and the like (not shown), and operates according to a predetermined program.
  • the weighing device 1060 weighs the weighing target product by, for example, a load cell method. Further, the weighing device 1060 can acquire the unit price corresponding to the product identification information from, for example, the management device 1010.
  • the display unit 1060a has a function as an operation unit as well as displaying various kinds of information to the customer and also having a touch panel.
  • the reading unit 1060b reads various codes (bar code, two-dimensional code, etc.).
  • the print label discharge port 1060c discharges a printed matter (hereinafter, also referred to as “label”) on which information (such as a bar code indicating the price) regarding the product to be weighed is printed.
  • the table 1060d is a table on which the product is placed, and the weight of the product placed on the table 1060d is measured.
  • the weighing device 1060 can communicate with the mobile terminal 1050 in addition to the communication via the LAN 1019.
  • Bluetooth registered trademark
  • any communication-capable one such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark), optical communication, 3G / 4G line, etc.
  • Communication protocols such as may be used.
  • the enlarged screen 1060e is a standby screen of the weighing device 1060.
  • Guidance fields 1060g and 60h are displayed on the standby screen.
  • the guidance column 1060g indicates guidance when the mobile terminal 1050 is used, and the guidance column 1060h indicates guidance when the mobile terminal 1050 is not used.
  • the two-dimensional code 1060f is displayed in the guide column 1060 g, and the corresponding method when the mobile terminal 1050 is not used is displayed in the guide column 1060 h. In the following description, a mode of using the mobile terminal 1050 will be described.
  • the customer who temporarily registered the lemon and apple shown in FIG. 46 causes the mobile terminal 1050 to read the two-dimensional code 1060f.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 displays the same screen as when reading the barcode of the product, and the customer can read the two-dimensional code 1060f without switching the display of the screen.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 that has read the two-dimensional code 1060f starts communication with the weighing device 1060.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 transmits the identification information of the product temporarily registered in the weighing device 1060. For example, when a lemon and an apple are provisionally registered as shown in FIG. 46, identification information of the lemon and the apple is transmitted.
  • the weighing device 1060 that has received the product identification information controls the display unit 1060a so as to display a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target product shown in the identification information.
  • the display unit 1060a is controlled so as to display a screen prompting the weighing of the product to be weighed according to the order in which the identification information is acquired by the mobile terminal 1050.
  • FIG. 48 is a diagram showing a display order according to the order in which the identification information is acquired by the mobile terminal 1050.
  • apples, lemons, and oranges are taken as examples of products to be weighed.
  • the product identification information of apple is 0003
  • the product identification information of lemon is 0001
  • the product identification information of orange is 0002.
  • the second embodiment it is possible to display in three types of display order (acquisition order, reverse acquisition order, identification information order).
  • acquisition order acquisition order
  • reverse acquisition order identification information order
  • the product identification information is acquired in the order of apple, lemon, and orange by the mobile terminal 1050.
  • the weighing device 1060 controls the display unit 1060a so as to display a screen prompting the weighing in the order of apple, lemon, and orange.
  • the weighing device 1060 controls the display unit 1060a so as to display a screen prompting weighing in the order of apple, lemon, and orange.
  • the weighing device 1060 controls the display unit 1060a so as to display a screen prompting weighing in the order of orange, lemon, and apple.
  • the weighing device 1060 controls the display unit 1060a so as to display a screen prompting weighing in the order of lemon, orange, and apple.
  • the display in the reverse acquisition order is suitable for products in which the products to be weighed are stacked in the basket. Specifically, if A, B, and C are products that are stacked in a basket, and product identification information is acquired in the order of A, B, and C and put in the basket, when displayed in the order of acquisition, A is first weighed. It must be done, but in this case, it is not easy to use because A must be taken out to avoid B and C. On the other hand, when they are displayed in the reverse acquisition order, they can be taken out from the basket as they are, which is convenient. When displaying in the order of identification information, it is sufficient to sort the product identification information and display it in that order, so that there is an effect that it is not necessary to manage the acquired order.
  • the order may be changed by the operation of the mobile terminal by the customer.
  • operations for changing for example, an arrow for changing the order is displayed on the screen, an operation for touching this arrow, an operation for dragging and dropping an icon indicating a product, and an operation for changing the order.
  • An example is a numeric input operation.
  • Such a change in the order may be made even when the measurement target product is displayed on the above-mentioned dedicated screen or when the measurement target product is displayed on the normal screen without using the dedicated screen.
  • the display example described below is a display example in which the product identification information is acquired in the order of apple and lemon and displayed in the order of acquisition. Since they are displayed in the order of acquisition, they are displayed in the order of apple and lemon.
  • 49A, 49B, 49C, and 49D are views showing a screen and the like displayed on the display unit 1060a to encourage weighing of apples.
  • 50A, 50B, 50C, and 50D are views showing a screen and the like displayed on the display unit 1060a to encourage the measurement of lemons.
  • the screen shown in FIG. 49A is first displayed on the display unit 1060a.
  • a product name column 621 shows the product name of the measurement target product.
  • the return button 622 is a button for displaying the previous screen.
  • the stop button 623 is a button for stopping weighing.
  • a measurement result column 625 displays the measurement result.
  • the price per kilogram is displayed in the unit price column 626.
  • the total column 627 displays the total amount of money determined by the measurement result and the unit price.
  • the screen shown in FIG. 49B is displayed. Since the weighing is completed, the weighing result (1.2006 in the figure) is displayed in the weighing result column 625, and the total amount ( ⁇ 432 in the figure) is displayed in the total column 627. The total amount of money is calculated by rounding down the product of the weighing result and unit price to the nearest yen.
  • a print button 628 is displayed together with the character string “Please press the print button”.
  • the print button 628 is a button for issuing a label on which information about the product to be weighed is printed. It is desirable that the print button 628 is displayed only when the measured product is placed and the measured value becomes stable. For example, the print button 628 may be grayed out until the weight value is stable, and may be released when the weight value is stable.
  • the label is ejected from the print label ejection port 1060c and the screen shown in FIG. 49C is displayed.
  • an image urging the bag containing the product to be weighed to be labeled is displayed.
  • the weighing device 1060 displays the screen shown in FIG. 49C and transmits the weighing completed information (product identification information, weighing, price, etc.) regarding the apple to the mobile terminal 1050, and the mobile terminal 1050 displays the weighing completed information. To receive.
  • the screen shown in FIG. 49D is displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal 1050 that has received the weighed information. Since the apples have been weighed, the registration field 612a is displayed instead of the temporary registration field 612 corresponding to the apples. The registration field 612a is unshaded and the price (432 yen) is also displayed. As a result, the customer can confirm on the mobile terminal 1050 that the weighing of the apple has been completed. Since the price of the unweighed product is unknown, it is displayed in the form of "?? Yen", but the present invention is not limited to this mode, and the unit price per 100 g may be displayed. In this way, the display of the price column may be different between the product to be weighed and the product other than the product to be weighed.
  • the screen shown in FIG. 49D is displayed, and when a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) has elapsed, the screen shown in FIG. 50A is displayed on the display unit 1060a.
  • a predetermined time for example, 3 seconds
  • the screen shown in FIG. 50A is a screen for prompting the measurement of lemon.
  • the difference between the screen shown in FIG. 50A and the screen shown in FIG. 49A is that the product is lemon, the unit price, and the others are the same.
  • the screen shown in FIG. 50B is displayed. Since the weighing is completed, the weighing result (0.500 in the figure) is displayed in the weighing result column 625, and the total amount ( ⁇ 500 in the figure) is displayed in the total column 627. The total amount is calculated by rounding down the product of weight and unit price to the nearest yen.
  • the label is ejected from the print label ejection port 1060c and the screen shown in FIG. 50C is displayed.
  • the screen shown in FIG. 50C an image urging the bag containing the product to be weighed to be labeled is displayed.
  • the weighing device 1060 displays the screen shown in FIG. 50C and transmits the measured information (measured, price, etc.) regarding the lemon to the mobile terminal 1050, and the mobile terminal 1050 receives the measured information.
  • the screen shown in FIG. 50D is displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal 1050 that has received the weighed information. Since the lemons have been measured, a registration field 611a is displayed instead of the temporary registration field 611 corresponding to the lemon. The registration column 611a is unshaded and the price (500 yen) is also displayed. As a result, the customer can confirm on the mobile terminal 1050 that the measurement of the lemon is completed.
  • the weighing device 1060 displays the standby screen described with reference to FIG. 47 after a lapse of a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds).
  • a predetermined time for example, 3 seconds.
  • the display is changed from "weighing required” to "weighing", but instead of "weighing", the weighing result (for example, 250 grams) is displayed.
  • a unit price for example, a unit price per 100 grams may be displayed in addition to or instead of the weighing result.
  • FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing the processing of the mobile terminal 1050. Further, the processing shown in FIG. 51 shows processing executed when a code such as a barcode or a two-dimensional code is read.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 determines whether or not the weighing device code displayed by the weighing device 1060 has been read (step S101).
  • the mobile terminal 1050 determines whether or not there is a provisionally registered product of the weighing target product (step S102). If there is no provisionally registered product (step S102: NO), the process ends. If there is a temporarily registered product (step S102: YES), the mobile terminal 1050 transmits the product identification information indicating the temporarily registered product (step S103). In the process here, the product identification information is directly transmitted from the mobile terminal 1050 to the weighing device 1060, but the product identification information is sent to the weighing device 1060 via another device such as the cloud server 1020 or the management device 1010. You may send it.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 waits for the reception of the measured information.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 receives the measured information (step S104: YES)
  • the temporary registration column of the temporarily registered product corresponding to the product identification information indicated in the measured information (for example, the temporary registration column 611 shown in FIG. 46). Is changed to a registration field (step S105).
  • the mobile terminal 1050 transmits the basket identification information and the product code to the cloud server 1020 (step S106).
  • the product code here may be any information that can identify the product and the price, such as product identification information and its amount, or information indicating the product identification information and weight.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 determines whether or not there are still provisionally registered products (step S107).
  • step S107: YES If there is a provisionally registered product (step S107: YES), the process returns to step S104 and waits for the reception of the weighed information. If there is no temporarily registered product (step S107: NO) because all the measured information corresponding to the temporarily registered product has been received, the process ends.
  • step S101 determines whether the barcode of the product to be weighed has been read (step S108).
  • step S109 YES
  • the mobile terminal 1050 temporarily registers the product to be weighed (step S109) and ends the process.
  • step S108 determines whether or not the barcode of the product to be weighed is read (step S110). .. When the bar code of the non-weighing target product is read (step S110: YES), the mobile terminal 1050 registers the non-weighing target product (step S111) and ends the process. If the barcode of the non-weighing target product has not been read (step S110: NO), the mobile terminal 1050 ends the process.
  • FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing the processing of the weighing device 1060. Further, the process shown in FIG. 52 shows the process from the time when the product identification information of the provisionally registered product is received.
  • the weighing device 1060 receives the product identification information of the temporarily registered product from the mobile terminal 1050 (step S201).
  • the weighing device 1060 acquires a unit price from the product identification information and displays a screen prompting the weighing on the display unit 1060a (step S202).
  • a screen for prompting the weighing of the products to be weighed is displayed according to the order in which the product identification information is acquired.
  • the weighing device 1060 waits for the product to be placed. Whether or not it is placed is determined by whether or not the weight is detected.
  • the weighing device 1060 When the weighing device 1060 detects that the product is placed on the platform 1060d (step S203: YES), the weighing device 1060 acquires the weighing result (step S204). The weighing device 1060 determines the total amount from the weighing result and the unit price (step S205), and displays the weighing result and the total amount on the display unit 1060a (step S206). The weighing device 1060 transmits the measured information to the mobile terminal 1050 (step S207), and waits for the customer to touch the print button 628.
  • step S208 When the print button 628 is touched by the customer (step S208: YES), the weighing device 1060 prints and ejects the label (step S209). As shown in step S209, each time the weighing target product is weighed, the weighing device 1060 issues a label printed with information about the weighing target product. As a result, the customer can obtain the label each time the product is weighed, so that the usability of the customer can be improved.
  • the weighing device 1060 determines whether or not there are still provisionally registered products that have not been weighed (step S210). When there is still a temporarily registered product that has not been weighed (step S210: YES), the weighing device 1060 waits for a predetermined time (step S211) and displays a screen prompting the weighing of the next temporarily registered product (step S202). ). If there is no provisionally registered product that has not been weighed (step S210: NO), the weighing device 1060 displays a standby screen (step S212) and ends the process.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may urge the customer to look at the weighing device 1060 until the communication with the weighing device 1060 is completed and the operation for starting the weighing is started.
  • a method of prompting for example, "Please operate according to the guidance of the weighing device” or "Please see the screen of the weighing device” is displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal 1050, or "Operate according to the guidance of the weighing device”. Please,” or “Please look at the screen of the weighing device”.
  • identification information (numbers, figures, etc.) that identifies the measuring device 1060 may be notified together in order to distinguish them.
  • the weighing device 1060 may give a notification prompting to confirm whether or not the data is reflected on the mobile terminal 1050 on the screen of the weighing device 1060.
  • the notification method for prompting confirmation include a method of displaying "Please check the screen of the mobile terminal” on the screen and a method of notifying "Please check the screen of the mobile terminal” by voice.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may also be notified to prompt confirmation of whether or not the data is reflected in the mobile terminal 1050.
  • a notification method on the mobile terminal 1050 a method of displaying "Please check because the data from the weighing device has been reflected" or "Please check because the data from the weighing device has been reflected". There is a method of notifying by voice.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may be made to perform an operation for confirmation instead of the notification for prompting confirmation of whether or not the data is reflected.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may be made to perform an operation of individually pressing a confirmation button for each of the weighed products after receiving the data from the weighing device 1060.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may display the results of the weighed products in a list and perform an operation of collectively pressing the confirmation button. Then, the mobile terminal 1050 may be able to accept an operation for canceling or correcting the product when there is an error in the registered product.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 accepts the correction operation the mobile terminal 1050 may perform reweighing by the weighing device 1060.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 accepts the cancellation operation the mobile terminal 1050 cancels the registered product.
  • the correction or cancellation operation may be performed only by the clerk or may require confirmation by the clerk.
  • the weighing device 1060 shall display a screen prompting the weighing of the products to be weighed in the order in which the product identification information is received from the mobile terminal 1050.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 transmits the acquired product identification information with the oldest first. Accordingly, the weighing device 1060 receives the product identification information in the order in which the product identification information is acquired, and thus can display a screen prompting the user to weigh the products to be weighed.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 transmits the acquired new product identification information first.
  • the weighing device 1060 receives the product identification information in the reverse order in which the product identification information is acquired, it is possible to display a screen prompting the weighing of the product to be weighed in the reverse acquisition order.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 first sorts the acquired product identification information (for example, ascending order). The mobile terminal 1050 transmits the identification information in order from the sorted head. As a result, the weighing device 1060 receives the data in the sorted order, and thus can display a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target products in the order of the identification information.
  • the mobile terminal 1050 may transmit, for example, identification information and order information indicating the order to the weighing device 1060 in pairs, and the measuring device 1060 may display according to the order information.
  • the weighing apparatus 1060 may sort and display the identification information, and therefore it is not necessary to manage the order of acquisition.
  • the product to be weighed is automatically displayed on the screen prompting the weighing of the product to be weighed, the customer does not need to specify it, so that the usability of the customer is improved.
  • the display order can be displayed in the order of acquisition, reverse acquisition, and identification information, it is possible to flexibly respond by changing the display order according to the designation of the product or customer, so that the customer's usability is convenient. Can be improved.
  • a wearable scanner prepared at a store may be used.
  • a mobile terminal prepared at such a store it may be constructed so that the customer's basket information can be acquired so that the customer can take over the products already registered on his / her own terminal or the like for shopping.
  • the above-mentioned normal hold product and radio wave hold product are displayed using the display mode and marks or marks so that they can be distinguished on a mobile terminal.
  • the radio wave holding product notifies that the data has been updated on the screen of the mobile terminal. If the display mode is different, it is obvious which product has the data updated, and the shopper can continue shopping with peace of mind.
  • the list display of the mobile terminals may not be updated when communication is restored.
  • the settlement device may display the "radio wave hold product” and the "normal hold product” in a discriminable manner in FIG. 42. Displaying in this way helps the clerk to perform the confirmation work.
  • the product is a radio wave holding product but is registered in the cloud server 1020 after communication is restored, the confirmation work by the store clerk may be unnecessary.
  • the product master may be updated and product information corresponding to the product code may be created in the product master when the product is settled by the payment device. The registration pending information may be modified.
  • the product master may not be updated automatically, but may be updated manually by using an update button or the like.
  • the exchange of the basket identification information between the mobile terminal 1050 and the settlement device 1040 is not limited to the two-dimensional code, but may be a barcode, wireless communication by RFID, NFC or Bluetooth (registered trademark), the mobile terminal 1050 or the settlement device 1040. There is no limitation on the method such as wired communication between the mobile terminal 1050 and the settlement device 1040 via the connector prepared in.
  • the weighing device 10 displays the display order of the icons in a touched order, an order opposite to the touched order, or an identification information order.
  • the usability of the customer can be improved.
  • a program for realizing the management device 1010, the cloud server 1020, the settlement devices 1030, 1040, the mobile terminal 1050, and the weighing device 1060 described above is recorded in a computer-readable recording medium, and the program is stored in a computer system. You may make it read and execute.
  • the “computer system” mentioned here includes an OS and hardware such as peripheral devices.
  • the “computer-readable recording medium” refers to a portable medium such as a flexible disk, a magneto-optical disk, a ROM, a CD-ROM, or a storage device such as a hard disk built in a computer system.
  • the "computer-readable recording medium” is a volatile memory (RAM) inside a computer system that serves as a server or a client when a program is transmitted via a network such as the Internet or a communication line such as a telephone line.
  • the program may be transmitted from a computer system in which this program is stored in a storage device or the like to another computer system via a transmission medium or by a transmission wave in the transmission medium.
  • the "transmission medium” for transmitting the program refers to a medium having a function of transmitting information such as a network (communication network) such as the Internet or a communication line (communication line) such as a telephone line.
  • the program may be for realizing a part of the functions described above. Further, it may be a so-called difference file (difference program) that can realize the functions described above in combination with a program already recorded in the computer system.
  • One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a weighing device that weighs a product sold by weight, and has a first mode of communicating with a mobile terminal owned by an operator and a first mode of not communicating with the mobile terminal.
  • a mode reception unit that receives a mode instruction regarding which mode of a plurality of modes including at least two modes is used to operate the weighing device, information related to the first mode, and the second mode.
  • a display control unit that displays information related to the item on the same screen.
  • the mode reception unit displays the information related to the first mode and the information related to the second mode, the metering of the operator.
  • the instruction of the mode is accepted according to the operation on the device.
  • the mode reception unit indicates that the first symbol code displayed on the weighing device has been read by the mobile terminal or between the mobile terminal and the weighing device. The fact that the short-distance wireless communication is established is accepted as the instruction of the first mode.
  • the product sales data processing device further includes a receiving unit that receives identification information including the type of the product from a terminal device provided corresponding to the type of the product, and the display control unit is the mode.
  • the reception unit receives the instruction of the first mode, it is controlled to display the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device by the intervention of the mobile terminal possessed by the operator.
  • the mode reception unit receives the instruction of the second mode, it is controlled to display the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device without the intervention of the mobile terminal.
  • the display control unit when the display control unit receives at least the instruction of the first mode and starts the first mode, the mobile phone possessed by the operator. It controls not to display information other than the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device by the intervention of the terminal.
  • the display control unit receives the instruction of the second mode, and the product corresponding to the identification information received after the second mode is started.
  • the identification information is controlled not to be used for displaying the product selection related information.
  • the product of the product is based on the identification information related to the product selection-related information selected by the operator and the measured value of the product placed on the mounting table.
  • the output unit further includes an output unit that outputs output information including the price in different modes depending on the mode, and the output unit is printed with a second symbol code including information on the price of the product in the first mode. In the second mode, a label on which the second symbol code including information on the price of the product is printed is issued, and the display control unit relates to predetermined product selection related information. When the output information of the product is output, the predetermined product selection related information is deleted.
  • the product sales data processing device includes a calculation means for calculating a measurement result by the measurement device, and the display control means includes the measurement result by the calculation means, information related to the first mode, and a first. Information related to the second mode is displayed on the same screen.
  • One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a product data processing system having the terminal device and the weighing device according to any one of (4) to (8).
  • One aspect of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned problems is a program to be executed by the weighing device, the first mode of communicating with the mobile terminal possessed by the operator and the second mode of not communicating with the mobile terminal.
  • a procedure for receiving a mode instruction regarding which mode of the plurality of modes including at least the mode of operating the weighing device, information related to the first mode, and information related to the second mode.
  • One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a product data processing system including the weighing device and a mobile terminal according to (1), wherein the portable terminal is identification information indicating a weighing target product. Is transmitted to the weighing device, and the weighing device is configured to receive the identification information, display means, and measure the weighing target product indicated by the identification information received by the receiving means. And a control unit that controls the display unit to display a screen prompting the product data processing system. According to the above configuration, it is possible to provide a technology with improved usability for the customer.
  • the mobile terminal includes an acquisition unit that acquires the identification information of the measurement target product, and the transmission unit acquires a plurality of the identification information by the acquisition unit.
  • the control means displays a screen that prompts the weighing of the weighing target product according to the order in which the identification information is acquired by the acquisition means.
  • the display means is controlled. According to the above configuration, control can be performed according to the order in which the identification information is acquired.
  • the weighing device is provided with an issuing means for issuing a printed matter printed with information about the weighing target product each time the weighing target product is weighed. According to the above configuration, it is possible to provide a technology with improved usability for the customer.
  • One aspect of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned problems is to make the mobile terminal function as a first computer in a product data processing system including the measuring device and the mobile terminal according to (1), and to measure the weight.
  • a program for causing an apparatus to function as a second computer wherein the first computer functions as a transmitting unit that transmits identification information indicating a product to be weighed to the weighing apparatus, and the second computer is A program that functions as a receiving means for receiving the identification information and a control means for controlling the display means so as to display a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target product shown in the identification information received by the receiving means.

Abstract

The objective of the present invention is to stabilize a user interface when merchandise is being selected by an operator on a weighing device, and to simplify selection of merchandise by an operator, by stabilizing a change in a screen while the operator is performing an operation. This weighing device for weighing merchandise sold by weight includes: a mode accepting unit which accepts an indication of a mode relating to the mode under which the weighing device is to be operated, said mode being any one mode among a plurality of modes including a first mode in which communication is performed with a mobile terminal in the possession of an operator, and a second mode in which communication with the mobile terminal is not performed; and a display control unit which displays information relating to the first mode and information relating to the second mode on the same screen.

Description

計量装置、商品データ処理システム、及びプログラムWeighing equipment, product data processing systems, and programs
　本発明は、計量装置、商品データ処理システム及びプログラムに関する。
　本願は、２０１９年３月５日に、日本に出願された特願２０１９－０３９９６９号、及び２０１９年７月９日に、日本に出願された特願２０１９－１２７５９４号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 The present invention relates to a weighing device, a product data processing system and a program.
The present application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-0399969 filed in Japan on March 5, 2019, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-127594 filed in Japan on July 9, 2019. , The contents are used here.
　スーパーマーケットなどの生鮮食料品店では、野菜や果物などの生鮮食品が種類毎に区分けされて山積みの状態で売り場に陳列されている。１つ１つの商品には値段やバーコードを印字したラベルは貼付されていない。客は必要分の商品を備え付けのビニール袋に入れる。客は、商品を入れたビニール袋をレジに持って行く。客は、レジで、袋ごと秤で計量して、レジに設けられているプリセットキーを操作する。レジは、当該商品の単価データを呼び出し、その単価と計量結果の計量値とを乗算するなどして値段を算出し、商品登録を行う。 At fresh food stores such as supermarkets, fresh foods such as vegetables and fruits are sorted by type and displayed in piles on the sales floor. No label with a price or barcode is attached to each product. The customer puts the necessary items in the provided plastic bag. The customer takes a plastic bag containing the product to the cash register. At the cash register, the customer weighs each bag and operates a preset key provided at the cash register. The cash register calls the unit price data of the product, calculates the price by multiplying the unit price by the measured value of the measurement result, and registers the product.
　例えば、売り場に陳列された商品の種類毎に設けられ、客によって操作されると該商品を指示する指示情報を計量装置に送信する端末装置がある。 For example, there is a terminal device that is provided for each type of product displayed on the sales floor and that sends instruction information for instructing the product to a weighing device when operated by a customer.
　また、ショーケース内に商品を収容し、陳列し、ショーケース上に販売価格を算出し、表示する対面販売用電子秤装置を設けて販売する対面式販売データ処理システムがある。 In addition, there is a face-to-face sales data processing system that stores products in a showcase, displays them, calculates the selling price on the showcase, and installs an electronic scale device for face-to-face sales to display the products.
日本国特許第５０２３７２７号公報Japanese Patent No. 5023727 日本国特許第４１４７９３４号公報Japanese Patent No. 4147934
　操作者が指定した商品の情報を計量装置に転送する技術においては、第１の操作者が計量装置の操作中の画面の表示が、第２の操作者以降の商品選択の行動によって変化することとなる。このため、操作者が操作中の画面の変化に困惑するなどの状況が発生することがあった。 In the technique of transferring the product information specified by the operator to the weighing device, the display on the screen while the first operator is operating the weighing device changes depending on the behavior of product selection after the second operator. It becomes. For this reason, a situation may occur in which the operator is confused by changes in the screen during operation.
　また、携帯電話などの携帯端末を利用して商品を購入することも可能となってきており、購入形態が多様化・複雑化している。このため、商品の購入に際して、かえって不便を感じる顧客も存在する。 Also, it has become possible to purchase products using mobile terminals such as mobile phones, which makes the purchase forms diversified and complicated. Therefore, there are some customers who feel inconvenience when purchasing products.
　開示の技術は、操作者が操作中の画面の変化を安定化させることによって、計量装置において操作者による商品選択する際のユーザインタフェースを安定化させ、操作者による商品選択を容易化させることを目的とする。また、開示の技術は、商品の購入形態の多様化・複雑化に起因して操作者が感じる困惑を減少させることを目的とする。 The disclosed technology stabilizes the change of the screen during the operation of the operator, thereby stabilizes the user interface when the operator selects the product in the weighing device, and facilitates the selection of the product by the operator. The purpose. In addition, the disclosed technology aims to reduce the confusion felt by the operator due to the diversification and complexity of the purchase form of products.
　（１）上述した課題を解決する本発明の一態様は、量り売り商品を計量する計量装置であって、操作者の所持する携帯端末と通信する第１のモードと、前記携帯端末と通信しない第２のモードとを少なくとも含む複数のモードのうちのいずれのモードで当該計量装置を動作させるかに関するモードの指示を受け付けるモード受付部と、前記第１のモードに関連する情報と前記第２のモードに関連する情報とを同一画面に表示する表示制御部と、を有する計量装置である。 (1) One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a weighing device that weighs a product sold by weight, and has a first mode of communicating with a mobile terminal owned by an operator and a first mode of not communicating with the mobile terminal. A mode reception unit that receives a mode instruction regarding which mode of a plurality of modes including at least two modes is used to operate the weighing device, information related to the first mode, and the second mode. And a display control unit that displays information related to the item on the same screen.
　（２）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記モード受付部は、前記第１のモードに関連する情報及び前記第２のモードに関連する情報が表示されているときに、前記操作者の当該計量装置に対する操作に応じて前記モードの指示を受け付ける。 (2) In the product sales data processing device, when the mode reception unit displays the information related to the first mode and the information related to the second mode, the metering of the operator. The instruction of the mode is accepted according to the operation on the device.
　（３）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記モード受付部は、当該計量装置に表示された第１のシンボルコードが前記携帯端末に読み取られたこと又は前記携帯端末と当該計量装置との間で近距離無線通信が確立されたことを、前記第１のモードの指示であるとして受け付ける。 (3) In the product sales data processing device, the mode reception unit indicates that the first symbol code displayed on the weighing device has been read by the mobile terminal or between the mobile terminal and the weighing device. The fact that the short-distance wireless communication is established is accepted as the instruction of the first mode.
　（４）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記商品の種類に対応して設けられた端末装置からの前記商品の種類を含む識別情報を受け取る受取部を更に備え、前記表示制御部は、前記モード受付部により前記第１のモードの指示が受け付けられた場合、前記操作者の所持する前記携帯端末の介在により前記端末装置から受け取られた前記識別情報に対応する商品選択関連情報を表示するよう制御し、前記モード受付部により前記第２のモードの指示が受け付けられた場合、前記携帯端末の介在なしに前記端末装置から受け取られた前記識別情報に対応する前記商品選択関連情報を表示するよう制御する。 (4) The product sales data processing device further includes a receiving unit that receives identification information including the type of the product from a terminal device provided corresponding to the type of the product, and the display control unit is the mode. When the reception unit receives the instruction of the first mode, it is controlled to display the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device by the intervention of the mobile terminal possessed by the operator. Then, when the mode reception unit receives the instruction of the second mode, it is controlled to display the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device without the intervention of the mobile terminal. To do.
　（５）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記表示制御部は、少なくとも前記第１のモードの指示が受け付けられて、前記第１のモードが開始された場合は、前記操作者の所持する前記携帯端末の介在により前記端末装置から受け取られた前記識別情報に対応する前記商品選択関連情報以外の情報を表示しないよう制御する。 (5) In the product sales data processing device, when the display control unit receives at least the instruction of the first mode and starts the first mode, the mobile phone possessed by the operator. It controls not to display information other than the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device by the intervention of the terminal.
　（６）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記表示制御部は、前記第２のモードの指示が受け付けられて、前記第２のモードが開始された後に受け取られた前記識別情報に対応した前記商品選択関連情報が、表示されていない場合には、当該識別情報を、前記商品選択関連情報の表示のために用いないよう制御する。 (6) In the product sales data processing device, the display control unit receives the instruction of the second mode, and the product corresponding to the identification information received after the second mode is started. When the selection related information is not displayed, the identification information is controlled not to be used for displaying the product selection related information.
　（７）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記操作者により選択された前記商品選択関連情報に係る前記識別情報と、載置台に載置された前記商品の計量値とに基づいて、前記商品の価格を含む出力情報を、前記モードに応じて異なる態様で出力する出力部を更に備え、前記出力部は、前記第１のモードにおいて、前記商品の価格に関する情報を含む第２のシンボルコードが印字されないラベルを発行し、前記第２のモードにおいて、前記商品の価格に関する情報を含む前記第２のシンボルコードが印字されたラベルを発行し、前記表示制御部は、所定の商品選択関連情報に係る商品の前記出力情報が出力されると、前記所定の商品選択関連情報を消去する。 (7) In the product sales data processing device, the product of the product is based on the identification information related to the product selection-related information selected by the operator and the measured value of the product placed on the mounting table. The output unit further includes an output unit that outputs output information including the price in different modes depending on the mode, and the output unit is printed with a second symbol code including information on the price of the product in the first mode. In the second mode, a label on which the second symbol code including information on the price of the product is printed is issued, and the display control unit relates to predetermined product selection related information. When the output information of the product is output, the predetermined product selection related information is deleted.
　（８）上述した課題を解決する本発明の一態様は、（４）から（７）のうちいずれか１項に記載の前記端末装置及び前記計量装置を有する商品データ処理システム。 (8) One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a product data processing system having the terminal device and the weighing device according to any one of (4) to (7).
　（９）上述した課題を解決する本発明の一態様は、計量装置に実行させるプログラムであって、操作者の所持する携帯端末と通信する第１のモードと、前記携帯端末と通信しない第２のモードとを少なくとも含む複数のモードのうちいずれのモードで前記計量装置を動作させるかに関するモードの指示を受け付ける手順と、前記第１のモードに関連する情報と前記第２のモードに関連する情報とを同一画面に表示する手順と、を有する命令を前記計量装置に実行させるプログラム。 (9) One aspect of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned problems is a program to be executed by the weighing device, the first mode of communicating with the mobile terminal possessed by the operator and the second mode of not communicating with the mobile terminal. A procedure for receiving a mode instruction regarding which mode of the plurality of modes including at least the mode of operating the weighing device, information related to the first mode, and information related to the second mode. A program for causing the weighing device to execute a command having a procedure of displaying and on the same screen.
　（１０）上述した課題を解決する本発明の一態様は、（１）に記載の計量装置と携帯端末とを含む商品データ処理システムであって、前記携帯端末は、計量対象商品を示す識別情報を前記計量装置に送信する送信手段を備え、前記計量装置は、前記識別情報を受信する受信手段と、表示手段と、前記受信手段により受信された前記識別情報に示される前記計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように前記表示手段を制御する制御手段と、を備えたことを特徴とする商品データ処理システム。 (10) One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a product data processing system including the weighing device and a mobile terminal according to (1), wherein the portable terminal is identification information indicating a weighing target product. The weighing device includes a receiving means for receiving the identification information, a display means, and a weighing of the weighing target product shown in the identification information received by the receiving means. And a control unit that controls the display unit to display a screen prompting the product data processing system.
　（１１）上記商品データ処理システムにおいて、前記携帯端末は、前記計量対象商品の前記識別情報を取得する取得手段を備え、前記送信手段は、前記取得手段により複数の前記識別情報が取得された場合には、取得された複数の前記識別情報を送信し、前記制御手段は、前記取得手段により前記識別情報が取得された順番に応じて、前記計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように前記表示手段を制御する。 (11) In the product data processing system, the mobile terminal includes acquisition means for acquiring the identification information of the measurement target product, and the transmission means acquires a plurality of the identification information by the acquisition means. Is to transmit the acquired plurality of the identification information, and the control means displays a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target product according to the order in which the identification information is acquired by the acquiring means. The display means is controlled.
　（１２）上記商品データ処理システムにおいて、前記計量装置は、前記計量対象商品が計量されるたびに、当該計量対象商品に関する情報を印刷した印刷物を発行する発行手段を備えたことを特徴とする。 (12) In the product data processing system, the weighing device is provided with an issuing means for issuing a printed matter printed with information on the weighing target product each time the weighing target product is weighed.
　（１３）上述した課題を解決する本発明の一態様は、（１）に記載の計量装置と携帯端末とを含む商品データ処理システムにおいて、前記携帯端末を第１のコンピュータとして機能させ、前記計量装置を第２のコンピュータとして機能させるためのプログラムであって、前記第１のコンピュータを、計量対象商品を示す識別情報を前記計量装置に送信する送信手段として機能させ、前記第２のコンピュータを、前記識別情報を受信する受信手段と、前記受信手段により受信された前記識別情報に示される前記計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように表示手段を制御する制御手段として機能させるプログラム。 (13) One aspect of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned problems is to make the mobile terminal function as a first computer in a product data processing system including the measuring device and the mobile terminal according to (1), and to measure the weight. A program for making the device function as a second computer, the first computer is made to function as a transmission means for transmitting identification information indicating a weighing target product to the measuring device, and the second computer is used as a transmission means. A program that functions as a receiving means for receiving the identification information and a control means for controlling the display means so as to display a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target product shown in the identification information received by the receiving means.
　一実施の形態により、操作者が操作中の画面の変化を安定化させることによって、計量装置における操作者による商品選択の際のユーザインタフェースを安定化させ、操作者による商品選択を容易化させることができる。また、商品の購入形態の多様化・複雑化に起因して操作者が感じる困惑を減少させることができる。 According to one embodiment, by stabilizing changes in the screen during operation by the operator, the user interface at the time of product selection by the operator in the weighing device is stabilized, and product selection by the operator is facilitated. Can be done. In addition, it is possible to reduce the confusion felt by the operator due to the diversification and complexity of the purchase form of the product.
第１実施形態における商品販売システムのシステム構成図である。It is a system configuration diagram of a product sales system in the first embodiment. 第１実施形態における商品群、タグ装置、計量装置の設置例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the installation example of the goods group, tag device, and weighing device in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における携帯端末による商品の種類等の読み込みを示す図である。It is a figure which shows reading of the kind of goods etc. by the portable terminal in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における計量装置の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the weighing|measuring equipment in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるタグ装置（端末装置）の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the tag device (terminal device) in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における携帯端末の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the portable terminal in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における計量装置のブロック図である。It is a block diagram of the weighing|measuring equipment in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるＰＬＵファイルの一例を示した図である。It is a figure which showed an example of the PLU file in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における計量装置の表示タッチパネルを示した図である。It is a figure which showed the display touch panel of the weighing apparatus in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるモードの切り換えの動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the mode switching in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における携帯端末のカメラが、計量装置に表示されたシンボルコードを読み取る様子を示した図である。It is a figure which showed how the camera of the mobile terminal in 1st Embodiment reads a symbol code displayed on the weighing device. 第１実施形態における携帯端末によって登録された量り売り商品の情報が計量装置に転送されたときの状況を示した図である。It is the figure which showed the situation when the information of the product sold by weight registered by the portable terminal in 1st Embodiment was transferred to the weighing device. 第１実施形態におけるリンゴのボタンがハイライト表示されたことを示した図である。It is a figure which showed that the apple button in 1st Embodiment was highlighted. 第１実施形態における計量装置の表示画面が拡大された表示画面を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the display screen which expanded the display screen of the weighing|measuring equipment in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるリンゴが載台に載せられていることを示す図である。It is a figure which shows that the apple in 1st Embodiment is mounted on the mounting base. 第１実施形態における印字コマンドボタンがタッチされた後の表示画面を示す図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a display screen after a print command button is touched in the first embodiment. 第１実施形態における計量値取得後の計量装置の表示画面とその操作を示した図である。It is the figure which showed the display screen and operation of the weighing|measuring equipment after acquisition of the weighing value in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における操作者の手指で、計量を中止するボタンがタッチされた例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example which touched the button which stops the weighing with the finger of the operator in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における携帯端末と計量装置との連係動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the linkage operation of a mobile terminal and a weighing device in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるアイコンテーブルの一例を示した図である。It is the figure which showed an example of the icon table in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における商品が計量装置に載置されたときの状態を示した図である。It is the figure which showed the state when the goods in 1st Embodiment are mounted in the weighing device. 第１実施形態における商品が計量装置に載置されたときの状態を示した図である。It is the figure which showed the state when the goods in 1st Embodiment are mounted in the weighing device. 第１実施形態における計量装置での商品選択の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of the product selection in the measuring apparatus in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における計量装置での商品選択の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of the product selection in the measuring apparatus in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるラベルをプリントする様子を示した図である。It is a figure which showed the state of printing the label in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるラベルをプリントする様子を示した図である。It is a figure which showed the state of printing the label in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるアイコンの表示態様の一例を示した図である。It is a figure which showed an example of the display mode of the icon in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における商品のアイコンが表示されている様子を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the state that the icon of the product in 1st Embodiment is displayed. 第１実施形態におけるアイコンの表示態様の一例を示した図である。It is a figure which showed an example of the display mode of the icon in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるアイコンの表示態様の一例を示した図である。It is a figure which showed an example of the display mode of the icon in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるアイコンの表示態様の一例を示した図である。It is a figure which showed an example of the display mode of the icon in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態におけるタグ装置からの商品選択に関する情報を監視し、常にその情報を受け取るフローチャートを示す図である。It is a figure which shows the flowchart which monitors the information about the product selection from the tag device in 1st Embodiment, and always receives the information. 第１実施形態における計量装置の作動方法のフローチャートを示す図である。It is a figure which shows the flowchart of the operation method of the measuring apparatus in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における印刷されたラベルの例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of the printed label in 1st Embodiment. 第１実施形態における印刷されたラベルの例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of the printed label in 1st Embodiment. 第２実施形態におけるショッピングシステムを説明するためのネットワークの概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram of the network for demonstrating the shopping system in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態における精算装置等を客側から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the settlement device etc. in a 2nd embodiment from the customer side. 第２実施形態における精算装置等を店員側から見た斜視図である。It is a perspective view which saw the settlement apparatus and the like in 2nd Embodiment from the clerk side. 第２実施形態における精算装置等を客側から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the settlement device etc. in a 2nd embodiment from the customer side. 第２実施形態における精算装置等を店員側から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the settlement device etc. in a 2nd embodiment from the salesclerk side. 第２実施形態における精算装置の構成例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the structural example of the settlement apparatus in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態におけるショッピングシステムを説明するための各機能の概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram of each function for explaining the shopping system in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における各種の売価決定ロジック（売価決定機能）について説明する説明図である。It is explanatory drawing explaining various selling price determination logic (selling price determination function) in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態における顧客情報について説明する説明図である。It is explanatory drawing explaining the customer information in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態における店舗情報について説明する説明図である。It is an explanatory view explaining store information in a 2nd embodiment. 第２実施形態におけるバスケット情報について説明する説明図である。It is explanatory drawing explaining the basket information in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態における処理の流れの概略を説明するシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram explaining the outline of the processing flow in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部における商品登録待機画面の表示例である。This is a display example of the product registration standby screen in the display unit of the mobile terminal according to the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部における登録更新画面の表示例である。It is a display example of a registration update screen on the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部におけるコード表示画面の表示例である。It is a display example of a code display screen on the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における精算装置の表示部における精算画面の表示例である。This is a display example of the settlement screen in the display unit of the settlement device according to the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における精算装置の表示部における精算画面の表示例である。This is a display example of the settlement screen in the display unit of the settlement device according to the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における精算装置の表示部における精算画面の表示例である。It is a display example of a settlement screen on the display unit of the settlement device in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部におけるスタート画面の表示例である。This is a display example of the start screen in the display unit of the mobile terminal according to the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部におけるＮＯＮファイルや読取ＮＧが発生した場合の表示例である。This is a display example when a NON file or reading NG occurs in the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部における保留商品があることを示す画面の表示例である。It is a display example of a screen showing that there is a held product on the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部における数量の変更時の表示例である。This is a display example when the quantity is changed in the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部における商品取消時の表示例である。This is a display example at the time of product cancellation on the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部における購入する本数を確認する場合の表示例である。This is a display example for confirming the number of units to be purchased on the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部におけるまとめ買い割引が適用される本数の表示例である。It is a display example of the number to which the bulk buying discount is applied on the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部における登録した商品の一覧の表示例である。This is a display example of a list of registered products on the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部における表示領域の拡張表示例である。This is an extended display example of a display area in the display unit of the mobile terminal according to the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部における電波保留商品が発生した場合の商品の一覧の表示例である。This is a display example of a list of products when a radio wave holding product is generated on the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の表示部における通信回復後の商品名と価格の表示例である。It is a display example of the product name and the price after communication recovery on the display unit of the mobile terminal in the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における精算装置の表示部における表示例である。This is a display example in the display unit of the settlement device according to the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における精算装置の表示部における表示例である。This is a display example in the display unit of the settlement device according to the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における精算装置の表示部における表示例である。This is a display example in the display unit of the settlement device according to the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における精算装置の表示部における表示例である。This is a display example in the display unit of the settlement device according to the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における精算装置の表示部における表示例である。This is a display example in the display unit of the settlement device according to the second embodiment. 第２実施形態における計量対象商品の識別情報を携帯端末によって取得する例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example which acquires the identification information of the goods for measurement in 2nd Embodiment with a portable terminal. 第２実施形態における計量装置と拡大した表示画面を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the weighing apparatus and the enlarged display screen in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態における取得された順番に応じた表示順を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the display order according to the acquired order in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態におけるリンゴの計量を促す画面等を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the screen which prompts the weighing of an apple in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態におけるリンゴの計量結果が表示された画面等を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the screen and the like which displayed the weighing result of apple in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態におけるラベルを貼付することを促す画面等を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the screen etc. which urge the sticking of the label in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態におけるリンゴが登録されたことを示す画面等を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the screen which shows that the apple in 2nd Embodiment was registered. 第２実施形態におけるレモンの計量を促す画面等を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the screen which prompts the measurement of a lemon in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態におけるレモンの計量結果が表示された画面等を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the screen and the like which displayed the measurement result of the lemon in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態におけるレモンを貼付することを促す画面等を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the screen which urges to attach a lemon in 2nd Embodiment. 第２実施形態におけるレモンが登録されたことを示す画面等を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the screen etc. which show that the lemon in 2nd Embodiment was registered. 第２実施形態における携帯端末の処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flow chart which shows processing of a personal digital assistant in a 2nd embodiment. 第２実施形態における計量装置の処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the process of the weighing|measuring equipment in 2nd Embodiment.
　＜第１実施形態＞
＜第１実施形態の概要説明＞
　第１実施形態の詳細を以下に説明する前に、本明細書に開示されているモードの概要について以下に説明する。
　開示の技術には、少なくとも第１のモードと第２のモードとが存在する。そのほかに、後述の待機モードなどの他のモードが存在することを排除しない。 <First Embodiment>
<Description of Outline of First Embodiment>
Before describing the details of the first embodiment below, an overview of the modes disclosed in this specification will be described below.
The disclosed technique has at least a first mode and a second mode. In addition, it does not exclude the existence of other modes such as the standby mode described later.
＜第１のモードの概要説明＞
　第１のモードは、操作者が計量装置１０で商品を計量してその商品を購入する際に、操作者の保持する携帯端末３０を用いるモードである。操作者が携帯端末３０を用いることで、購入する量り売り商品を、仮想的な買い物かごに記憶させることができる。この第１のモードの動作は、携帯端末３０、計量装置１０、商品の種類毎に設置されたタグ装置２０などが連携して動作することによって実現される。 <Outline explanation of the first mode>
The first mode is a mode in which the mobile terminal 30 held by the operator is used when the operator weighs the product with the weighing device 10 and purchases the product. By using the mobile terminal 30 by the operator, the merchandise sold by weight can be stored in the virtual shopping cart. The operation of this first mode is realized by the mobile terminal 30, the weighing device 10, the tag device 20 installed for each type of product, and the like operating in cooperation with each other.
　なお、携帯端末３０は、量り売り商品以外の購入商品の仮想的な買い物かごへの登録にも用いることができる。このため、量り売り商品を含めた購入商品について、購入者が携帯端末３０を利用することを可能とさせる。このことにより、精算処理などが迅速に行えるなど、携帯端末３０を操作する購入者は、商品の購入を簡便にかつ迅速に行うことができるようになる。 Note that the mobile terminal 30 can also be used to register purchased products other than those sold by weight in a virtual shopping cart. Therefore, it is possible for the purchaser to use the mobile terminal 30 for the purchased products including the products sold by weight. As a result, the purchaser who operates the mobile terminal 30 can easily and quickly purchase the product, for example, the settlement process can be performed quickly.
＜第２のモードの概要説明＞
　第２のモードは、携帯端末３０を介さないで、タグ装置２０を操作者が操作することによって、商品を選択した場合であって、その操作者が計量装置１０を操作するときのモードである。なお、操作者がタグ装置２０を操作しない場合であっても第２のモードでの動作が行えることは言うまでもない。
　なお、タグ装置２０の詳細については、後述するが、例えば、図２におけるタグ装置２０－１～タグ装置２０－Nで示される装置がその例である。
　量り売り商品を購入する操作者が第２のモードにおいて実行する手順の概略は以下のとおりである。 <Outline explanation of the second mode>
The second mode is a mode in which an operator selects a product by operating the tag device 20 without going through the mobile terminal 30, and the operator operates the weighing device 10. .. Needless to say, the operation in the second mode can be performed even when the operator does not operate the tag device 20.
The details of the tag device 20 will be described later, but for example, the devices shown by the tag devices 20-1 to 20-N in FIG. 2 are examples.
The outline of the procedure performed by the operator who purchases the merchandise sold by weight in the second mode is as follows.
　まず、操作者は、購入したい量り売り商品を必要量袋に入れる。その際に、操作者は、その量り売り商品に設置されたタグ装置２０の表示画面をタッチする。このように、操作者が表示画面をタッチすることによって、その商品の商品情報が、タグ装置２０から計量装置１０に送信される。 First, the operator puts the required amount of products sold by weight in the required amount bag. At that time, the operator touches the display screen of the tag device 20 installed on the product sold by weight. In this way, when the operator touches the display screen, the product information of the product is transmitted from the tag device 20 to the weighing device 10.
　操作者が、計量装置１０において、先ほど袋に入れた計量商品を計量する際に、計量装置１０の画面には、既にタグ装置２０から転送された商品情報に対応する商品のアイコンが表示される。操作者は、表示された商品のアイコンのうち、載置台に載せた商品のアイコンをタッチすることによって、計量商品の金額が適切に計算される。計算された金額の情報を含むシンボルコードなどが印刷されたラベルが計量装置１０から出力される。操作者は、出力されたラベルを計量商品の入った袋に貼る。操作者がＰＯＳ端末等で清算する場合には、そのラベルに印字されたシンボルコードをＰＯＳ端末に読み取らせる。 When the operator weighs the weighed product put in the bag in the weighing device 10, the icon of the product corresponding to the product information already transferred from the tag device 20 is displayed on the screen of the weighing device 10. .. The operator appropriately calculates the amount of the merchandise item by touching the icon of the merchandise item placed on the placing table among the displayed merchandise item icons. The label on which the symbol code including the calculated amount of information is printed is output from the weighing device 10. The operator attaches the output label to the bag containing the weighing product. When the operator makes a payment at a POS terminal or the like, the POS terminal is made to read the symbol code printed on the label.
　以上のような手順を経ることによって、計量装置には、操作者がタッチしたタグ装置２０に対応する商品アイコンが表示されるため、適切な商品アイコンが、計量装置１０に表示されるようになる。なお、複数の操作者が、タグ装置２０にタッチした場合には、他者がタッチしたタグ装置２０に対応する商品のアイコンが表示される場合なども想定される。このための対処については、以下に記載する実施形態において詳述することとする。 By going through the above procedure, the product icon corresponding to the tag device 20 touched by the operator is displayed on the weighing device, so that the appropriate product icon is displayed on the weighing device 10. .. In addition, when a plurality of operators touch the tag device 20, it may be assumed that an icon of a product corresponding to the tag device 20 touched by another person is displayed. The measures for this will be described in detail in the embodiments described below.
　第１のモードと第２のモードの概要は、上記のとおりであるが、計量装置１０を操作者が利用する場合には、第１のモードでの操作を行える場合であっても、第２のモードで操作がなされることも想定して、店舗のシステムが柔軟な対応を行えるようにすることが望ましい。 The outline of the first mode and the second mode is as described above, but when the operator uses the weighing device 10, even if the operation in the first mode can be performed, the second mode is used. It is desirable that the store system can respond flexibly, assuming that the operation is performed in the above mode.
　したがって、後述するように、計量装置１０が操作される場合には、第１のモードで商品を購入している操作者であっても、計量装置１０に対しては、第２のモードで操作することも許容される点に留意すべきである。 Therefore, as will be described later, when the weighing device 10 is operated, even an operator who purchases the product in the first mode operates the weighing device 10 in the second mode. It should be noted that it is acceptable to do.
　また、後述するように、例えば、計量装置１０の画面のコードが読み取られることで計量装置１０と携帯端末３０とが通信する第１のモードに移行するか、計量装置１０自体が操作されることで第２のモードに移行するかは、操作者の操作（インターラクション）のうち早いほうの操作が優先されることが望ましい。 Further, as will be described later, for example, when the code on the screen of the weighing device 10 is read, the mode shifts to the first mode in which the weighing device 10 and the mobile terminal 30 communicate with each other, or the weighing device 10 itself is operated. It is desirable that the earlier operation of the operator's operations (interaction) is prioritized as to whether to shift to the second mode.
　以上が、第１実施形態におけるモードの概要である。なお、以上の説明は、概要説明であって、第１実施形態を限定するためのものではない点に留意すべきである。 The above is the outline of the modes in the first embodiment. It should be noted that the above description is a summary description and is not intended to limit the first embodiment.
　第１実施形態によれば、計量装置は受け取った商品識別情報に従って商品選択関連情報（例えば商品を選択するためのアイコンボタン）を表示する。また表示されるのは計量装置を操作する操作者が操作した端末装置に対応する商品の商品選択関連情報が含まれる。したがって、商品の種類が多くても、操作者は、表示された商品選択関連情報の中から容易に目的のものを探し出すことができる。 According to the first embodiment, the weighing device displays product selection related information (for example, an icon button for selecting a product) according to the received product identification information. In addition, what is displayed includes product selection-related information of the product corresponding to the terminal device operated by the operator who operates the weighing device. Therefore, even if there are many types of products, the operator can easily find the desired product from the displayed product selection-related information.
　また、計量装置とタグ装置２０（端末装置）とを連携させることにより、計量装置の表示画面に表示されたユーザインタフェースは、より安定したものとなり、第１の操作者が混乱することなく、計量装置を適切かつ迅速に操作することができる。 Further, by linking the weighing device and the tag device 20 (terminal device), the user interface displayed on the display screen of the weighing device becomes more stable, and weighing without confusing the first operator. The device can be operated properly and quickly.
　以下、第１実施形態として、実施形態１－３、及び変形例１－５について説明する。 Hereinafter, as the first embodiment, the embodiment 1-3 and the modified examples 1-5 will be described.
＜実施形態１＞
　以下、図面を参照しながら本発明の実施形態について詳しく説明する。 <Embodiment 1>
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
　図１は、一実施形態による商品販売システムのシステム構成図である。 FIG. 1 is a system configuration diagram of a product sales system according to one embodiment.
　図２は売り場における商品群（レモン４０－１、リンゴ４０－２、オレンジ４０－Ｎ）のそれぞれに、タグ装置（２０－１、２０－２、２０－Ｎ）が設置されており、商品群の近傍に計量装置１０が設置されている様子を示している。 In FIG. 2, tag devices (20-1, 20-2, 20-N) are installed in each of the product groups (lemon 40-1, apple 40-2, orange 40-N) in the sales floor, and the product group. It shows a state in which the weighing device 10 is installed in the vicinity of.
　この商品販売システムは、例えば野菜や果物などの生鮮食品を販売するスーパーマーケットに設けられる。スーパーマーケットの生鮮食品売り場では、図２に示すように、バラ売りされる野菜や果物などの商品（図ではレモン４０－１、リンゴ４０－２、オレンジ４０－Ｎ）が種類毎に区分けされて、それぞれの陳列場所５０に陳列されている。また、陳列場所毎に、当該陳列場所の商品に対応してタグ装置２０－１～２０－Ｎ（端末装置）が設けられている。各商品は、バラ売りのため値段やバーコードを印字したラベルは貼付されておらず、操作者が商品を種類毎に必要なだけビニールなどの袋に詰めて計量装置１０で計量することで、購入する分の商品のラベルが計量装置１０から発行される。そしてこの発行されたラベルを操作者が商品を詰めたビニール袋に貼り付け、ラベルには価格等の情報を含むシンボルコードが印字されているため、操作者は、その商品をＰＯＳ端末３２等で商品登録することができる。また、操作者が、携帯端末を用いることで、ＰＯＳ端末を用いずに、計量した商品の価格を登録することができ、迅速に買い物を行うことができる。 This product sales system is installed in supermarkets that sell fresh foods such as vegetables and fruits. In the fresh food department of the supermarket, as shown in FIG. 2, the products such as vegetables and fruits (lemon 40-1, apple 40-2, orange 40-N in the figure) that are sold individually are classified by type, It is displayed at each display place 50. Further, for each display place, tag devices 20-1 to 20-N (terminal devices) are provided corresponding to the products at the display place. Since each product is sold separately, no label with a price or a bar code is attached, and the operator packs the product in a bag such as vinyl as needed for each type and weighs it with the weighing device 10. Labels for the products to be purchased are issued from the weighing device 10. Then, the operator affixes the issued label to a plastic bag filled with products, and since the symbol code including information such as price is printed on the label, the operator uses the POS terminal 32 or the like to print the product. You can register the product. Further, by using the mobile terminal, the operator can register the price of the measured merchandise without using the POS terminal, and can quickly carry out shopping.
　各タグ装置２０（端末装置）は、表示タッチパネルを備えており、この表示タッチパネルが操作者により操作（タッチ）されると、タグ装置２０は記憶しているＰＬＵ（Ｐｒｉｃｅ Ｌｏｏｋ Ｕｐ）コード（又は商品識別情報）を計量装置１０へ送信する。このＰＬＵコードは、商品の種類を識別する商品識別番号（指示情報）であり、当該タグ装置２０に対応付けられた商品を指示するものである。操作者は、購入しようとする商品をビニール袋に詰める際に、その商品に対応するタグ装置２０に対して上記タッチ操作を行う。こうして、計量装置１０で計量を行う商品のＰＬＵコードが、各タグ装置２０から計量装置１０へ送信される。なお、操作者の操作は、タッチパネルへのタッチに限定されるものではない。例えば、操作者の操作は、タグ装置２０の筐体に触れることや、タグ装置に備えられたボタンを押すことなどの操作であってもよい。 Each tag device 20 (terminal device) is provided with a display touch panel, and when the display touch panel is operated (touched) by an operator, the tag device 20 stores a PLU (Price Look Up) code (or product). Identification information) is transmitted to the weighing device 10. The PLU code is a product identification number (instruction information) that identifies the type of product, and indicates the product associated with the tag device 20. When packing a product to be purchased in a plastic bag, the operator performs the above touch operation on the tag device 20 corresponding to the product. In this way, the PLU code of the product to be weighed by the weighing device 10 is transmitted from each tag device 20 to the weighing device 10. The operation of the operator is not limited to touching the touch panel. For example, the operation of the operator may be an operation such as touching the housing of the tag device 20 or pressing a button provided in the tag device.
　また、タグ装置２０（端末装置）の表示タッチパネルは、記憶している商品のＰＬＵコード等を含むシンボルコードを表示することができる。携帯端末を保持している操作者は、このシンボルコードを携帯端末のカメラを介して読み取ることができる。読み取られたＰＬＵコードは、携帯端末３０と計量装置１０との間で確立された近距離無線通信によって、計量装置１０に送られてもよい。或いは、携帯端末３０から無線ＬＡＮ（Ｌｏｃａｌ Ａｒｅａ Ｎｅｔｗｏｒｋ）又は公衆電話回線などを経由してストアコントローラ３１を介して計量装置１０にＰＬＵコードが転送されてもよい。 Also, the display touch panel of the tag device 20 (terminal device) can display a symbol code including the stored product PLU code and the like. The operator holding the mobile terminal can read this symbol code through the camera of the mobile terminal. The read PLU code may be sent to the weighing device 10 by the short-range wireless communication established between the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10. Alternatively, the PLU code may be transferred from the mobile terminal 30 to the weighing device 10 via the store controller 31 via a wireless LAN (Local Area Network) or a public telephone line.
　なお、各タグ装置２０と計量装置１０とは有線ＬＡＮ又は無線ＬＡＮなどにより通信が可能に接続されている。図１に示す全ての機器が、単一のＬＡＮ又は無線ＬＡＮで接続されてもよい。 Note that each tag device 20 and the weighing device 10 are connected so as to be able to communicate by a wired LAN or a wireless LAN. All the devices shown in FIG. 1 may be connected by a single LAN or a wireless LAN.
　計量装置１０は、タグ装置２０から上記ＰＬＵコードを受信して、受信したＰＬＵコードに対応する商品のアイコン（商品選択関連情報）を表示タッチパネル１０４の画面上に表示する。計量装置１０は、複数のＰＬＵコードを受信した場合には、それらを画面上に表示する。また、計量装置１０は、計量部（秤）に載置された商品の重量を計量するとともに、表示タッチパネルで操作者に選択されたアイコンに対応する商品の単価などの商品データを記憶部（ＲＡＭ）から呼び出して、商品の値段を計算してラベルを発行する。
　また、印字部１１０は、計算された商品の価格及び必要に応じてバーコードを印字したラベルを出力する。
　載置台を含む計量部１０９は、載置台に載せられた商品の重量を計測する。 The weighing device 10 receives the PLU code from the tag device 20, and displays the product icon (product selection related information) corresponding to the received PLU code on the screen of the display touch panel 104. When the weighing device 10 receives a plurality of PLU codes, they are displayed on the screen. In addition, the weighing device 10 weighs the product placed on the weighing unit (scale) and stores product data (RAM) such as the unit price of the product corresponding to the icon selected by the operator on the display touch panel. ) To calculate the price of the product and issue a label.
In addition, the printing unit 110 outputs the calculated price of the product and a label on which the barcode is printed, if necessary.
The weighing unit 109 including the placing table measures the weight of the product placed on the placing table.
　ＰＯＳ端末３２及びセルフＰＯＳ端末３３（商品登録装置）は、いわゆるレジであり、操作者が購入する商品（計量装置１０で計量する生鮮食品のほか、予めラベルが貼付されている商品も含む）の商品登録や代金精算などを行う。また、ＰＯＳ端末３２、及びセルフＰＯＳ端末３３は、携帯端末３０で商品登録を行った代金を精算する精算装置でもある。ＰＯＳ端末３２は店員が操作し、セルフＰＯＳ端末３３は操作者自らが操作する。商品のラベルには、ＰＬＵコード等の商品識別番号や、計量装置１０で発行されたラベルの場合には重量に応じた値段情報などが、バーコードの形式で印字されている。ＰＯＳ端末３２及びセルフＰＯＳ端末３３はこれらバーコードを読み取る読取装置を備えている。そして、ＰＯＳ端末３２及びセルフＰＯＳ端末３３は、読取装置で読み取ったバーコードの情報とメモリに記憶している商品売価などの情報に基づいて、商品の登録処理を行う。 The POS terminal 32 and the self-POS terminal 33 (commercial product registration device) are so-called cash registers, and include products purchased by the operator (including fresh foods measured by the measuring device 10 and products pre-labeled). Perform product registration and payment. In addition, the POS terminal 32 and the self-POS terminal 33 are also settlement devices that settle the price for product registration on the mobile terminal 30. The POS terminal 32 is operated by a clerk, and the self-POS terminal 33 is operated by the operator himself. On the product label, a product identification number such as a PLU code or, in the case of a label issued by the weighing device 10, price information according to weight is printed in the form of a barcode. The POS terminal 32 and the self-POS terminal 33 are provided with a reader for reading these barcodes. Then, the POS terminal 32 and the self-POS terminal 33 perform product registration processing based on the information of the barcode read by the reading device and the information such as the product selling price stored in the memory.
　また、携帯端末３０は、上記のＰＯＳ端末の機能を兼ね備えており、携帯端末単独で、電子決済等を行うことで、操作者又は店員によるＰＯＳ端末操作を省くことができる。このため、携帯端末を持つ操作者は、迅速に買い物を行うことができる。 The mobile terminal 30 also has the function of the POS terminal described above, and by performing electronic payment or the like by the mobile terminal alone, it is possible to omit the POS terminal operation by the operator or the clerk. Therefore, the operator holding the mobile terminal can quickly shop.
　ストアコントローラ３１は、スーパーマーケット内で各種データの管理を行うコンピュータであり、計量装置１０、ＰＯＳ端末３２、セルフＰＯＳ端末３３、携帯端末３０とＬＡＮ又は無線ＬＡＮなどにより接続されている。各種データとして、例えば、ＰＯＳ端末３２及びセルフＰＯＳ端末３３が記憶する商品売価等の情報を格納した商品ファイルや、計量装置１０が記憶する後述のＰＬＵファイル（図８参照）、またＰＯＳ端末３２及びセルフＰＯＳ端末３３から送信される実績ファイルなどがある。 The store controller 31 is a computer that manages various data in the supermarket, and is connected to the weighing device 10, the POS terminal 32, the self-POS terminal 33, the mobile terminal 30 via a LAN or a wireless LAN. As various data, for example, a product file that stores information such as a product selling price stored in the POS terminal 32 and the self-POS terminal 33, a PLU file described later (see FIG. 8) stored in the weighing device 10, and the POS terminal 32 and There is a record file transmitted from the self-POS terminal 33.
　図３は、携帯端末３０による商品の種類等の読み込みを示す図である。 FIG. 3 is a diagram showing reading of a product type and the like by the mobile terminal 30.
　図３は、携帯端末３０を用いて、操作者が購入したい量り売り商品の種類を携帯端末によって取得する例を示している。図２には、レモン４０－１、リンゴ４０－２、オレンジ４０－Ｎが陳列されており、それぞれの量り売り商品の背後に、ディスプレイを有するタグ装置２０－１、タグ装置２０－２、タグ装置２０－Ｎが置かれている。 FIG. 3 shows an example in which, using the mobile terminal 30, the operator acquires the type of merchandise sold by weight that the operator wants to purchase. In FIG. 2, lemons 40-1, apples 40-2, and oranges 40-N are displayed, and a tag device 20-1, a tag device 20-2, and a tag device having a display behind each of the products sold by weight. 20-N is placed.
　図３において、例えば、タグ装置２０－１には、レモンの文字、単価はｋｇあたりであること、単価は、ｎｎ円であることが表示されている。また、タグ装置２０－１には、携帯端末３０がこれらの情報を光学的に読み取れるように、バーコードが表示される。このバーコードは携帯端末３０のカメラで読み取られてディスプレイにバーコード３０１として表示されている。これらのタグ装置２０における表示は、紙などに印刷した状態で表示されてもよい。なお、ディスプレイを用いて表示することで、タグ装置２０－１は、タイムサービスなどのときの値引きを加味した表示を迅速に行える。また、タグ装置２０－１は、バーコードを所定の時間で変更して表示することによって、不正を防止することができる。この不正とは、操作者が予めカメラで撮影しておいたバーコードなどを携帯端末３０に読み取らせることで、異なる単価にて、量り売り商品を登録する不正である。 In FIG. 3, for example, the tag device 20-1 is displayed with a lemon character, the unit price is per kg, and the unit price is nn yen. Further, a bar code is displayed on the tag device 20-1 so that the mobile terminal 30 can optically read the information. This barcode is read by the camera of the mobile terminal 30 and displayed as the barcode 301 on the display. The display on these tag devices 20 may be displayed in a state of being printed on paper or the like. In addition, by displaying using a display, the tag device 20-1 can promptly perform a display in consideration of a discount at the time of time service or the like. Further, the tag device 20-1 can prevent fraud by changing and displaying the barcode at a predetermined time. This fraud is fraud in which the operator causes the mobile terminal 30 to read a barcode or the like that has been previously photographed by the camera, thereby registering the merchandise to be sold by weight at different unit prices.
　図３における携帯端末３０には、カメラが具備されている。図３では、カメラによりレモン４０－１のバーコード３０１が読み取られていることが示されている。携帯端末３０の表示領域には、読み取られた「レモン」３２１の表示と、「要計量」３２５の表示及び、小計欄？？？円３１５等が表示されている。 The mobile terminal 30 in FIG. 3 is equipped with a camera. In FIG. 3, it is shown that the barcode 301 of the lemon 40-1 is read by the camera. In the display area of the mobile terminal 30, the read "lemon" 321 is displayed, the "weighing required" 325 is displayed, and the subtotal column? ? ? Circle 315 and the like are displayed.
　なお、小計欄３１５には、登録されている商品が１点であること、その概算合計が？？？円であること、お会計へ進むのボタンが表示されている。レモンの計量値が得られていないため、携帯端末３０は、要計量３２５を報知することで、操作者に対して計量を行うよう促している。また、携帯端末３０は、計量がなされていないため、？？円を表示している。また、計量がなされていない量り売り商品の欄３２１は、網掛け表示となっている。このように、携帯端末３０は、計量がなされていないことを操作者に対して認識できる態様で表示する。 Note that the subtotal column 315 has only one item registered, and the estimated total is? ? ? It is a yen, and a button to proceed to checkout is displayed. Since the measured value of lemon has not been obtained, the mobile terminal 30 notifies the operator of the required measurement 325, and prompts the operator to perform the measurement. Also, because the mobile terminal 30 is not weighed? ? The circle is displayed. In addition, the column 321 of the merchandise sold by weight that is not weighed is shaded. In this way, the mobile terminal 30 displays in a mode in which the operator can recognize that the weighing is not performed.
　図４は、計量装置１０の構成を示すブロック図である。計量装置１０は、ＣＰＵ１０１と、ＲＯＭ１０２と、ＲＡＭ１０３と、表示タッチパネル１０４と、キー操作部１０５と、時計部１０６と、第１通信装置１０７と、第２通信装置１０８と、計量部１０９と、印字部１１０と、撮像部１１１と、外部記憶制御部１１２とを有し、これらにより構成されている。 FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the weighing device 10. The weighing device 10 includes a CPU 101, a ROM 102, a RAM 103, a display touch panel 104, a key operation unit 105, a clock unit 106, a first communication device 107, a second communication device 108, a weighing unit 109, and printing. It has a unit 110, an image pickup unit 111, and an external storage control unit 112, and is configured by these.
　外部記憶制御部１１２には、ＤＶＤ－ＲＯＭ、ＵＳＢメモリなどの可搬型記憶媒体１１３が接続される。可搬型記憶媒体１１３には、プログラムを含む情報が格納されている。外部記憶制御部１１２は、その情報の読み書きを行う。 A portable storage medium 113 such as a DVD-ROM or a USB memory is connected to the external storage control unit 112. Information including a program is stored in the portable storage medium 113. The external storage control unit 112 reads and writes the information.
　ＣＰＵ１０１は、計量装置１０の動作を制御する中央処理装置であり、ＲＯＭ１０２からプログラムを読み出して実行することで、そのプログラムに従った計量装置１０の動作を実現する。ＲＯＭ１０２は、読出し専用メモリであり、上記プログラムが格納されている。ＲＡＭ１０３は、随時書込み読出しメモリであり、後述するＰＬＵファイルやアイコンテーブル、その他一時データ等を記憶する。 The CPU 101 is a central processing unit that controls the operation of the weighing device 10, and by reading a program from the ROM 102 and executing it, the operation of the weighing device 10 according to the program is realized. The ROM 102 is a read-only memory, and stores the above program. The RAM 103 is a write / read memory at any time, and stores a PLU file, an icon table, other temporary data, and the like, which will be described later.
　表示タッチパネル１０４は、計量装置１０を操作する操作者との間のユーザ入出力インタフェースである。表示タッチパネル１０４は、計量する対象の商品を選択するためのアイコン及びその他各種情報を画面上に表示するとともに、表示されたアイコンに対する操作者からの選択入力を受け付ける。タグ装置２０から送信されて第２通信装置１０８で受け取られるＰＬＵコードなどの商品識別情報によって、表示タッチパネル１０４が表示するアイコンが特定される。表示タッチパネル１０４の画面表示例については後述する。また、操作者が画面上から選択したアイコンに対応する商品のデータがＲＡＭ１０３のＰＬＵファイルから読み出されて、当該商品の値段が計算される。 The display touch panel 104 is a user input/output interface with an operator who operates the weighing device 10. The display touch panel 104 displays an icon for selecting a product to be weighed and various other information on the screen, and accepts selection input from the operator for the displayed icon. The icon displayed on the display touch panel 104 is specified by the product identification information such as the PLU code transmitted from the tag device 20 and received by the second communication device 108. A screen display example of the display touch panel 104 will be described later. Further, the data of the product corresponding to the icon selected by the operator on the screen is read from the PLU file of the RAM 103, and the price of the product is calculated.
　キー操作部１０５は、操作者が表示タッチパネル１０４で行う入力以外の入力を行うためのものである。
　時計部１０６は、時刻情報を出力する。この時刻情報は、表示タッチパネル１０４に表示するアイコンの表示の態様を制御するために用いられる。 The key operation unit 105 is used by the operator to make inputs other than those made on the display touch panel 104.
The clock unit 106 outputs time information. This time information is used to control the display mode of the icon displayed on the display touch panel 104.
　第１通信装置１０７は、ＬＡＮインタフェースであり、ストアコントローラ３１との通信を制御する。この第１通信装置１０７を介して、ストアコントローラ３１からＰＬＵファイルが取得される。第１通信装置１０７を介して、ストアコントローラから計量装置にプログラムが転送されてもよい。転送されたプログラムは、例えばＲＡＭ１０３に記憶され得る。
　第２通信装置１０８は、各タグ装置２０との通信を制御する。各タグ装置２０から送信されるＰＬＵコードは、この第２通信装置１０８によって受信される。
　図４では、第１通信装置１０７と第２通信装置１０８の二つの通信装置を備えているが、１つの通信装置が、全ての通信を行うようにしてもよい。 The first communication device 107 is a LAN interface and controls communication with the store controller 31. The PLU file is acquired from the store controller 31 via the first communication device 107. The program may be transferred from the store controller to the weighing device via the first communication device 107. The transferred program can be stored in the RAM 103, for example.
The second communication device 108 controls communication with each tag device 20. The PLU code transmitted from each tag device 20 is received by this second communication device 108.
In FIG. 4, two communication devices, a first communication device 107 and a second communication device 108, are provided, but one communication device may perform all communication.
　計量部１０９は、計量装置１０本体の上部に備えられた計量皿に載置された商品の重量を計量し計量値を出力する。 The weighing unit 109 weighs the weight of the product placed on the weighing pan provided at the top of the main body of the weighing device 10 and outputs the weighing value.
　印字部１１０は、計量部１０９で計量された商品について、値段やバーコードを印字したラベルを発行する。このラベルは、計量部１０９から計量結果として出力される計量値とＲＡＭ１０３に格納されたＰＬＵファイル内の当該商品に関する商品情報（単価データなど）とに基づいて、出力（印字）される。 The printing unit 110 issues a label on which the price and the barcode are printed for the products weighed by the measuring unit 109. This label is output (printed) based on the measurement value output from the measurement unit 109 as the measurement result and the product information (unit price data, etc.) related to the product in the PLU file stored in the RAM 103.
　図５は、タグ装置２０（端末装置）の構成を示すブロック図である。タグ装置２０は、ＣＰＵ２０１と、ＲＯＭ２０２と、ＲＡＭ２０３と、通信装置２０４と、表示タッチパネル２０５と、報知を行うための報知用ランプ２０６と、報知・ガイダンスなどを行うための音響出力部２０９と、外部記憶制御部２１０とを有して構成されている。なお、表示タッチパネル２０５が報知・ガイダンスを行えば、報知用ランプ２０６及び音響出力部２０９は無くてもよい。或いは、タグ装置２０は、表示タッチパネルへのタッチを検知することに代えて、タグ装置２０自体に触れることを検知するセンサ（不図示）を設けてもよい。或いは、タグ装置２０は、タッチを検知することに代えて、ボタン（不図示）の押下を検知してもよい。 FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the tag device 20 (terminal device). The tag device 20 includes a CPU 201, a ROM 202, a RAM 203, a communication device 204, a display touch panel 205, a notification lamp 206 for performing notification, an acoustic output unit 209 for performing notification / guidance, and an external device. It is configured to include a storage control unit 210. If the display touch panel 205 provides notification / guidance, the notification lamp 206 and the acoustic output unit 209 may be omitted. Alternatively, the tag device 20 may be provided with a sensor (not shown) that detects touching the tag device 20 itself, instead of detecting a touch on the display touch panel. Alternatively, the tag device 20 may detect the pressing of a button (not shown) instead of detecting the touch.
　外部記憶制御部２１０には、ＤＶＤ－ＲＯＭ、ＵＳＢメモリなどの可搬型記憶媒体２１３が接続される。可搬型記憶媒体２１３には、プログラムを含む情報が格納されており、外部記憶制御部２１０により、その情報の読み書きが行われる。 A portable storage medium 213 such as a DVD-ROM or a USB memory is connected to the external storage control unit 210. Information including a program is stored in the portable storage medium 213, and the external storage control unit 210 reads and writes the information.
　ＣＰＵ２０１は、タグ装置２０の動作を制御する中央処理装置であり、ＲＯＭ２０２からプログラムを読み出して実行することで、そのプログラムに従ったタグ装置２０の動作を実現する。ＲＯＭ２０２は、読出し専用メモリであり、上記プログラムが格納されている。ＲＡＭ２０３は、随時書込み読出しメモリであり、当該タグ装置２０に対応付けられている商品（当該タグ装置２０が備えられた陳列場所に陳列されている商品）のＰＬＵコードを記憶している。 The CPU 201 is a central processing unit that controls the operation of the tag device 20, and realizes the operation of the tag device 20 according to the program by reading the program from the ROM 202 and executing it. The ROM 202 is a read-only memory in which the above program is stored. The RAM 203 is a write/read memory at any time, and stores the PLU code of the product associated with the tag device 20 (the product displayed at the display location where the tag device 20 is provided).
　通信装置２０４は、例えば、ＬＡＮインタフェースであり、計量装置１０との通信を制御する。この通信装置２０４を介して、ＲＡＭ２０３に記憶されているＰＬＵコードが計量装置１０へ送信される。 The communication device 204 is, for example, a LAN interface and controls communication with the weighing device 10. The PLU code stored in the RAM 203 is transmitted to the weighing device 10 via the communication device 204.
　表示タッチパネル２０５は、操作者によって接触がなされたことを検知するほか種々のガイダンスを表示する。表示タッチパネル２０５が操作（接触）された場合、報知用ランプ２０６は所定時間点灯し、音響出力部２０９は所定時間報知音を出力することが望ましい。 The display touch panel 205 detects that contact has been made by the operator and displays various guidances. When the display touch panel 205 is operated (contacted), it is desirable that the notification lamp 206 lights for a predetermined time and the acoustic output unit 209 outputs a notification sound for a predetermined time.
　図６は、携帯端末３０の構成を示すブロック図である。携帯端末３０は、操作者が所有するものであってもよいし、店舗が操作者に貸し与えるものであってもよい。携帯端末３０は、ＣＰＵ３４１と、ＲＯＭ３４２と、ＲＡＭ３４３と、通信装置３４４と、表示タッチパネル３４５と、タグ装置２０に表示されたバーコードなどを読み取るカメラ３４７と、外部記憶制御部３４８と、報知・ガイダンスなどを行うための音響入出力部３４９とを有する。 FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the mobile terminal 30. The mobile terminal 30 may be owned by the operator or may be lent to the operator by the store. The mobile terminal 30 includes a CPU 341, a ROM 342, a RAM 343, a communication device 344, a display touch panel 345, a camera 347 that reads a bar code displayed on the tag device 20, an external storage control unit 348, and notification / guidance. And an audio input/output unit 349 for performing the above.
　外部記憶制御部３４８には、小型のメモリなどの可搬型メモリ３４６が接続される。可搬型メモリ３４６には、プログラムを含む情報が格納されており、外部記憶制御部３４８により、その情報の読み書きが行われる。 A portable memory 346 such as a small memory is connected to the external memory control unit 348. Information including a program is stored in the portable memory 346, and the external storage control unit 348 reads and writes the information.
　ＣＰＵ３４１は、携帯端末３０の動作を制御する中央処理装置であり、ＲＯＭ３４２又はＲＡＭ３４３からプログラムを読み出して実行することで、そのプログラムに従った携帯端末３０の動作を実現する。ＲＯＭ３４２は、読出し専用メモリである。ＲＡＭ３４３は、随時書込み読出しメモリである。 The CPU 341 is a central processing unit that controls the operation of the mobile terminal 30, and realizes the operation of the mobile terminal 30 according to the program by reading and executing the program from the ROM 342 or the RAM 343. The ROM 342 is a read-only memory. The RAM 343 is a write / read memory at any time.
　通信装置３４４は、例えば、公衆電話網、Bluetooth（登録商標）などの近距離無線通信、無線ＬＡＮなどのインタフェースであり、ストアコントローラ３１及び計量装置１０との通信を制御する。この通信装置３４４を介して、ＰＬＵコードが計量装置１０へ送信される。ＰＬＵコードは、ストアコントローラ３１を介して、計量装置１０に転送されてもよい。
　なお、携帯端末３０には、ＧＰＳなどを用いた位置検出部（不図示）が設けられていてもよい。 The communication device 344 is, for example, a public telephone network, a short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark), an interface such as a wireless LAN, and controls communication with the store controller 31 and the weighing device 10. The PLU code is transmitted to the weighing device 10 via the communication device 344. The PLU code may be transferred to the weighing device 10 via the store controller 31.
The mobile terminal 30 may be provided with a position detection unit (not shown) using GPS or the like.
　図７は、一実施形態における計量装置のブロック図である。 FIG. 7 is a block diagram of the weighing device according to the embodiment.
　操作者がタグ装置２０（端末装置）のタッチパネルをタッチするなど、操作者とタグ装置２０とのインターラクションに応答して、ＰＬＵコード（商品識別情報）が、受取部４０１に受け取られる。タッチパネルへのタッチは、インターラクションの一例である。インターラクションはこれに限らない。例えば、２０に設置された物理的なボタンを押すこともインターラクションの他の例である。操作者が、表示された商品識別コードを含むシンボルコードをスマートフォンで撮像し、スマートフォン経由で計量装置が商品識別コードを受け取る場合には、スマートフォンがタグ装置のシンボルコードを読み取ることもインターラクションの他の例である。 The PLU code (product identification information) is received by the receiving unit 401 in response to the interaction between the operator and the tag device 20, such as when the operator touches the touch panel of the tag device 20 (terminal device). Touching the touch panel is an example of interaction. Interaction is not limited to this. For example, pressing a physical button installed at 20 is another example of interaction. When the operator captures the symbol code including the displayed product identification code with a smartphone and the weighing device receives the product identification code via the smartphone, the smartphone can read the symbol code of the tag device. Is an example of.
　モード受付部４０３は、操作者による計量装置への操作などのインターラクションに応じて、モードの指示を受け付ける。モードには、少なくとも操作者の携帯端末を介在させる第１のモードと、携帯端末が介在しない第２のモードがある。計量装置１０には、第１のモードの情報と第２のモードの情報が表示された待機モードの画面が表示されるようにすることが望ましい。図９は、待機モードの画面の例である。操作者が携帯端末１０で、待機画面のシンボルコードを読み取らせることで、モード受付部４０３は、第１のモードの指示を受け付けることができる。
　操作者が、待機画面１０４ｂの下部をタッチすること、或いは載置台に商品を載せることは、モード受付部４０３に対して第２のモードの指示となる。 The mode reception unit 403 receives a mode instruction in response to an interaction such as an operation on the weighing device by the operator. The mode includes at least a first mode in which the operator's mobile terminal intervenes and a second mode in which the mobile terminal does not intervene. It is desirable that the weighing device 10 display a standby mode screen on which information on the first mode and information on the second mode are displayed. FIG. 9 is an example of a screen in the standby mode. When the operator causes the mobile terminal 10 to read the symbol code of the standby screen, the mode reception unit 403 can receive the instruction of the first mode.
The operator touching the lower part of the standby screen 104b or placing the product on the placing table is an instruction of the second mode to the mode receiving unit 403.
　また、受取部から受け取られた商品の識別情報（ＰＬＵコード）から商品アイコン（商品選択関連情報）が特定される。商品アイコンは、表示タッチパネル１０４に表示され、計量される商品の種類を操作者が選択することを促すためのものである。 Further, the product icon (product selection related information) is specified from the product identification information (PLU code) received from the receiving unit. The product icon is displayed on the display touch panel 104 to encourage the operator to select the type of product to be weighed.
　表示制御部４０７は、操作者が計量装置を操作している最中であるか否かに応じて、商品アイコンの表示の態様を制御する。また、操作者が商品アイコンをタッチするなどして選択すると、その商品アイコンに対応するＰＬＵコードが認識されるようになっている。表示制御部４０７は、ＰＬＵコードを出力部４０９に送る。
　また、表示制御部４０７は、待機モードを示すために、前記第１のモードと前記第２のモードに関連する情報を同一画面に表示することが望ましい。
　計量部４０５は、載置台に載せられた商品の重量を計測する。 The display control unit 407 controls the display mode of the product icon according to whether or not the operator is operating the weighing device. Further, when the operator touches and selects a product icon, the PLU code corresponding to the product icon is recognized. The display control unit 407 sends the PLU code to the output unit 409.
Further, it is preferable that the display control unit 407 displays information related to the first mode and the second mode on the same screen to indicate the standby mode.
The weighing unit 405 measures the weight of the product placed on the placing table.
　出力部４０９は、印字の指示を受けると、商品の価格及び必要に応じて例えばラベルに印字する。商品の価格は、計量部から受け取った商品の重量と、表示制御部４０７から受け取ったＰＬＵコードと、あらかじめ記憶しておいた単価情報等を基にして、計算される。リンゴなど、個数で単価が設定されている場合には、個数を推定して、商品価格が計算される。 Upon receiving the printing instruction, the output unit 409 prints on the price of the product and, if necessary, on a label, for example. The price of the product is calculated based on the weight of the product received from the weighing unit, the PLU code received from the display control unit 407, the unit price information stored in advance, and the like. When the unit price is set by the number of apples, etc., the quantity is estimated and the product price is calculated.
　出力部から出力されるものは、ラベルに限られない、計量した商品に貼付するもの、商品を入れた袋に表示されるものなどでもよい。モードが携帯端末を介在させた第１のモードであり、その場で仮想的な買い物かごに価格情報が転送されるようにした場合には、ラベルには、バーコードが印字されなくてもよい。この場合、操作者は、携帯端末３０で登録された商品の精算を行なうことができるセルフＰＯＳ端末３３で精算しても良いし、セルフＰＯＳ端末３３を介さず携帯端末３０自体で電子決済しても良い。電子決済の場合、携帯端末３０は、操作者に対して、店舗の出口付近や出口付近の特定エリアで電子決済を行うように促してもよい。 The output from the output unit is not limited to the label, but may be affixed to the weighed product, displayed on the bag containing the product, or the like. When the mode is the first mode in which the mobile terminal is interposed and the price information is transferred to the virtual shopping cart on the spot, the bar code may not be printed on the label. .. In this case, the operator may make a payment with the self-POS terminal 33, which can make a payment for the product registered in the mobile terminal 30, or may make an electronic payment with the mobile terminal 30 itself without going through the self-POS terminal 33. Is also good. In the case of electronic payment, the mobile terminal 30 may urge the operator to make electronic payment in the vicinity of the exit of the store or in a specific area near the exit.
　携帯端末を持たない、通常の操作者の場合には、計量装置は、商品の価格を含む情報が含まれたラベルを印字することが望ましい。操作者は、印字されたラベルを商品の袋に貼付する。貼付されたラベルのバーコードは、精算の際にＰＯＳ端末等により読み取られ、決済が行われる。 In the case of an ordinary operator who does not have a mobile terminal, it is desirable that the weighing device print a label containing information including the price of the product. The operator attaches the printed label to the product bag. The bar code on the attached label is read by a POS terminal or the like at the time of payment, and payment is made.
　図８は、ＰＬＵファイルの一例を示したものである。 FIG. 8 shows an example of a PLU file.
　ＰＬＵファイルは、計量装置１０での計量対象となる商品毎に、ＰＬＵコード、品名、単価、重量、まとめ買い金額、アイコン名、の各項目のデータを記憶したファイルである。ＰＬＵファイルは、ストアコントローラ３１によって作成され、計量装置１０へ送信されてＲＡＭ１０３に記憶されている。 The PLU file is a file that stores data for each item of PLU code, product name, unit price, weight, bulk purchase amount, icon name for each product to be weighed by the weighing device 10. The PLU file is created by the store controller 31, transmitted to the weighing device 10, and stored in the RAM 103.
　ここで、重量のデータは、商品１個当りの平均値として設定された値である。重量のデータは、計量装置１０で計量された計量値からその商品の個数を計算するために使用されるデータである。よってこのデータは、例えばりんご等の個数売り商品にのみ設定されている。個数売りでない商品、例えば精肉などのグラム売り商品の場合は単価のデータ（グラム単価）のみを用いて値段が計算される。単価のデータは、個数売り商品については１個当りの金額、グラム売り商品については例えば１００グラム当りの金額が設定される。 Here, the weight data is a value set as an average value for each product. The weight data is data used to calculate the number of products from the weight value measured by the weighing device 10. Therefore, this data is set only for products sold in small quantities, such as apples. In the case of a product that is not sold individually, for example, a gram-sold product such as meat, the price is calculated using only the unit price data (gram unit price). For the unit price data, the price per piece is set for a piece sale product, and the price per 100 grams is set for a gram sale product, for example.
　図９は、計量装置１０の表示タッチパネルを示した図である。表示タッチパネルの待機画面１０４ｂの画面下部１０４ｄに示されるように、「商品をハカリに載せてください」が表示されている。待機画面は、待機モードの状態の一例である。なお、画面上部には、スマホアプリで計量装置を操作する際の説明が表示されている。操作者が、商品を載置すると、商品を選択するためのアイコンが表示される画面が表示されるようにしてもよい。或いは、操作者が計量装置１０の画面をタッチしても、商品が載置されたときと同様の動作が行われるようにしてもよい。 FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a display touch panel of the weighing device 10. As shown in the lower part 104d of the standby screen 104b of the display touch panel, "Please put the product on the scale" is displayed. The standby screen is an example of the standby mode state. It should be noted that at the top of the screen, an explanation when operating the weighing device with the smartphone application is displayed. When the operator places the product, a screen displaying an icon for selecting the product may be displayed. Alternatively, even when the operator touches the screen of the weighing device 10, the same operation as when the product is placed may be performed.
　操作者が携帯端末３０を用いて、シンボルコード（当該シンボルコードは、第１のシンボルコードの一例である）を読み取ると、以下に詳述する第１のモードに遷移する。操作者が、商品を載置台に載置させると、以下に詳述する第２のモードに遷移する。なお、このモードの遷移の仕方は一例である。例えば、操作者がスマホやシンボルコードの部分をタッチすれば、第１のモードに遷移してもよい。また、操作者が画面下部１０４ｄをタッチすれば第２のモードに遷移するようにしてもよい。 When the operator uses the mobile terminal 30 to read the symbol code (the symbol code is an example of the first symbol code), the mode is changed to the first mode described in detail below. When the operator places the product on the mounting table, the mode transitions to the second mode described in detail below. The method of transitioning this mode is an example. For example, if the operator touches the smartphone or the symbol code part, the mode may be changed to the first mode. Further, if the operator touches the lower part 104d of the screen, the mode may be changed to the second mode.
　図１０は、これらのモードの切り換えの動作を示すフローチャートである。以下にその動作を説明する。 FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the operation of switching between these modes. The operation will be described below.
　[Ｓ１００１]ステップＳ１００１で、計量装置１０は、計量装置のタッチ画面に、モード切換の選択画面或いはその他の画面を表示する。処理はステップＳ１００２に移る。
　[Ｓ１００２]ステップＳ１００２で、計量装置１０は、モードを切り換えることができる待機画面を表示しているか否かをチェックする。待機画面においては、二つのモードの概要が表示されており、操作者がモードの内容を把握できるようにすることが望ましい。この判断がＮｏであれば、再度ステップＳ１００２が繰り返される。この判断がＹｅｓであれば、処理はステップＳ１００４に進む。 [S1001] In step S1001, the weighing device 10 displays a mode switching selection screen or another screen on the touch screen of the weighing device. The process proceeds to step S1002.
[S1002] In step S1002, the weighing device 10 checks whether or not a standby screen on which the mode can be switched is displayed. On the standby screen, an outline of the two modes is displayed, and it is desirable that the operator can understand the contents of the modes. If this determination is No, step S1002 is repeated again. If this determination is Yes, the process proceeds to step S1004.
　[Ｓ１００４]ステップＳ１００４で、計量装置１０は、操作者の保持する携帯端末によって、画面のシンボルコードが読み取られたか否かをチェックする。なお、計量装置１０は、画面のシンボルコードを読み取る代わりに、計量装置との間でＮＦＣにより通信が確立されたかをチェックしてもよい。このチェックがＹｅｓであれば、処理は、携帯端末を使った第１のモードで計量装置を作動させるためステップＳ１０１２に進む。第１のモードの詳細は後述する。チェックかＮｏであれば、処理は、ステップＳ１００６に進む。 [S1004] In step S1004, the weighing device 10 checks whether or not the symbol code on the screen has been read by the mobile terminal held by the operator. Instead of reading the symbol code on the screen, the weighing device 10 may check whether communication with the weighing device has been established by NFC. If this check is Yes, the process proceeds to step S1012 to operate the weighing device in the first mode using the mobile terminal. Details of the first mode will be described later. If checked or No, the process proceeds to step S1006.
　[Ｓ１００６]ステップＳ１００６で、計量装置１０は、商品が載置台に乗せられたかをチェックする。商品が載置台に乗せられたということは、操作者が携帯端末を所持しておらず、マニュアルで計量装置を操作することを示している可能性が非常に高い。このため、この判断がＹｅｓであれば、第２のモードに移行するべく、処理はステップＳ１０１０に進む。なお、上述のように、操作者が、明示的にマニュアルの処理をするべく、画面をタッチしたような場合も、処理はステップＳ１０１０に進むことができる。この判断がＮｏであれば処理はステップＳ１００２に戻る。 [S1006] In step S1006, the weighing device 10 checks whether or not the product is placed on the placing table. The fact that the product is placed on the mounting table is very likely to indicate that the operator does not have a mobile terminal and operates the weighing device manually. Therefore, if this determination is Yes, the process proceeds to step S1010 in order to shift to the second mode. Note that, as described above, even when the operator touches the screen to explicitly perform the manual process, the process can proceed to step S1010. If this determination is No, the process returns to step S1002.
　[Ｓ１０１０]ステップＳ１０１０で計量装置１０は、第２のモードを実行する。第２のモードの詳細は後述する。第２のモードが終了すれば、処理はステップＳ１００１に戻る。
　[Ｓ１０１２] ステップＳ１０１２で計量装置１０は、第１のモードを実行する。第１のモードの詳細は後述する。第１のモードが終了すれば、処理はステップＳ１００１に戻る。 [S1010] In step S1010, the weighing device 10 executes the second mode. The details of the second mode will be described later. When the second mode ends, the process returns to step S1001.
[S1012] In step S1012, the weighing device 10 executes the first mode. Details of the first mode will be described later. When the first mode ends, the process returns to step S1001.
＜第１のモードの内容＞
　以下に、第１のモードの内容を説明する。第１のモードは、携帯端末を介して、タグ装置２０を操作者が操作することによって、商品を選択した場合であって、その操作者が計量装置１０を操作するときのモードである。 <Contents of the first mode>
The contents of the first mode will be described below. The first mode is a mode in which an operator selects a product by operating the tag device 20 via a mobile terminal, and the operator operates the weighing device 10.
　図１１Ａ、図１１Ｂは、携帯端末３０と計量装置１０との相互接続の態様を示した図である。 11A and 11B are diagrams showing the mode of interconnection between the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10.
　図１１Ａは、携帯端末３０のカメラが、計量装置１０に表示されたシンボルコード５６ａを読み取る様子を示した図である。携帯端末３０には、撮像されたシンボルコード５６ｂが、画面に表示されている。 FIG. 11A is a diagram showing how the camera of the mobile terminal 30 reads the symbol code 56 a displayed on the weighing device 10. The captured symbol code 56b is displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal 30.
　携帯端末３０は、シンボルコードを解析し、相互通信に必要な情報を取得する。この情報を用いて、携帯端末３０の通信装置３４４と、計量装置１０の第２通信装置１０８は、Bluetooth（登録商標）などの近距離無線通信を利用して、相互通信を確立することができる。なお、携帯端末３０に表示されたシンボルコードを計量装置１０の撮像部１１１が読み込むことで、相互通信を確立してもよい。計量装置１０と携帯端末３０は、ＮＦＣを用いて、相互通信に必要な情報を取得したりしてもよい。なお、相互通信が確立した後は、Bluetooth（登録商標）などの近距離無線通信だけでなく、他のＷｉ－Ｆｉなどの無線通信、光通信、携帯電話の広域通信網等を用いた通信が併用されてもよい。 The mobile terminal 30 analyzes the symbol code and acquires information necessary for mutual communication. Using this information, the communication device 344 of the mobile terminal 30 and the second communication device 108 of the weighing device 10 can establish mutual communication by using short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark). .. Note that the symbol code displayed on the mobile terminal 30 may be read by the imaging unit 111 of the weighing device 10 to establish mutual communication. The weighing device 10 and the mobile terminal 30 may use NFC to acquire information necessary for mutual communication. After mutual communication is established, not only short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark), but also wireless communication such as other Wi-Fi, optical communication, communication using a wide area communication network of mobile phones, etc. will be performed. It may be used together.
　図１１Ｂは、相互通信が確立され、携帯端末３０によって登録された量り売り商品の情報が計量装置に転送されたときの状況を示した図である。なお、携帯端末３０によって登録された量り売り商品の情報は、相互通信により携帯端末３０から計量装置１０に直接伝達されてもよいが、通信接続されているＰＯＳ端末３２、ストアコントローラ３１などの他の機器、サーバー装置（不図示）を経由して、計量装置１０に伝達されてもよいことは言うまでもない。 FIG. 11B is a diagram showing a situation when mutual communication is established and the information of the merchandise sold by weight registered by the mobile terminal 30 is transferred to the weighing device. The information on the weight-sold product registered by the mobile terminal 30 may be directly transmitted from the mobile terminal 30 to the weighing device 10 by mutual communication, but other information such as the POS terminal 32 and the store controller 31 connected by communication. It goes without saying that the information may be transmitted to the weighing device 10 via a device and a server device (not shown).
　図１１Ｂでは、計量装置１０の表示画面６０ａが、表示画面６０ｂとして大きく示されている。携帯端末３０は、同じ表示画面６０ｂを画面に表示してもよい。このように携帯端末３０が表示画面６０ｂを表示することによって、操作者は、携帯端末３０から計量装置１０に指示を行うことができる。なお、携帯端末３０は、表示画面６０ａのような画面を表示せずに、商品登録画面を表示してもよいことは言うまでもない。 In FIG. 11B, the display screen 60a of the weighing device 10 is shown as a large display screen 60b. The mobile terminal 30 may display the same display screen 60b on the screen. As the mobile terminal 30 displays the display screen 60b in this way, the operator can give an instruction to the weighing device 10 from the mobile terminal 30. It goes without saying that the mobile terminal 30 may display the product registration screen without displaying the screen such as the display screen 60a.
　図１１Ａは、携帯端末３０の画面表示例を示す図である。図１１Ａに示される画面には、未だ計量値が取得されていない量り売り商品であるリンゴとレモンが表示されている。この２つの量り売り商品が表示された理由は、携帯端末３０がタグ装置２０のリンゴとレモンのバーコードをカメラによって読み込むことで、これらの商品の種類を取得したためである。携帯端末３０は、操作者が商品を選択することと、操作者が持っているリンゴとレモンのそれぞれを計量することを促すために「商品を選択してその商品を台に載せてください」と報知する。
　なお、携帯端末を介したモード（第１のモード）の場合には、操作者の携帯端末が読み取った商品の種類を示すアイコンのみを表示させることが望ましい。 FIG. 11A is a diagram showing a screen display example of the mobile terminal 30. On the screen shown in FIG. 11A, apples and lemons, which are weight-selling products whose weight values have not been acquired yet, are displayed. The reason why these two products sold by weight are displayed is that the mobile terminal 30 acquires the types of these products by reading the bar codes of the apple and lemon of the tag device 20 with the camera. The mobile terminal 30 says, "Select a product and place the product on the table" to encourage the operator to select a product and weigh each of the apples and lemons that the operator has. Notify.
In the case of the mode via the mobile terminal (first mode), it is desirable to display only the icon indicating the type of the product read by the operator's mobile terminal.
　携帯端末は、他の操作者の携帯端末が読み取った商品の種類や、後述するように携帯端末を持たない操作者が第1のモードに切替わる前や第１のモードに切替った後にタグ装置２０をタッチした商品に対応する種類のアイコンは表示しないことが望ましい。なぜなら、携帯端末が他者が購入しようとしている商品のアイコンを表示しないことによって、携帯端末を使用した操作者に混乱を与えないためである。このようにすることによって、携帯端末を介して量り売り商品を購入する操作者の購入の処理を迅速化させることができる。なお、第１のモードのときに他の操作者がタグ装置２０にタッチした情報は、例えば計量装置１０のＲＡＭ１０３に記憶されるようにする。 The mobile terminal is a tag of the type of product read by the mobile terminal of another operator, and as described later, before the operator who does not have the mobile terminal switches to the first mode or after switching to the first mode. It is desirable not to display the type of icon corresponding to the product to which the device 20 is touched. This is because the mobile terminal does not display the icon of the product that the other person is going to purchase, so that the operator who uses the mobile terminal is not confused. By doing so, it is possible to speed up the purchase process of the operator who purchases the weight-sold product via the mobile terminal. Information that another operator touches the tag device 20 in the first mode is stored in the RAM 103 of the weighing device 10, for example.
　或いは、少なくとも、携帯端末は、第１のモードが開始された直後においては、操作者の携帯端末が読み取った商品の種類を示すアイコンのみを表示することが望ましい。その後においては、携帯端末が表示するアイコンの制限を緩めてもよい。 Alternatively, at least, it is desirable that the mobile terminal displays only an icon indicating the type of product read by the operator's mobile terminal immediately after the first mode is started. After that, the restriction on the icon displayed on the mobile terminal may be relaxed.
　なお、携帯端末は、商品を検索するための検索アイコンを表示画面６０ｂに表示しなくてもよい。なぜなら、操作者は、既にタグ装置２０に表示されている商品のシンボルコードを携帯端末３０によって読み込んでいるからである。なお、操作者が携帯端末３０によって商品のシンボルコードを読み取ることを忘れている場合も想定される。そのような場合には、ヘルプキー（不図示）をタッチすることで、商品検索を行えるようにしてもよい。 Note that the mobile terminal does not have to display the search icon for searching for products on the display screen 60b. This is because the operator has read the symbol code of the product already displayed on the tag device 20 with the mobile terminal 30. It is also assumed that the operator forgets to read the symbol code of the product with the mobile terminal 30. In such a case, a product search may be performed by touching a help key (not shown).
　また、計量を中止するボタン６６が表示されていてもよい。 Further, the button 66 for stopping the weighing may be displayed.
　図１２Ａ、図１２Ｂは、量り売り商品の計量値を取得する図である。図１２Ａは、リンゴのボタン６３がハイライト表示されたことを示した図である。これは、操作者が、表示画面６０ｄのリンゴのボタン６３を手指１００でタッチしたためである。この操作によって、計量装置１０の表示制御部４０７は、リンゴが計量されることを検知する。そして、表示画面にリンゴの単価が３６０．００円／Ｋｇであることが表示される。計量装置は、リンゴの単価を、例えば店舗の商品マスタから、あらかじめ取得しておくか、量り売り商品のリンゴが操作者に選択されたことに応答して、商品マスタから取得して、表示すればよい。 12A and 12B are diagrams for acquiring the measured values of the products sold by weight. FIG. 12A is a diagram showing that the apple button 63 is highlighted. This is because the operator touched the apple button 63 on the display screen 60d with the finger 100. By this operation, the display control unit 407 of the weighing device 10 detects that the apple is weighed. Then, it is displayed on the display screen that the unit price of apple is 360.00 yen/Kg. If the unit price of the apple is acquired in advance from, for example, the product master of the store, or in response to the operator selecting the apple of the weight-selling product from the product master, the weighing device displays the unit price. Good.
　図１２Ｂは、計量装置１０の表示画面７０ａが拡大された表示画面７０ｂを示す図である。その拡大された表示画面７０ｂには、「商品を載せてください」７３という報知が表示される。この報知は、操作者に対して、リンゴを載台６２に載せるように促すための報知である。また、表示画面７０ｂには、操作者にわかりやすいようにリンゴの表示７５が表示される。戻るボタン７７は、前の画面に戻って、前の表示画面を表示させるコマンドボタンである。なお、商品が既に載置されている場合には、表示画面７０ａに、「商品を載せてください」７３の報知が表示されなくてもよい。
　操作者は、この表示に応答して、操作者の手指１００によって、リンゴ８０を載台６２に載せようとしている。 FIG. 12B is a diagram showing a display screen 70b in which the display screen 70a of the weighing device 10 is enlarged. On the enlarged display screen 70b, a notification "Please place the product" 73 is displayed. This notification is a notification for prompting the operator to place the apple on the platform 62. Further, an apple display 75 is displayed on the display screen 70b so that the operator can easily understand it. The return button 77 is a command button for returning to the previous screen and displaying the previous display screen. If the product has already been placed, the notification of "Please put the product" 73 may not be displayed on the display screen 70a.
In response to this display, the operator intends to mount the apple 80 on the platform 62 with the fingers 100 of the operator.
　図１３Ａ、図１３Ｂは計量の様子を示す図である。図１３Ａは、リンゴ８０ａが載台６２に載せられていることを示す図である。表示画面９０ａ（９０ｂ）には、その計量値が１．２００６Ｋｇであること、単価が３６０．００円であること、計量値と単価に基づいて、リンゴの合計金額が４３２円であることが示されている。なお、計量装置１０は、合計金額を小数点以下を切り捨てるなどして、計算により求めればよい。 13A and 13B are diagrams showing the state of weighing. FIG. 13A is a diagram showing that the apple 80a is placed on the platform 62. The display screen 90a (90b) shows that the weighed value is 1.2006 kg, the unit price is 360.00 yen, and the total amount of apples is 432 yen based on the weighed value and the unit price. Has been done. It should be noted that the weighing device 10 may obtain the total amount of money by calculation, such as by rounding down after the decimal point.
　表示画面９０ｂには、ラベルの印字コマンドボタン９３が表示されている。なお、印字コマンドボタン９３は商品を載せて計量値が安定したときに初めて表示されるようにすることが望ましい。或いは、計量値が安定するまでは印字コマンドボタン９３は暗転し、印字コマンドボタン９３が押されても印字が行われないようにしておく。計量値が安定すると印字コマンドボタン９３が明るく表示され、印字コマンドボタン９３が押されると印字が行われるようになっていてもよい。また、表示画面９０ｂには、「プリントボタンを押してください」との報知が表示される。操作者は、自己の操作が正しいことを確認した後、印字コマンドボタン９３を操作者の手指１００でタッチする。 A label print command button 93 is displayed on the display screen 90b. It should be noted that the print command button 93 is preferably displayed only when a merchandise value is placed on the product and the measured value is stable. Alternatively, the print command button 93 is dark until the measured value is stable, and printing is not performed even if the print command button 93 is pressed. The print command button 93 may be displayed bright when the measured value is stable, and printing may be performed when the print command button 93 is pressed. In addition, a notification "Please press the print button" is displayed on the display screen 90b. After confirming that the operator's operation is correct, the operator touches the print command button 93 with the operator's finger 100.
　図１３Ｂは、印字コマンドボタン９３がタッチされた後の表示画面９５を示す図である。表示画面９５には、計量装置１０によって印字されたラベル９７を、商品の袋８１に貼付するように促す報知が表示される。なお、計量装置１０は、ラベルを印字しないようにしてもよい。また、計量装置１０は、ラベルに計量値の情報を含むシンボルコードを印字しないようにしてもよい。商品種類と計量値とは、計量装置１０の通信手段３３３から、携帯端末３０の通信手段２１５を介して、相互通信を用いて、携帯端末に転送されることが望ましい。また、計量装置１０は、商品種類と計量値（及び価格）を、通信回線を介して、店舗の他の上位装置に備えられた操作者のバスケットに保存されるように送信してもよい。価格等がバスケットに保存された場合には、計量装置１０は、ラベルに価格等を含むシンボルコードを印字しないようにすることが望ましい。図１３Ｂは、計量装置１０の画面であるが、印字されるラベルには、シンボルコードが印字されていないラベル９７が表示されている。計量装置１０は、価格等を含むシンボルコードを印字しないようにすることが望ましい。なぜなら、既にバスケットに当該商品の価格が記憶されているからである。図１３Ｂのラベル９７の例を図２５Ａに示す。 FIG. 13B is a diagram showing a display screen 95 after the print command button 93 is touched. On the display screen 95, a notification prompting the user to attach the label 97 printed by the weighing device 10 to the bag 81 of the product is displayed. The weighing device 10 may not print the label. Further, the weighing device 10 may not print the symbol code including the weighing value information on the label. It is desirable that the product type and the measured value are transferred from the communication means 333 of the weighing device 10 to the mobile terminal via the communication means 215 of the mobile terminal 30 by using mutual communication. In addition, the weighing device 10 may transmit the product type and the weighing value (and the price) via a communication line so as to be stored in an operator's basket provided in another higher-level device in the store. When the price or the like is stored in the basket, the weighing device 10 preferably does not print the symbol code including the price or the like on the label. FIG. 13B shows the screen of the weighing device 10, but the label 97 on which the symbol code is not printed is displayed on the printed label. It is desirable that the weighing device 10 not print the symbol code including the price. This is because the price of the product is already stored in the basket. An example of label 97 in FIG. 13B is shown in FIG. 25A.
　図１４Ａ、図１４Ｂは、計量値取得後の計量装置１０の表示画面６０ｅとその操作を示した図である。図１４Ａに示されるように、領域６３ａには、リンゴの表示が消えている。その理由は、すでに、リンゴの計量値が取得され、ラベルが印字されたため、計量装置１０がリンゴの表示を行う必要がないためである。 14A and 14B are diagrams showing the display screen 60e of the weighing device 10 after the weighing value is acquired and the operation thereof. As shown in FIG. 14A, the display of apples disappears in the area 63a. The reason is that the weighing device 10 does not need to display the apple because the weighing value of the apple has already been acquired and the label has been printed.
　図１４Ｂは、操作者の手指１００で、計量を中止するボタン６６がタッチされた例を示す図である。表示画面６０ｆには、レモンの表示６５ａが表示されているため、操作者は、レモンの計量を行うことが求められているが、このような状況であっても、操作者の意思に基づいて、操作者は計量を中止することができる。 FIG. 14B is a diagram showing an example in which the button 66 for stopping weighing is touched by the operator's finger 100. Since the display 65a of the lemon is displayed on the display screen 60f, the operator is required to weigh the lemon. However, even in such a situation, it is possible to perform the measurement based on the intention of the operator. The operator can stop weighing.
　図１５は、携帯端末３０と計量装置１０との連係動作を示すフローチャートである。以下、このフローの詳細を説明する。 FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the linking operation between the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10. The details of this flow will be described below.
［Ｓ２００２］携帯端末３０が、量り売り商品のシンボルコードを読み取る。これによって、携帯端末３０は、量り売り商品の種類を取得する。携帯端末３０は、取得された商品の種類を登録し、画面に表示する。この段階では、計量商品の計量値が取得されていないため、精算処理への移行は禁止される。なお、携帯端末３０を操作する操作者が会計へ進むボタンを押すことは、許容されるようにしてもよい。この場合には、携帯端末３０は、計量値が取得されていない商品を保留バスケットに入れるよう促せばよい。 [S2002] The mobile terminal 30 reads the symbol code of the product sold by weight. As a result, the mobile terminal 30 acquires the type of the product sold by weight. The mobile terminal 30 registers the acquired product type and displays it on the screen. At this stage, the measurement value of the weighed goods has not been acquired, so the transition to the settlement process is prohibited. It should be noted that the operator operating the mobile terminal 30 may be allowed to press the button for proceeding to accounting. In this case, the mobile terminal 30 may prompt the user to put the product for which the weight value has not been acquired in the holding basket.
　なお、保留バスケットとは、例えば精算時に店員の介在が必要な商品などを、他の通常の商品と区別して入れておくバスケットである。通常のバスケットに併設して、又はバスケットに仕切りを作って、保留商品を入れる領域を設けることによって、店員の介在する精算処理が迅速に行われる。なお、保留バスケットは必ず設けられなくともよい。また、携帯端末３０は、計量値を取得するよう「要計量」の報知を行って、計量値を取得するよう報知を行うことが望ましい。処理は、ステップＳ２００４に移る。 Note that, for example, a holding basket is a basket that stores products that require the intervention of a clerk at the time of payment, separately from other normal products. The settlement process with the intervention of a clerk can be carried out quickly by providing an area for storing the reserved products by attaching it to a normal basket or by making a partition in the basket. Note that the holding basket does not have to be provided. In addition, it is desirable that the mobile terminal 30 gives a notification of “necessary weighting” so as to obtain the weighted value, and gives a notification so as to obtain the weighted value. The process proceeds to step S2004.
［Ｓ２００４］携帯端末３０は、種類を取得する作業が完了したかをチェックする。このチェックで肯定的判断（ｙｅｓ）になるのは、携帯端末３０が量り売り商品のシンボルコードを読み取った後に「読取完了」のボタン（不図示）が押されるなどの確認操作がなされた時である（なお、この「読取完了」のボタンを必ず設ける必要はない）。この場合には、処理はステップＳ２００６に移る。それ以外の場合(会計へ進むボタンが押された場合など)は、否定的判断（ｎｏ）が自動的になされ、処理はステップＳ２００２に戻る。なお、操作者が、計量装置１０のシンボルコードを携帯端末３０に読み取らせた場合には、処理はＳ２００６に移るようにする。 [S2004] The mobile terminal 30 checks whether the work for acquiring the type has been completed. This check gives a positive judgment (yes) when the mobile terminal 30 reads the symbol code of the product sold by weight and then a confirmation operation such as pressing the "reading completed" button (not shown) is performed. (It is not always necessary to provide this "reading complete" button). In this case, the process proceeds to step S2006. In other cases (such as when the button to proceed to checkout is pressed), a negative determination (no) is automatically made, and the process returns to step S2002. If the operator causes the mobile terminal 30 to read the symbol code of the weighing device 10, the process proceeds to S2006.
［Ｓ２００６］携帯端末３０と計量装置１０との相互通信の情報の取得がなされる。すなわち、携帯端末３０によって、計量装置１０のシンボルコードが読み取られる。なお、ＮＦＣによる接続、携帯端末３０に表示されたシンボルコードを計量装置１０が読み取る等により接続情報を携帯端末３０が取得してもよい。処理はステップＳ２００８に移る。 [S2006] Information on mutual communication between the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10 is acquired. That is, the symbol code of the weighing device 10 is read by the mobile terminal 30. The connection information may be acquired by the mobile terminal 30 by the connection by NFC, the weighing device 10 reading the symbol code displayed on the mobile terminal 30, or the like. The process proceeds to step S2008.
［Ｓ２００８］携帯端末３０と計量装置１０との間で相互通信が確立される。Bluetooth（登録商標）などの近距離無線通信を携帯端末３０と計量装置１０とが占有する。処理はステップＳ２０１０に移る。 [S2008] Mutual communication is established between the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10. The mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10 occupy short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark). The process proceeds to step S2010.
［Ｓ２０１０］計量装置１０への操作者による操作が行われて、計量装置１０は計量値を取得する。或いは、相互通信の確立した携帯端末３０を用いて、携帯端末３０を用いた操作者による操作に応答して計量装置１０が、計量値を取得してもよい。計量装置１０から携帯端末３０が計量値を取得し、登録する。携帯端末３０は、計量値が取得された商品の欄の表示態様を変更して、計量値が取得された旨がわかるようにしてもよい。また、携帯端末３０は、計量値と単価から、価格を計算して、価格を表示してもよい。処理はステップＳ２０１２に移る。 [S2010] The weighing device 10 is operated by an operator, and the weighing device 10 acquires a weighing value. Alternatively, using the mobile terminal 30 with established mutual communication, the weighing device 10 may acquire the measured value in response to the operation by the operator using the mobile terminal 30. The mobile terminal 30 acquires the measured value from the measuring device 10 and registers it. The mobile terminal 30 may change the display mode of the column of the product for which the weight value has been acquired so that the user can know that the weight value has been acquired. Further, the mobile terminal 30 may calculate the price from the measured value and the unit price and display the price. The process proceeds to step S2012.
［Ｓ２０１２］計量装置１０は、取得した全ての計量すべき商品の種類の計量値を取得したかをチェックする。このチェックが否定的（ｎｏ）であれば、処理は、ステップＳ２０１０に戻る。このチェックが、肯定的（ｙｅｓ）であれば、処理は、ステップＳ２０１４に移る。 [S2012] The weighing device 10 checks whether or not the measured values of all the acquired product types to be weighed have been acquired. If this check is negative (no), the process returns to step S2010. If this check is affirmative (yes), the process proceeds to step S2014.
［Ｓ２０１４］計量装置１０は、精算処理への移行の禁止を解除する。そして、相互通信が切断される。
　以上で、計量装置１０と携帯端末３０との連係動作が終了する。 [S2014] The weighing device 10 releases the prohibition of the shift to the settlement process. Then, mutual communication is disconnected.
This completes the linking operation between the weighing device 10 and the mobile terminal 30.
　なお、携帯端末３０と計量装置１０とがBluetooth（登録商標）など（Wi-Fi、NFC等の電波を用いた接続方法）で接続している状態で、操作者が、例えば計量装置１０に対して一定時間何もしなかった場合には、タイムアウトとなり、携帯端末３０と計量装置１０との接続を切断してもよい。
　このような場合には、計量装置１０と携帯端末３０との接続中に操作者が立ち去ったと推定できる。そして、タイムアウトにより、その処理を強制的に終了させることで、次の操作者（顧客）が計量装置１０を使用することを可能とさせることができる。 In a state where the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10 are connected by Bluetooth (registered trademark) or the like (a connection method using radio waves such as Wi-Fi and NFC), the operator can, for example, connect to the weighing device 10. If nothing is done for a certain period of time, a timeout may occur and the connection between the mobile terminal 30 and the weighing device 10 may be disconnected.
In such a case, it can be estimated that the operator has left while the weighing device 10 and the mobile terminal 30 are connected. Then, by forcibly terminating the process by the timeout, it is possible to enable the next operator (customer) to use the weighing device 10.
＜第２のモードの内容＞
　以下に、第２のモードの内容を説明する。第２のモードは、携帯端末３０を介さないで、タグ装置２０を操作者が操作することによって、商品を選択した場合であって、その操作者が計量装置１０を操作するときのモードである。 <Details of the second mode>
The contents of the second mode will be described below. The second mode is a mode in which an operator selects a product by operating the tag device 20 without going through the mobile terminal 30, and the operator operates the weighing device 10. ..
　図１６は、携帯端末３０を介さないで、タグ装置２０をタッチした操作者によって選択された商品に対応するアイコンテーブルを示す図である。このアイコンテーブルは、計量装置１０のＲＡＭ１０３に作成されて記憶されてもよい。アイコンテーブルには、ＰＬＵコード、アイコンカウンタ、時刻メモリ、表示優先度、選択可能、などの各項目のデータが記憶される。このアイコンテーブルは、計量装置１０が表示タッチパネル１０４の画面上に表示する商品のアイコンを管理するために使用される。ここで、表示タッチパネル１０４に同時に表示できるアイコンの数は限られている。アイコンテーブルは、４までのエントリが示されているが、それ以上のエントリを持つよう設計されることが望ましい。各番号は、たとえば表示タッチパネル１０４の画面の左上からのアイコンの表示の順番を示す。 FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an icon table corresponding to a product selected by the operator who touches the tag device 20 without using the mobile terminal 30. This icon table may be created and stored in the RAM 103 of the weighing device 10. The icon table stores data for each item such as a PLU code, an icon counter, a time memory, a display priority, and selectability. This icon table is used for managing the product icons displayed on the screen of the display touch panel 104 by the weighing device 10. Here, the number of icons that can be simultaneously displayed on the display touch panel 104 is limited. Although the icon table shows up to 4 entries, it is desirable to design it to have more entries. Each number indicates, for example, the order in which the icons are displayed from the upper left of the screen of the display touch panel 104.
　具体的に、計量装置１０は、タグ装置２０からＰＬＵコードを受信すると、そのＰＬＵコードがアイコンテーブルに存在するか判定し、存在しない場合、空いているエントリに当該ＰＬＵコードを新しく追加し、アイコンカウンタの数値を「１」に設定し時刻メモリの値をその時刻に設定する。そして、計量装置１０は、例えば、操作者が、計量装置を操作し始めたときに、存在するエントリに優先度１を設定し、選択可能の欄を１に設定して、それぞれのアイコンを表示させる。 Specifically, when the weighing device 10 receives the PLU code from the tag device 20, it determines whether the PLU code exists in the icon table, and if it does not exist, adds a new PLU code to an empty entry and displays the icon. Set the value of the counter to "1" and set the value of the time memory to that time. Then, for example, when the operator starts operating the weighing device, the weighing device 10 sets the priority 1 for the existing entry, sets the selectable column to 1, and displays each icon. Let me.
　そして、操作者が計量装置１０を操作している最中に、他の操作者がタグ装置２０にタッチしたことにより、計量装置１０がＰＬＵコードを受信した場合には、アイコンテーブルに、そのエントリを加える。その際、計量装置１０は、操作者に混乱等を与えないように、例えば、アイコンの優先度の設定を０に設定し、アイコンの表示を禁止することとしてもよい。或いは、計量装置１０は、優先度０のエントリは、グレー表示としたり、アイコンの大きさを小さくしたり、点滅させたりしてもよい。また、例えば、計量装置１０は、選択可能の欄に０を設定することで、操作者が選択できないようにしてもよい。 Then, when another operator touches the tag device 20 while the operator is operating the weighing device 10, and the weighing device 10 receives the PLU code, the entry is entered in the icon table. Add. At this time, the weighing device 10 may set the priority of the icon to 0 and prohibit the display of the icon, for example, so as not to confuse the operator. Alternatively, the weighing device 10 may gray out the entry of priority 0, reduce the size of the icon, or blink the icon. Further, for example, the weighing device 10 may set the selectable field to 0 so that the operator cannot select it.
　或いは、既にアイコンが表示されている場合には、計量装置１０は、表示されているアイコンカウンタの値をインクリメントしてもよい。計量装置１０は、画面上にも、アイコンにカウンタの値を表示させてもよい。 Alternatively, if the icon is already displayed, the weighing device 10 may increment the value of the displayed icon counter. The weighing device 10 may display the value of the counter on the screen as an icon.
　また、アイコンテーブルには、上述した携帯端末３０を介した操作者のエントリを含ませてもよい。この場合、計量装置１０は、操作者の識別コードなどを合わせて記憶することによって、所定の操作者が操作している際に表示する所定のアイコンを特定できるようにしてもよい。 Further, the icon table may include an entry of the operator via the mobile terminal 30 described above. In this case, the weighing device 10 may be able to identify a predetermined icon to be displayed when the predetermined operator is operating by storing the operator's identification code and the like together.
　また、計量装置１０は、受信したＰＬＵコードがアイコンテーブルに存在する場合には、既にそのＰＬＵコードが存在している当該エントリのアイコンカウンタの数値を１つ増加させ、時刻メモリの値をその時の時刻に設定する。そして、この場合、計量装置１０は、その商品のアイコンは既に表示されている場合には画面上の表示は変更しない（カウンタの値だけ更新してもよい）。 If the received PLU code is present in the icon table, the weighing device 10 increments the value of the icon counter of the entry for which the PLU code already exists by one and sets the value in the time memory at that time. Set to time. Then, in this case, the weighing device 10 does not change the display on the screen when the icon of the product has already been displayed (may update only the value of the counter).
　計量装置１０は、優先度が１でないエントリのＰＬＵコードが再度受信された場合には、ＰＬＵコードが存在している当該エントリのアイコンカウンタの数値を１つ増加させ、時刻メモリの値をその時刻に設定する。この場合、そのアイコンの表示の態様は維持されるようにしてもよい。
　こうして、計量装置１０が同じ商品のＰＬＵコードが受信される毎に、アイコンカウンタの数値が１ずつ増加していく。 When the PLU code of the entry whose priority is not 1 is received again, the weighing device 10 increments the value of the icon counter of the entry in which the PLU code exists by one, and sets the value of the time memory to that time. Set to. In this case, the display mode of the icon may be maintained.
In this way, each time the weighing device 10 receives the PLU code of the same product, the numerical value of the icon counter is incremented by 1.
　そして、操作者が操作を終え、次の操作者が計量装置を操作するまで、計量装置１０は、例えば、アイコンテーブルに登録されているエントリのすべての表示優先度を１に変更する。このことにより、操作者による計量装置１０の操作のときに、現在アイコンテーブルにエントリされているアイコンが表示される。 Then, until the operator finishes the operation and the next operator operates the weighing device, the weighing device 10 changes, for example, the display priority of all the entries registered in the icon table to 1. As a result, when the operator operates the weighing device 10, the icon currently entered in the icon table is displayed.
　なお、上記の表示優先度及び選択可能の欄の設定値と表示の態様は、一例であり、その他の表示態様の設定を行ってもよいことは言うまでもない。 Note that the setting values and display modes in the display priority and selectable fields described above are examples, and it goes without saying that other display modes may be set.
　また、アイコンの時刻が現在時刻から所定の時間よりも前である場合には、操作者の操作ミスであることが推定されるため、計量装置１０は、アイコンの表示を禁止するとともに、アイコンのエントリを消去することが望ましい。 If the time of the icon is earlier than the current time by a predetermined time, it is estimated that the operator has made an operation error. Therefore, the weighing device 10 prohibits the display of the icon and It is desirable to clear the entry.
　また、計量装置１０は、表示タッチパネル１０４の画面上に表示したアイコンが操作者によって選択され、対応する商品の計量が実行されてラベルを発行すると、アイコンテーブルにおけるその商品のＰＬＵコードのエントリについて、アイコンカウンタの数値を１つ減少させる。そして、その結果アイコンカウンタの数値が「０」になった場合は、計量装置１０は、そのエントリをアイコンテーブルから削除するとともに、画面上から当該商品のアイコンを消去する。アイコンカウンタの数値が「０」でない場合、計量装置１０は、エントリの削除とアイコンの消去は行わない。 Further, when the operator selects an icon displayed on the screen of the display touch panel 104 and the corresponding product is weighed and a label is issued, the weighing device 10 issues a PLU code entry for the product in the icon table. Decrease the value of the icon counter by one. Then, when the numerical value of the icon counter becomes "0" as a result, the weighing device 10 deletes the entry from the icon table and deletes the icon of the product from the screen. When the numerical value of the icon counter is not “0”, the weighing device 10 does not delete the entry and delete the icon.
　このように、アイコンカウンタは、その商品についてまだ計量が済んでいない操作者の数を表している。計量装置１０は、このアイコンカウンタが「０」になるまでは表示タッチパネル１０４の画面上に当該商品のアイコンが表示され続ける。 In this way, the icon counter represents the number of operators who have not yet weighed the product. The weighing device 10 continues to display the icon of the product on the screen of the display touch panel 104 until the icon counter becomes “0”.
　なお、操作者による計量装置１０への操作の最中である期間は、上述のように、操作者が商品を載置してから、ラベルをプリントアウトするまでの期間として扱った。 Note that the period during which the operator is operating the weighing device 10 was treated as the period from when the operator puts the product to when the label is printed out, as described above.
　しかしながら、操作者が計量装置１０の前にその後も留まっている場合には、複数の商品の計量を行う可能性が高い。操作者が、計量装置１０を離れるまでは、計量装置１０は、操作者の操作が継続していると判断して、アイコンの表示の態様をそのまま維持するようにしてもよい。例えば、計量装置１０に人感センサを設けて、操作者が離れたかを感知したり、操作者の顔を認識して、同じ操作者が計量装置の前に存在するかを検知したりすることで、計量装置１０は、操作者の操作が終了したかを検知するようにしてもよい。或いは、所定の時間、計量装置１０に載置されない場合には、計量装置１０は、操作者の操作が終了したと認識してもよい。 However, if the operator stays in front of the weighing device 10 after that, there is a high possibility of weighing multiple products. Until the operator leaves the weighing device 10, the weighing device 10 may determine that the operation of the operator is continuing and maintain the display mode of the icon as it is. For example, a motion sensor may be provided in the weighing device 10 to detect whether the operator has left, or to recognize the face of the operator to detect whether the same operator is in front of the weighing device. Therefore, the weighing device 10 may detect whether or not the operation of the operator has been completed. Alternatively, when the weighing device 10 is not placed on the weighing device 10 for a predetermined time, the weighing device 10 may recognize that the operation of the operator is completed.
　図１７Ａ、図１７Ｂは、操作者が商品を計量装置に載置したときの状態を示した図である。図１７Ａに示されるように、操作者が商品リンゴ４０－２を載置している。 17A and 17B are diagrams showing a state in which an operator places a product on the weighing device. As shown in FIG. 17A, the operator places the product apple 40-2.
　図１７Ｂに示されるように、商品が載置されると、計量装置１０は、表示タッチパネル１０４に、重量が計算され０．３６０６Ｋｇである旨を表示する。そして、計量装置１０は、「商品を選択してくださいと」説明を表示する。また、計量装置１０は、リンゴのアイコン１０４Ｐと、レモンのアイコン１０４Ｑを表示する。これらのアイコンが表示されている理由は、既に操作者が、リンゴとレモンのタグ装置２０をタッチしていたからである。 As shown in FIG. 17B, when the product is placed, the weighing device 10 displays on the display touch panel 104 that the weight is calculated and is 0.3606 kg. Then, the weighing device 10 displays the explanation “Please select a product”. The weighing device 10 also displays an apple icon 104P and a lemon icon 104Q. The reason why these icons are displayed is that the operator has already touched the apple and lemon tag device 20.
　なお、計量装置１０は、商品が載置された時点においては、載置された商品の認識を撮像部１１１に開始させないようにしてもよい。なぜなら、計量装置１０の表示タッチパネル１０４ｃには、操作者が選択するべき候補のアイコンが、通常は表示されるためである。表示タッチパネル１０４ｃに、アイコンが表示されていない場合、或いは、後述するように、操作者によってサーチキー１０４Ｙがタッチされた場合には、計量装置１０は、撮像部１１１により認識された商品の候補に対応するアイコンを表示してもよい。 Note that the weighing device 10 may not cause the imaging unit 111 to start recognition of the placed product when the product is placed. This is because the candidate icons to be selected by the operator are normally displayed on the display touch panel 104c of the weighing device 10. When the icon is not displayed on the display touch panel 104c, or when the search key 104Y is touched by the operator as described later, the weighing device 10 becomes a product candidate recognized by the imaging unit 111. The corresponding icon may be displayed.
　なお、計量装置１０は、計量を中止するボタン１０４Ｘ、他の商品を選択するためのサーチキー１０４Ｙを表示してもよい。 Note that the weighing device 10 may display a button 104X for stopping weighing and a search key 104Y for selecting another product.
　操作者の操作中に中止するボタン１０４Ｘがタッチされた場合には、計量装置１０は、待機画面（例えば前の画面）に戻り、選択されていたアイコンを非選択とし、表示していたアイコンをクリアせずに、所定時間が経つまでその画面を表示してもよい。所定時間が経つと、計量装置１０は、例えば、図９の待機画面を表示してもよい。 When the cancel button 104X is touched during the operation of the operator, the weighing device 10 returns to the standby screen (for example, the previous screen), deselects the selected icon, and displays the displayed icon. The screen may be displayed until a predetermined time passes without clearing it. After a lapse of a predetermined time, the weighing device 10 may display the standby screen of FIG. 9, for example.
　或いは、後述する各種の変形例などで示されているように、計量装置１０は、ある画面に異なる表示態様でアイコンを表示しているときに、中止するボタン１０４Ｘがタッチされた場合には、待機画面（例えば図９の画面）に戻り、操作者が再度操作を進めると全てのアイコンを同じ表示態様で表示してもよい。 Alternatively, as shown in various modifications described later, when the stop button 104X is touched while the weighing device 10 is displaying the icon in a different display mode on a certain screen, the weighing device 10 is displayed. All icons may be displayed in the same display mode when the operator returns to the standby screen (for example, the screen of FIG. 9) and advances the operation again.
　また、サーチキー１０４Ｙがタッチされた場合には、計量装置１０は、撮像部１１１により載置された商品を非接触にパターン認識し、パターン認識結果に基づいて、商品を検索できるようにしてもよい（不図示：商品認識部）。そして、計量装置１０は、操作者に認識候補を選択させるようにしてもよい。或いは、計量装置１０は、文字入力キーを表示して、操作者が商品の名前の一部を入力することにより、商品を検索できるようにしてもよい。複数の検索結果候補が存在する場合には、計量装置１０は、操作者にその複数の候補を表示画面に提示し、操作者に選択を促すようにしてもよい。 Further, when the search key 104Y is touched, the weighing device 10 recognizes the product placed on the imaging unit 111 in a non-contact pattern, and makes it possible to search for the product based on the pattern recognition result. Good (not shown: product recognition unit). Then, the weighing device 10 may allow the operator to select a recognition candidate. Alternatively, the weighing device 10 may display a character input key so that the operator can search for a product by inputting a part of the name of the product. When there are a plurality of search result candidates, the weighing device 10 may present the plurality of candidates on the display screen to the operator and prompt the operator to make a selection.
　また、サーチキー１０４Ｙが表示されていない場合において、操作者の操作が所定時間経過したときは、計量装置１０は、サーチキー１０４Ｙを表示してもよい。第２のモードが切り換わった直後は、計量装置１０は、モードが切り換わった後にエントリされた商品のアイコンを表示しないようにしてもよい。 Further, when the search key 104Y is not displayed and the operation of the operator elapses for a predetermined time, the weighing device 10 may display the search key 104Y. Immediately after the second mode is switched, the weighing device 10 may not display the icon of the product entered after the mode is switched.
　また、計量装置１０は、１つの商品に対する計量と、それに伴うラベルの印刷が終わると、第１の操作者の操作が終わった旨を宣言する操作完了ボタン（図２０、１０４Ｚ）を、計量装置１０の画面に表示してもよい。操作者が操作完了ボタン（図２０、１０４Ｚ）を押すと、計量装置１０は、中止するボタン１０４Ｘと同様に待機画面に戻り、操作者が選択した商品に対応するアイコン全てを同じ表示態様になるようにしてもよい。 In addition, when the weighing device 10 finishes weighing for one product and printing of the label associated therewith, the weighing device 10 pushes an operation completion button (104Z in FIG. 20,) for declaring that the operation by the first operator is finished. It may be displayed on 10 screens. When the operator presses the operation completion button (FIGS. 20, 104Z), the weighing device 10 returns to the standby screen in the same manner as the stop button 104X, and all the icons corresponding to the products selected by the operator are displayed in the same display mode. You may do so.
　図１８Ａ、図１８Ｂは、計量装置１０での商品選択の例を示す図である。図１８Ａに示されるように、操作者は、リンゴのアイコン１０４Ｐを選択している。 18A and 18B are diagrams showing an example of product selection in the weighing device 10. As shown in FIG. 18A, the operator has selected the apple icon 104P.
　図１８Ｂの画面１０４ｅでは、りんご1個の単価１２０円が表示されており、合計が３６０円であることが示される。また、プリントボタン１０４Ｔが表示されている。また、戻るボタン１０４Ｓが表示されている。 On the screen 104e of FIG. 18B, a unit price of 120 yen for one apple is displayed, which indicates that the total cost is 360 yen. A print button 104T is also displayed. Also, a return button 104S is displayed.
　この図１８（Ｂ）の画面においても、或いは後述のラベルの印刷を指示できる画面や印刷を説明する画面中（図１９（Ａ）又は（Ｂ）の画面）においても、第１の操作者がタッチすることが可能であったアイコンの集合を、画面の一部に小さく表示し、操作者がアイコンの集合を見えるようにすると共に、操作者が選択指示できるようにしてもよい。このようにすることによって、操作者がアイコンを押下することで、操作の途中で商品データを入れ替えることも可能となる。このような表示を行うことによって、操作者が操作ミスした場合であっても、例えば図１７Ｂの画面まで戻ることなく、正しい商品を選択し直すことができる。 In this screen of FIG. 18B, or in the screen for instructing printing of a label described later or in the screen for explaining printing (screen of FIG. 19A or B), the first operator The set of icons that could be touched may be displayed small on a part of the screen so that the operator can see the set of icons and the operator can instruct the selection. By doing so, it is possible for the operator to press the icon and replace the product data in the middle of the operation. By performing such a display, even if the operator makes an operation error, the correct product can be selected again without returning to the screen of FIG. 17B, for example.
　図１９Ａ、図１９Ｂは、ラベルをプリントする様子を示した図である。図１９Ａの画面１０４ｆに示されるように、操作者は、表示された商品を購入するべく、プリントボタン１０４Ｔにタッチしている。この操作によって、ラベルが印字される。 19A and 19B are views showing how a label is printed. As shown in the screen 104f of FIG. 19A, the operator touches the print button 104T in order to purchase the displayed product. By this operation, the label is printed.
　図１９Ｂに示される画面１０４ｇに、ラベルＬを商品の袋に貼るためのガイダンスが表示されている。操作者は、このガイダンスに従って、印字されたラベルを商品の袋に貼ればよい。ラベルには、価格を含むシンボルコードＬ１（シンボルコードＬ１は、第２のシンボルコードの一例である）が印字されていることが分かる。図１９ＢのラベルＬの例を図２５Ｂに示す。 Guidance for attaching the label L to the product bag is displayed on the screen 104g shown in FIG. 19B. The operator may adhere the printed label to the bag of the product according to this guidance. It can be seen that the label is printed with the symbol code L1 including the price (the symbol code L1 is an example of the second symbol code). An example of label L in FIG. 19B is shown in FIG. 25B.
　図２０Ａ、図２０Ｂは、アイコンの表示態様の一例を示した図である。図２０Ａに示すように、リンゴのラベルが印字されたため、リンゴのアイコン（１０４Ｐ）は消えている。 20A and 20B are diagrams showing an example of the display mode of the icon. As shown in FIG. 20A, the apple icon (104P) disappears because the apple label is printed.
　図２０Ｂは、商品のアイコンが表示されている様子を示す図である。画面１０４ｊは、操作者がタグ装置２０へのタッチを終了し、この操作者の操作の最中に他の操作者がタグ装置２０をタッチした場合に表示される画面例を示す。画面１０４ｊに示されるように、新たな商品がエントリされ、このエントリに基づいて、商品のアイコンが表示される。新たに、リンゴとレモンとオレンジがエントリされたため、画面１０４ｊには、リンゴのアイコンが再度表示されている。また、画面１０４ｊには、オレンジのアイコン１０４Ｑが新たに表示されている。 FIG. 20B is a diagram showing a state where the product icon is displayed. The screen 104j shows an example of a screen displayed when an operator finishes touching the tag device 20 and another operator touches the tag device 20 during the operation of this operator. As shown on screen 104j, a new product is entered and the product icon is displayed based on this entry. Since apples, lemons, and oranges have been newly entered, the apple icon is displayed again on the screen 104j. Further, an orange icon 104Q is newly displayed on the screen 104j.
　なお、レモンのアイコンには、２の数値を示すカウンタ値１０４Ｖが表示されている。レモンについては、２名の操作者が購入する予定であることがわかる。なお、カウンタ値が１の場合には、計量装置１０は、図２０Ｂに示すように、カウンタ値の表示を省略してもよい。すでに説明したように、カウンタ値が２以上の商品のアイコンについては、計量装置１０は、操作者の操作が終了したときにカウンタ値をデクリメントした値を表示して、アイコンを消去しない。 The lemon icon displays a counter value of 104V, which indicates a value of 2. It can be seen that two operators are planning to purchase lemons. When the counter value is 1, the weighing device 10 may omit the display of the counter value, as shown in FIG. 20B. As described above, for the icon of the product having the counter value of 2 or more, the weighing device 10 displays the value obtained by decrementing the counter value when the operation of the operator is completed, and does not delete the icon.
　図２０Ａの画面から図２０Ｂの画面に遷移する契機の例としては、所定の時間が経過したとき、新たに商品が載置されたとき、操作完了ボタン１０４Ｚが押されたとき、などが挙げられる。なお、操作完了ボタン１０４Ｚは、他の画面において表示されてもよい。或いは、図９に示す待機画面以外の全ての画面で、操作完了ボタンが表示されてもよい。
　なお、計量装置１０は、図２０Ｂの画面を表示する前に、図９の待機画面１０４ｂを表示させ、操作者が商品を載置したら、図２０Ｂを表示してもよい。 Examples of the trigger for transitioning from the screen of FIG. 20A to the screen of FIG. 20B include when a predetermined time has elapsed, when a new product is placed, when the operation completion button 104Z is pressed, and the like. .. The operation completion button 104Z may be displayed on another screen. Alternatively, the operation completion button may be displayed on all screens other than the standby screen shown in FIG.
The weighing device 10 may display the standby screen 104b of FIG. 9 before displaying the screen of FIG. 20B, and may display FIG. 20B when the operator places a product.
　例えば、第１の操作者の操作開始時刻Ｔ１までに、商品Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃにそれぞれ対応するタグ装置がタッチされていた場合、計量装置１０は、商品Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃにそれぞれ対応するアイコンを表示する。計量装置１０は、商品Ａを計量し、ラベルを印字すると、取引が完了して画面が切り換わることとなる。計量装置１０は、この第１の操作者の操作開始時刻Ｔ１の後に、操作者によってタッチされたタグ装置に対応する商品Ｄ、Ｅ、Ｆのアイコンも併せて表示してもよい。すなわち、計量装置１０は、商品Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ、Ｅ、Ｆのアイコンを表示してもよい。 For example, when the tag devices corresponding to the products A, B, and C are touched by the operation start time T1 of the first operator, the weighing device 10 displays icons corresponding to the products A, B, and C, respectively. Is displayed. When the weighing device 10 weighs the product A and prints the label, the transaction is completed and the screen is switched. The weighing device 10 may also display the icons of the products D, E, and F corresponding to the tag device touched by the operator after the operation start time T1 of the first operator. That is, the weighing device 10 may display the icons of the products B, C, D, E, and F.
　なお、商品Ｄ、Ｅ、Ｆのアイコンの表示態様は、商品Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃの表示態様と異なるようにしてもよいし、同じ表示態様であってもよい。表示態様を異ならせた場合には、例えば操作開始時刻Ｔ１から所定時間が経過した場合、または操作完了ボタン（図２０、１０４Ｚ）などが操作者に押された場合には、商品Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ、Ｅ、Ｆのアイコンが同じ態様で表示されるようにしてもよい。 The display mode of the icons of the products D, E, and F may be different from the display mode of the products A, B, and C, or may be the same display mode. When the display mode is changed, for example, when a predetermined time has elapsed from the operation start time T1, or when the operation completion button (104Z in FIG. 20, etc.) is pressed by the operator, the products B, C, The D, E, and F icons may be displayed in the same manner.
＜実施形態２＞ <Embodiment 2>
　第１の操作者の操作開始時刻Ｔ２までに、商品Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃにそれぞれ対応するタグ装置がタッチされていた場合、所定の状況にならなければ、計量装置１０は、第の１の操作者が操作開始時刻Ｔ２の後に操作者によってタッチされたタグ装置に対応する商品Ｄ、Ｅ、Ｆのアイコンを表示しないようにしてもよい。或いは、計量装置１０は、商品Ｄ、Ｅ、Ｆのアイコンを表示態様を異ならせて表示してもよい。上記所定の状況として、例えば、商品Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃの計量及び印字までの全てが完了したこと、操作完了ボタン（図２０Ａ、１０４Ｚ）などが操作者により押されたこと、操作開始時刻Ｔ２から所定時間が経過したことなどが挙げられる。 If the tag devices corresponding to the products A, B, and C are touched by the operation start time T2 of the first operator, and if the predetermined situation is not reached, the weighing device 10 performs the first operation. The person may not display the icons of the products D, E, and F corresponding to the tag devices touched by the operator after the operation start time T2. Alternatively, the weighing device 10 may display the icons of the products D, E, and F in different display modes. As the above-mentioned predetermined situations, for example, all of the products A, B, and C up to weighing and printing have been completed, the operation completion button (FIGS. 20A, 104Z) has been pressed by the operator, and the operation start time T2. Examples include the passage of a predetermined time.
＜変形例１＞ <Modification example 1>
　図２１は、アイコンの表示態様の一例を示す図である。計量装置１０は、操作者が計量装置１０を操作する前にエントリされた商品のアイコンを領域Ａに表示する。操作者は、領域Ａに表示された商品のアイコンを選択することができる。 FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of the display mode of the icon. The weighing device 10 displays the icon of the product entered before the operator operates the weighing device 10 in the area A. The operator can select the product icon displayed in the area A.
　計量装置１０は、操作者が計量装置１０を操作中にエントリされた商品のアイコンを、領域Ｂに表示する。計量装置１０は、領域Ｂに表示されたアイコンは、操作者がエントリしたものではないため、計量装置１０は、領域Ｂに表示されたアイコンを、グレーアウトの表示にしたり、色を変えたり、選択できないようにすることが望ましい。 The weighing device 10 displays the icon of the product entered while the operator is operating the weighing device 10 in the area B. In the weighing device 10, the icon displayed in the area B is not entered by the operator. Therefore, the weighing device 10 displays the icon displayed in the area B in gray out, changes the color, or selects the icon. It is desirable not to be able to do it.
＜変形例２＞
　図２２は、アイコンの表示態様の一例を示す図である。計量装置１０は、操作者が操作中にエントリされた商品のアイコンを領域Ａに表示する。操作者は、領域Ａに表示された商品のアイコンを選択することができる。 <Modification 2>
FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of icons. The weighing device 10 displays, in the area A, the icon of the product entered by the operator during the operation. The operator can select the product icon displayed in the area A.
　計量装置１０は、操作者が計量装置１０を操作中にエントリされた商品のアイコンを、領域Ｂに表示する。領域Ｂに表示されたアイコンは、操作者がエントリしたものではないため、計量装置１０は、領域Ａに表示されたアイコンよりも小さなアイコンで表示する。計量装置１０は、領域Ｂに表示されたアイコンを、グレーアウトの表示にしたり、色を変えたり、選択できないようにすることが望ましい。 The weighing device 10 displays the icon of the product entered while the operator is operating the weighing device 10 in the area B. Since the icon displayed in the area B is not entered by the operator, the weighing device 10 displays the icon smaller than the icon displayed in the area A. It is desirable that the weighing device 10 display the icon displayed in the area B in gray-out, change the color, and prevent selection.
＜変形例３＞
　図２３は、アイコンの表示態様の一例を示す図である。計量装置１０は、操作者が商品をエントリした時刻から現在までの時刻までの経過時間が長いほど、アイコンの大きさを変える。また、計量装置１０は、操作者が商品をエントリした時刻から現在までの時刻までの経過時間が長いほど、アイコンを上位に表示させる。上位に表示されたアイコンは、操作者が選択する可能性が高いアイコンであり、下部に小さく表示されたアイコンは、操作者の操作中に他の操作者がエントリしたアイコンである可能性が高い。操作者は、上位に大きく表示されたアイコンに注目して、容易に商品を選択することができる。なお、この場合、小さく表示されたアイコンは、操作者が選択できないようにしてもよい。また、計量装置１０は、経過時間が所定の時間よりも長いアイコンの表示を禁止するとともに、エントリを削除することが望ましい。これは、操作者が誤って商品をエントリした可能性が高いためである。 <Modification 3>
FIG. 23 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of icons. The weighing device 10 changes the size of the icon as the elapsed time from the time when the operator enters the product to the time until the present is longer. Further, the weighing device 10 displays the icon at a higher position as the elapsed time from the time when the operator enters the product to the time until the present is longer. The icon displayed at the top is an icon that is likely to be selected by the operator, and the icon displayed small at the bottom is likely to be an icon entered by another operator during the operation of the operator. .. The operator can easily select the product by paying attention to the icon displayed in a large size at the top. In this case, the operator may not be allowed to select the icon displayed in a small size. Further, it is desirable that the weighing device 10 prohibits the display of an icon whose elapsed time is longer than a predetermined time and deletes the entry. This is because there is a high possibility that the operator mistakenly entered the product.
＜変形例４＞
　計量装置１０は、第１の操作者が最初に操作し始めてからの時間をタイマで計測してもよい。そして、計量装置１０は、所定時間（例えば３分）までは、第１の操作者が計量装置の操作を開始するタイミングまでに押された商品のアイコンしか表示しないようにしてもよい。すなわち、計量装置１０は、たとえ第１の操作者が、商品を１品だけ計量しラベルの印字を完了したとしても、第１の操作者が計量装置１０を操作し始めたタイミング以降に第２の操作者などによって選択された商品のアイコンを表示しないようにしてもよい。ただし、第１の操作者が上記所定時間までに、表示されているアイコンに対応する全ての商品の計量及びラベルの印字まで完了した場合には、計量装置１０は、第２の操作者が上記タイミング以降に選択した商品のアイコンを表示してもよい。 <Modification 4>
The weighing device 10 may measure the time from the first operation by the first operator with a timer. Then, the weighing device 10 may display only the icon of the product pushed by the time when the first operator starts the operation of the weighing device until a predetermined time (for example, 3 minutes). That is, even if the first operator weighs only one product and completes the printing of the label, the weighing device 10 has the second operator after the timing when the first operator starts operating the weighing device 10. The icon of the product selected by the operator of the above may not be displayed. However, if the first operator completes the weighing of all the products corresponding to the displayed icons and the printing of the labels by the predetermined time, the second operator of the weighing device 10 will perform the above. You may display the icon of the product selected after the timing.
＜変形例５＞
　また、計量装置１０は、上記タイマが所定時間に達した場合には、たとえ第１の操作者が選択した商品のアイコンの表示がまだ残っていたとしても、第２の操作者以降が上記タイミング以降に選択した商品のアイコンを表示してもよい。この際、計量装置１０は、タイマが所定時間に達した瞬間に、第２の操作者以降が上記タイミング以降に選択した商品のアイコンを表示してもよい。しかし、計量装置１０は、所定時間に達しても直ちに表示を変更するのではなく、所定時間に達し、ラベル発行処理が完了した後に第２の操作者以降の操作者が前記タイミング以降に選択した商品のアイコンを表示してもよい。 <Modification 5>
Further, in the weighing device 10, when the timer reaches a predetermined time, even if the display of the product icon selected by the first operator still remains, the timing of the second and subsequent operators is the same. The icon of the selected product may be displayed thereafter. At this time, the weighing device 10 may display the icon of the product selected by the second operator or later after the above timing at the moment when the timer reaches the predetermined time. However, the weighing device 10 does not change the display immediately after reaching the predetermined time, but reaches the predetermined time, and after the label issuing process is completed, the second and subsequent operators select after the timing. You may display the product icon.
＜実施形態３＞
　図２４Ａ、図２４Ｂは、計量装置１０の動作の実施形態を示すフローチャートである。
　図２４Ａは、タグ装置からの商品選択に関する情報を監視し、常にその情報を受け取るフローチャートである。
　図２４Ｂは、載置された商品の計量値と、タッチされたアイコンから、商品の価格を決定して、ラベルを発行するフローチャートである。 <Embodiment 3>
24A and 24B are flowcharts showing an embodiment of the operation of the weighing device 10.
FIG. 24A is a flowchart for monitoring information regarding product selection from the tag device and always receiving the information.
FIG. 24B is a flowchart in which the price of the product is determined from the measured value of the placed product and the touched icon, and the label is issued.
　図２４Ａにおいて、ステップＳ５０１は、たとえば割り込みによって定期的に開始するようにして、計量装置１０に接続された複数のタグ装置を常に監視する状態を形成することが望ましい。なお、このステップＳ５０１からＳ５０５の処理は、モードの如何を問わず、常に割り込み処理によって、動作してもよい。 In FIG. 24A, in step S501, it is desirable to form a state in which a plurality of tag devices connected to the weighing device 10 are constantly monitored, for example, by being periodically started by an interrupt. Note that the processes of steps S501 to S505 may always be performed by interrupt processing regardless of the mode.
　ステップ５０３で、計量装置１０は、操作者がタグ装置にタッチした場合にタグ装置から送られてくるＰＬＵコード（商品識別情報）を受け取る。そして処理はステップＳ５０５に移る。
　ステップＳ５０５で、計量装置１０は、受け取られたＰＬＵコードに対応する、表示すべきアイコンを特定する。処理はステップＳ５５３に移るか、終了するが、ステップＳ５０１～０５０の処理は繰返し行われることが望ましい。 In step 503, the weighing device 10 receives the PLU code (product identification information) sent from the tag device when the operator touches the tag device. Then, the process proceeds to step S505.
In step S505, the weighing device 10 identifies an icon to be displayed corresponding to the received PLU code. The process moves to step S553 or ends, but it is desirable that the processes of steps S501 to 050 are repeated.
　ステップＳ５５３で、計量装置１０は、商品情報の受取タイミングが、操作者の操作開始タイミングの前か後かに応じて、アイコンの表示態様を異ならせて表示する。表示の異ならせ方は、既に述べた実施形態、及び変形例のいずれもが適用できる。そして、計量装置１０は、操作者により選択されたアイコンを特定する。処理はステップＳ５５５に移る。 In step S553, the weighing device 10 displays the icon in different display modes depending on whether the reception timing of the product information is before or after the operation start timing of the operator. Any of the above-described embodiments and modified examples can be applied to the different display. Then, the weighing device 10 identifies the icon selected by the operator. The process proceeds to step S555.
　ステップＳ５５５は、ステップＳ５５１とステップＳ５５３からの二つの情報がそろったときに実行される。計量装置１０は、計量値と単価を用いて、載置された商品の価格を計算する。計量装置１０は、操作者からの印刷の指示に応答して、ラベルを印刷する。 Step S555 is executed when the two pieces of information from step S551 and step S553 are available. The weighing device 10 calculates the price of the placed product using the measured value and the unit price. The weighing device 10 prints the label in response to a printing instruction from the operator.
　図２４Ｂにおいて、図２４Ａと同じ処理は、同じステップ番号が割り当てられている。ステップＳ５５１で、計量装置１０は、計量値を取得する。計量装置１０は、画面がタッチされた場合には、そのタッチのタイミングで、後述のステップＳ５５３を活性化させる。計量装置１０は、画面がタッチされなければ、商品が載置されたタイミングで、後述のステップＳ５５３を活性化させる。いずれにしても、このステップにおいて、計量装置１０は、載置された商品の計量値を取得する。処理は、ステップＳ５５３に移る。 In FIG. 24B, the same process as in FIG. 24A is assigned the same step number. In step S551, the weighing device 10 acquires the weighing value. When the screen is touched, the weighing device 10 activates step S553 described later at the timing of the touch. If the screen is not touched, the weighing device 10 activates step S553 described below at the timing when the product is placed. In any case, in this step, the weighing device 10 acquires the weighing value of the placed product. The process proceeds to step S553.
　ステップＳ５５３で、計量装置１０は、商品情報の受取タイミングが、操作者の操作開始タイミングの前か後かに応じて、アイコンの表示態様を異ならせて表示する。表示の異ならせ方は、既に述べた実施形態、及び変形例のいずれもが適用できる。そして、計量装置１０は、操作者により選択されたアイコンを特定する。処理はステップＳ５５５に移る。 In step S553, the weighing device 10 displays the icon in different display modes depending on whether the reception timing of the product information is before or after the operation start timing of the operator. As for how to make the display different, both the above-described embodiment and the modified example can be applied. Then, the weighing device 10 identifies the icon selected by the operator. The process proceeds to step S555.
　ステップＳ５５５は、ステップＳ５５１とステップＳ５５３からの二つの情報がそろったときに実行される。計量装置１０は、計量値と単価を用いて、載置された商品の価格を計算する。計量装置１０は、操作者からの印刷の指示に応答して、ラベルを印刷する。 Step S555 is executed when the two pieces of information from step S551 and step S553 are available. The weighing device 10 calculates the price of the placed product by using the weighing value and the unit price. The weighing device 10 prints a label in response to a printing instruction from the operator.
＜実施形態４＞
　以上説明した実施形態では、待機画面において、客が第１モード及び第２モードのいずれか一方を選択した。これに対し、実施形態４は、待機画面において客はいずれのモードも選択しない形態である。この実施形態４では、客が商品を選択し、計量するまでは、モードの概念はない。すなわち、客が商品を選択し、計量するまではいずれもモードにおいても共通で行われる。 <Embodiment 4>
In the embodiment described above, the customer selects either the first mode or the second mode on the standby screen. On the other hand, in the fourth embodiment, the customer does not select any mode on the standby screen. In this Embodiment 4, there is no concept of mode until the customer selects and weighs the product. In other words, the process is common to all modes until the customer selects and weighs the product.
　また、上述した実施形態では、客が商品を選択し、計量すると、図１９Ａに示される画面１０４ｆが表示された。これに対し、第４実施形態では、画面１０４ｆに携帯端末と計量装置１０とが無線通信（例えば、Bluetoothによる通信）を行うための情報（「通信情報」という）がさらに表示される。この通信情報として、２次元コードなどのシンボルコードが挙げられる。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, when the customer selects a product and weighs it, the screen 104f shown in FIG. 19A is displayed. On the other hand, in the fourth embodiment, information (referred to as “communication information”) for wireless communication (for example, communication by Bluetooth) between the mobile terminal and the weighing device 10 is further displayed on the screen 104f. The communication information may be a symbol code such as a two-dimensional code.
　第１のモードで動作させる場合、客は、携帯端末に、画面１０４ｆに表示された通信情報を読み取らせる。通信情報を読み取った携帯端末は、当該通信情報を用いて、計量装置１０と接続する。これにより、計量装置１０は、第１のモードで動作する。一方、第２のモードで動作させる場合、客は、プリントボタン１０４Ｔにタッチする。これにより、計量装置１０は、ラベルを印字し、第２のモードで動作する。 When operating in the first mode, the customer causes the mobile terminal to read the communication information displayed on the screen 104f. The mobile terminal that has read the communication information is connected to the weighing device 10 by using the communication information. As a result, the weighing device 10 operates in the first mode. On the other hand, when operating in the second mode, the customer touches the print button 104T. As a result, the weighing device 10 prints the label and operates in the second mode.
　以上より、実施形態４では、客が商品を選択し、計量した後に、モードが決定される。また、実施形態４において、計量装置１０は、計量結果（例えば、重量、または合計金額）と第１のモードに関連する情報（例えば、通信情報）と第２のモードに関連する情報（例えば、プリントボタン１０４Ｔ）とを同一画面に表示する。 From the above, in the fourth embodiment, the mode is determined after the customer selects the product and weighs it. Further, in the fourth embodiment, the weighing device 10 causes the weighing result (for example, weight or total amount of money), information related to the first mode (for example, communication information), and information related to the second mode (for example, The print button 104T) is displayed on the same screen.
　実施形態４以外では、待機画面でモードが決定されていたが、実施形態４のように、客が商品を選択し、計量した後にモードが決定されるようにしてもよい。このように、モードの決定時期をいくつか用意しておくことで、商品販売システムは店舗の都合にあわせて、または客に応じて柔軟に対応することができる。 In other than the fourth embodiment, the mode is determined on the standby screen, but as in the fourth embodiment, the mode may be determined after the customer selects the product and weighs it. In this way, by preparing several modes to be determined, the merchandise sales system can flexibly respond to the convenience of the store or to the customer.
　以上が、計量装置１０の動作方法及び計量装置１０を動作させるフローの概略である。その他の実施形態及び変形例は、既に述べた実施形態及び変形例がそのまま適用できる。 The above is the outline of the operation method of the weighing device 10 and the flow of operating the weighing device 10. As for the other embodiments and modified examples, the above-described embodiments and modified examples can be applied as they are.
　以上、第１実施形態及びその変形例について説明した。第１実施形態及び変形例は、その一部を他の実施形態及びその変形例と組み合わせることができることは言うまでもない。異なるモード間で、実施形態を入れ換えてもよい。 Above, the first embodiment and its modified examples have been described. It goes without saying that a part of the first embodiment and the modification can be combined with the other embodiment and the modification. The embodiments may be interchanged between different modes.
　また、第１実施形態及びその変形例は、生鮮食料品の販売の適用に限定されるものではない。例えば、ショーケースに置かれたケーキなどを操作者又は店員が選択するときに、それぞれのケーキの近傍に、タグ装置２０をそれぞれ設けて、店員のポス端末での処理を容易化させることに適用することもできる。
　また、第１実施形態及びその変形例は、例示であって、この例示に限定されるものではない。 Further, the first embodiment and its modification are not limited to the application of selling fresh food products. For example, when an operator or a store clerk selects a cake or the like placed in a showcase, the tag devices 20 are provided near the respective cakes to facilitate processing at the POS terminal of the store clerk. You can also do it.
Further, the first embodiment and its modified examples are merely examples, and the present invention is not limited to these examples.
　また、第１実施形態及び変形例では、例えば計量装置は、対面秤のようにタッチパネルディスプレイ、計量部、ラベル発行部が一体となったものとなっているが、これに限られない。すなわち、計量装置を構成する各単体が、別位置に存在し、相互接続されたものでもよい。また、表示タッチパネルと計量部が一体化された秤と、ラベルプリンタが、分離しており、相互接続されていてもよい。また、表示タッチパネルとラベル発行部が一体化したラベルプリンタと、単体の秤が接続されたものでもよい。
　第１実施形態を実現するプログラムは、記憶媒体（non transitory）に記憶され必要に応じて読み込まれる。 In addition, in the first embodiment and the modified example, for example, the weighing device has a touch panel display, a weighing unit, and a label issuing unit integrated like a face-to-face scale, but the present invention is not limited to this. That is, the individual units constituting the weighing device may exist at different positions and may be interconnected. Further, the scale in which the display touch panel and the measuring unit are integrated and the label printer may be separated and interconnected. Alternatively, a label printer in which the display touch panel and the label issuing unit are integrated and a single scale may be connected.
The program that realizes the first embodiment is stored in a storage medium (non transitory) and read as needed.
　第１実施形態の処理ステップは、矛盾の無い限り順番を入れ替えることができる。また、各処理ステップは、リカーシブに実行されることがあり得る。また、各処理ステップは、矛盾の無い限り同時に実行され得る。
　また、本願の開示には、計量装置１０及びタグ装置２０を含むシステムを製造する方法の発明が含まれる。 The order of the processing steps of the first embodiment can be changed as long as there is no contradiction. Also, each processing step may be performed recursively. Further, the respective processing steps can be simultaneously executed unless there is a contradiction.
The disclosure of the present application also includes the invention of a method of manufacturing a system including the weighing device 10 and the tag device 20.
　＜第２実施形態＞
　次に、本発明の第２実施形態について説明する。なお、第２実施形態では、第１実施形態において既に説明した内容の一部又は全部について再度説明（第１実施形態と同様の表現又は異なる表現にて説明）する場合や、第１実施形態において既に説明した内容の一部又は全部について説明を省略する場合や、第１実施形態において説明を省略した内容の一部又は全部について説明する場合がある。第１実施形態と第２実施形態とでは、同一又は同様の対象について異なる名称等を用いる場合がある。 <Second Embodiment>
Next, the second embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the second embodiment, a part or all of the contents already explained in the first embodiment will be explained again (explained by the same expression or a different expression as in the first embodiment), or in the first embodiment. There are cases where the explanation is omitted for a part or all of the contents already explained, or a part or all of the contents for which the explanation is omitted in the first embodiment is explained. In the first embodiment and the second embodiment, different names or the like may be used for the same or similar objects.
　図２６は、ショッピングシステムを説明するためのネットワークの概念図である。図２６に示すショッピングシステムは、管理装置（例えば、ストアコントローラ）１０１０、クラウドサーバ１０２０、精算装置１０３０、精算装置１０４０、計量装置１０６０、及び、携帯端末１０５０（例えば、スマートフォン等）を含む。 FIG. 26 is a conceptual diagram of a network for explaining the shopping system. The shopping system shown in FIG. 26 includes a management device (for example, a store controller) 1010, a cloud server 1020, a settlement device 1030, a settlement device 1040, a weighing device 1060, and a mobile terminal 1050 (for example, a smartphone or the like).
　管理装置１０１０、精算装置１０３０、精算装置１０４０、計量装置１０６０は、店舗内に設置されるものであり、ＬＡＮ１０１９（有線でも無線でもよい）を介して通信可能に接続されている。管理装置１０１０は、クラウドサーバ１０２０と通信可能である。なお、図２６において、２台の精算装置１０３０を図示したが、１店舗内の精算装置１０３０の数は、１台であってもよいし３台以上であってもよい。また、図２６において、２台の精算装置１０４０を図示したが、１店舗内の精算装置１０４０の数は、１台であってもよいし３台以上であってもよい。さらに、図２６において、１台の計量装置１０６０を図示したが、１店舗内の計量装置１０６０の数は、２台以上であってもよい。精算装置１０３０の台数と精算装置１０４０の台数は一致していなくてもよい。また、管理装置１０１０は、基本的には１店舗に１台であるが、２台以上であってもよい。 The management device 1010, the settlement device 1030, the settlement device 1040, and the weighing device 1060 are installed in the store and are communicably connected via LAN 1019 (which may be wired or wireless). The management device 1010 can communicate with the cloud server 1020. Although two settlement devices 1030 are shown in FIG. 26, the number of settlement devices 1030 in one store may be one or three or more. Further, in FIG. 26, two settlement devices 1040 are shown, but the number of settlement devices 1040 in one store may be one or three or more. Further, although one weighing device 1060 is illustrated in FIG. 26, the number of weighing devices 1060 in one store may be two or more. The number of settlement devices 1030 and the number of settlement devices 1040 do not have to match. Further, the number of management devices 1010 is basically one per store, but two or more may be used.
　携帯端末１０５０は、顧客（当該店舗の会員である買物客等）によって操作されるものである。携帯端末１０５０は、登録端末の一例である。携帯端末１０５０は、一般的な、通信機能や撮像機能（カメラ）に加えて、商品に付されるバーコードをスキャンして商品コードを読み取る機能を備える。つまり携帯端末１０５０は、商品に付されるバーコードを認識する認識機能を備える。なお、携帯端末１０５０が備える認識機能は、商品コードを読み取ることができるものであればよく、読み取った商品コードが何れの商品の商品コードであるかを認識できるものでなくてもよい。つまり、携帯端末１０５０は、撮像機能によって撮像されている撮像画像（スルー画像として取得している画像）内にオブジェクトとしてバーコードが存在する場合に、当該バーコードから商品コードを読み取ることができるようになっていればよい。 The mobile terminal 1050 is operated by a customer (a shopper who is a member of the store, etc.). The mobile terminal 1050 is an example of a registered terminal. The mobile terminal 1050 has, in addition to a general communication function and an imaging function (camera), a function of scanning a barcode attached to a product to read the product code. That is, the mobile terminal 1050 has a recognition function of recognizing a barcode attached to a product. The recognition function provided in the mobile terminal 1050 may be any function as long as it can read the product code, and may not be able to recognize which product code the read product code is. That is, when the mobile terminal 1050 has a barcode as an object in the captured image (image acquired as a through image) captured by the imaging function, the mobile terminal 1050 can read the product code from the barcode. It should be.
　また、携帯端末１０５０は、商品（例えばバーコードの付された周辺部分）を撮像し（シャッターを切り）、撮像画像（画像データ）を生成する。携帯端末１０５０は、操作者である顧客の操作に従ってシャッターを切る撮像であってもよいが、第２実施形態では、携帯端末１０５０自身の判断によりシャッターを切る撮像であることが好ましい。 Further, the mobile terminal 1050 captures a product (for example, a peripheral portion with a barcode) (releases the shutter) and generates an captured image (image data). The mobile terminal 1050 may be a shutter-released image that is captured according to an operation of a customer who is an operator, but in the second embodiment, it is preferable that the mobile terminal 1050 is an shutter-released image that is determined by the mobile terminal 1050 itself.
　また、携帯端末１０５０は、画像（スルー画像、撮像画像）から特徴点を抽出し、撮像対象（オブジェクト等）を認識する画像認識技術を備えていてもよい。例えば、携帯端末１０５０は、画像認識技術を用いて、撮像した商品を特定（推定）してもよい。 Also, the mobile terminal 1050 may be equipped with an image recognition technology that extracts feature points from an image (through image, captured image) and recognizes an imaging target (object or the like). For example, the mobile terminal 1050 may identify (estimate) the imaged product by using the image recognition technology.
　携帯端末１０５０は、基本的には各顧客の所有物であることを想定しているが、店舗側が貸与するものであってもよい。なお、携帯端末１０５０の数（稼働中の数）は、来店者数等に応じて変化するものであり、図２６では、複数台が可能である旨の例として２台の携帯端末１０５０を図示している。 The mobile terminal 1050 is basically assumed to be owned by each customer, but may be lent by the store. The number of mobile terminals 1050 (the number in operation) changes according to the number of visitors and the like. In FIG. 26, two mobile terminals 1050 are shown as an example to the effect that a plurality of mobile terminals can be used. Shown.
　精算装置１０３０及び精算装置１０４０は、共に、精算方法として少なくとも現金による支払いが可能な精算装置である。精算装置１０３０は、クラウドサーバ１０２０との通信機能を有しないが、精算装置１０４０は、クラウドサーバ１０２０との通信機能を有する。クラウドサーバ１０２０は、例えば、顧客毎に、取引情報（バスケット情報）を管理する。計量装置１０６０についての詳細については後述する。 Both the settlement device 1030 and the settlement device 1040 are settlement devices capable of at least cash payment as a settlement method. The settlement device 1030 does not have a communication function with the cloud server 1020, but the settlement device 1040 has a communication function with the cloud server 1020. The cloud server 1020 manages transaction information (basket information) for each customer, for example. Details of the weighing device 1060 will be described later.
　なお、図２６に示すショッピングシステムは、第２実施形態に係るショッピングシステムを説明するためのものであり、第２実施形態に係るショッピングシステムは、図２６に示した全部の構成を必ずしも含むものではない。例えば、第２実施形態に係るショッピングシステムは、例えば、クラウドサーバ１０２０と精算装置１０４０とから構成されるものであってもよいし、クラウドサーバ１０２０単体であってもよいし、精算装置１０４０単体であってもよい。 The shopping system shown in FIG. 26 is for explaining the shopping system according to the second embodiment, and the shopping system according to the second embodiment does not necessarily include all the configurations shown in FIG. 26. Absent. For example, the shopping system according to the second embodiment may include, for example, the cloud server 1020 and the settlement device 1040, the cloud server 1020 alone, or the settlement device 1040 alone. There may be.
　図２７Ａ、図２７Ｂは、精算装置１０４０の設置例を示す図である。図２７Ａは、精算装置１０４０等を客側から見た斜視図である。図２７Ｂは、精算装置１０４０等を店員側から見た斜視図である。図２７Ａに示すように客側から見て精算装置１０４０の右側にカウンタが置かれている。 27A and 27B are diagrams showing an installation example of the settlement device 1040. FIG. 27A is a perspective view of the settlement device 1040 and the like as viewed from the customer side. FIG. 27B is a perspective view of the settlement device 1040 and the like as seen from the clerk side. As shown in FIG. 27A, a counter is placed on the right side of the settlement device 1040 when viewed from the customer side.
　図２８Ａ、図２８Ｂは、精算装置１０４０の外観例を示す図である。図２８Ａは、精算装置１０４０を客側から見た斜視図である。図２８Ｂは、精算装置１０４０を店員側から見た斜視図である。図２９は、精算装置１０４０の構成例を示す図である。図２８Ａ、図２８Ｂ、及び図２９において、同一部分には同一符号を付している。 28A and 28B are diagrams showing an example of the appearance of the settlement device 1040. FIG. 28A is a perspective view of the settlement device 1040 as seen from the customer side. FIG. 28B is a perspective view of the settlement device 1040 as viewed from the clerk side. FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a configuration example of the settlement device 1040. In FIGS. 28A, 28B, and 29, the same parts are designated by the same reference numerals.
　以下、図２８Ａ、図２８Ｂを参照しつつ、図２９に示した精算装置１０４０の構成例を説明する。精算装置１０４０は、ＣＰＵ１４０１と、ＲＯＭ１４０２と、ＲＡＭ１４０３と、ハードディスク１４０４と、客側表示部１４０５と、客側スキャナ部１４０６と、カード決済部１４０８と、釣銭機１４０９と、店員側表示部１４１０と、キー操作部１４１１と、店員側スキャナ部１４１２と、印刷部１４１３と、音声出力部１４１４と、通信部１４１５とを備える。これらは、バスを介して相互に通信可能である。 Hereinafter, a configuration example of the settlement device 1040 shown in FIG. 29 will be described with reference to FIGS. 28A and 28B. The settlement device 1040 includes a CPU 1401, a ROM 1402, a RAM 1403, a hard disk 1404, a customer side display unit 1405, a customer side scanner unit 1406, a card payment unit 1408, a change machine 1409, a clerk side display unit 1410, and the like. A key operation unit 1411, a clerk-side scanner unit 1412, a printing unit 1413, a voice output unit 1414, and a communication unit 1415 are provided. These can communicate with each other via the bus.
　ＣＰＵ１４０１は、中央演算処理装置であり、ＲＯＭ１４０２に記憶されているプログラムを読み出して実行することにより、精算装置１０４０の動作を制御する。
　ＲＯＭ１４０２は、読み出し専用メモリであり、プログラムをはじめとしてＣＰＵ１４０１が利用する各種の情報を記憶する。 The CPU 1401 is a central processing unit, and controls the operation of the settlement device 1040 by reading and executing a program stored in the ROM 1402.
The ROM 1402 is a read-only memory, and stores various information used by the CPU 1401 including a program.
　ＲＡＭ１４０３は、読み出し書き込みメモリであり、種々の情報を記憶する。例えば、ＲＡＭ１４０３は、ＲＯＭ１４０２やハードディスク１４０４から読みだした情報、外部から取得した情報、処理において生成した情報等を記憶する。 The RAM 1403 is a read/write memory and stores various information. For example, the RAM 1403 stores information read from the ROM 1402 or the hard disk 1404, information acquired from the outside, information generated in processing, and the like.
　ハードディスク１４０４は、種々の情報を記憶する。ハードディスク１４０４は、例えば、ＲＯＭ１４０２に代えて、ＣＰＵ１４０１が実行するプログラム等を記憶してもよい。また、ＲＡＭ１４０３に代えて、ＲＯＭ１４０２から読みだした情報、外部から取得した情報、処理において生成した情報等を記憶してもよい。 Hard disk 1404 stores various information. The hard disk 1404 may store, for example, a program executed by the CPU 1401 instead of the ROM 1402. Further, instead of the RAM 1403, information read from the ROM 1402, information acquired from the outside, information generated in processing, and the like may be stored.
　客側表示部１４０５は、客用のタッチディスプレイであり、客に種々の情報を表示するとともに、客から種々の入力を受け付ける。
　客側スキャナ部１４０６は、客用のスキャナ部であり、例えば、商品に付されているバーコードをスキャンし、商品コードを読み取る。また、客側スキャナ部１４０６は、お会計券（登録商標）に印刷されているコード（バーコード、２次元コード等）をスキャンし、精算に必要な情報を読み取ってもよい。また、客側スキャナ部１４０６は、携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示されるコード（２次元コード等）をスキャンし、精算に必要な情報を読み取ってもよい。 The customer side display unit 1405 is a touch display for a customer, displays various information to the customer, and receives various inputs from the customer.
The customer-side scanner unit 1406 is a scanner unit for customers, and for example, scans a barcode attached to a product and reads the product code. Further, the customer-side scanner unit 1406 may scan the code (bar code, two-dimensional code, etc.) printed on the accounting ticket (registered trademark) and read the information necessary for the settlement. Further, the customer-side scanner unit 1406 may scan a code (two-dimensional code or the like) displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 to read information necessary for settlement.
　なお、客側スキャナ部１４０６は、客が商品を登録する際に用いられるが、客は他の方法によって商品を登録してもよい。例えば、客側表示部１４０５に、商品に対応するプリセットキー（商品を注文するボタン）が表示されている場合、客は、当該プリセットキーを操作（押下）し、商品を登録してもよい。 The customer-side scanner unit 1406 is used when the customer registers the product, but the customer may register the product by another method. For example, when a preset key (button for ordering a product) corresponding to a product is displayed on the customer side display unit 1405, the customer may operate (press) the preset key to register the product.
　カード決済部１４０８は、各種カード（クレジットカード、交通系カード等のプリペイドカード等）による決済機構である。第２実施形態のカード決済部１４０８は、カード認識部（読取部）や表示部や操作部を備えるが、少なくとも、カード認識部を備えるものであればよい。なお、カード認識部は、直接的には決済（精算）に使用しない各種カード（例えば、会員カード、ポイントカード等）を認識してもよい。 The card settlement unit 1408 is a settlement mechanism using various cards (credit cards, prepaid cards such as transportation cards, etc.). The card payment unit 1408 of the second embodiment includes a card recognition unit (reading unit), a display unit, and an operation unit, but at least it may include a card recognition unit. Note that the card recognition unit may recognize various cards (for example, a membership card, a point card, etc.) that are not directly used for payment (payment).
　釣銭機１４０９（現金決済部）は、現金による決済機構であり、紙幣や硬貨の投入口、紙幣や硬貨の排出口を有し、投入口への投入金額を算出し、投入金額と買上金額の差分である釣銭金額を算出し、釣り銭を排出口から排出する。なお、当該釣銭機１４０９は、客側に向けられており、客が操作するものである。なお、紙幣や硬貨が投入口に投入された場合にはセンサによって検出（投入があった旨の検出、金種別の枚数の検出等）される。 The change machine 1409 (cash settlement unit) is a cash settlement mechanism, has a bill / coin slot and a bill / coin outlet, calculates the amount to be inserted into the slot, and determines the amount to be inserted and the purchase amount. The change amount which is the difference is calculated, and the change amount is discharged from the discharge port. The change machine 1409 is directed toward the customer and is operated by the customer. When a bill or coin is inserted into the insertion slot, it is detected by the sensor (detection of the insertion, detection of the number of coins of each type, etc.).
　つまり、釣銭機１４０９は、精算装置１０４０において、登録された商品の代金を現金（貨幣）にて決済するときに使用される。釣銭機１４０９は、紙幣を投入するための紙幣投入口、硬貨を投入するための硬貨投入口、紙幣を放出するための紙幣放出口、硬貨を放出するための硬貨放出口、投入又は放出される貨幣を計数する計数部、投入口又は放出口と収納部の間の貨幣の搬送機構、上述したセンサなどを有する。なお、紙幣投入口及び硬貨投入口は、預り金投入口とも称される。紙幣放出口及び硬貨放出口は、釣銭放出口とも称される。なお、紙幣投入口と紙幣放出口は共通であってもよく、また、硬貨投入口と硬貨放出口は共通であってもよい。 That is, the change machine 1409 is used when the payment device 1040 is used to settle the price of the registered product in cash (money). The change machine 1409 is a bill insertion slot for inserting bills, a coin insertion slot for inserting coins, a bill discharge port for discharging bills, a coin discharge port for discharging coins, and a coin insertion or discharge port. It has a counting unit that counts coins, a mechanism for transporting coins between an input / discharge port and a storage unit, and the above-mentioned sensor. The bill slot and the coin slot are also referred to as deposit deposit slots. The bill outlet and the coin outlet are also referred to as change outlets. The bill insertion slot and the bill ejection slot may be common, and the coin insertion slot and the coin ejection slot may be common.
　また、釣銭機１４０９は、閉店処理時に補充された貨幣を計数し、収納部に収納する。また、釣銭機１４０９は、閉店処理時に出金する貨幣を計数し、釣銭放出口から放出する。閉店処理とは、閉店後や開店前などに釣銭機１４０９内に収納されている金額（現金有高／現金在高）を基準金額に調整する処理である。 In addition, the change machine 1409 counts the money replenished at the time of closing the store and stores it in the storage unit. In addition, the change machine 1409 counts the money to be withdrawn at the time of closing the store and discharges it from the change outlet. The store closing process is a process of adjusting the amount of money stored in the change dispenser 1409 (cash amount/cash amount) after closing or before opening to a reference amount.
　店員側表示部１４１０は、店員用のタッチディスプレイであり、店員に種々の情報を表示するとともに、店員から種々の入力を受け付ける。
　キー操作部１４１１は、各種のキー（ボタン）から構成され、店員から種々の入力を受け付ける。
　店員側スキャナ部１４１２は、店員用のスキャナ部であり、例えば、商品に付されているバーコードをスキャンし、商品コードを読み取る。また、店員側スキャナ部１４１２は、店員の名札に付されたバーコード等をスキャンし、店員コードを読み取る。 The clerk-side display unit 1410 is a touch display for the clerk, displays various information to the clerk, and receives various inputs from the clerk.
The key operation unit 1411 is composed of various keys (buttons) and receives various inputs from the clerk.
The clerk-side scanner unit 1412 is a scanner unit for a clerk, and, for example, scans a barcode attached to a product and reads the product code. The clerk-side scanner unit 1412 scans a bar code or the like attached to the clerk's name tag to read the clerk code.
　なお、店員側スキャナ部１４１２は、店員が商品を登録する際に用いられるが、店員は他の方法によって商品を登録してもよい。例えば、キー操作部１４１１に、商品に対応するキー（例えば、スポーツ新聞に対応するキー等）が配置されている場合、店員は、当該キーを操作（押下）し、当該商品を登録してもよい。また、店員側表示部１４１０に、商品に対応するプリセットキーが表示されている場合、店員は、当該プリセットキーを操作し、当該商品を登録してもよい。 The scanner unit 1412 on the clerk side is used when the clerk registers the product, but the clerk may register the product by another method. For example, when a key corresponding to a product (for example, a key corresponding to a sports newspaper) is arranged in the key operation unit 1411, the clerk operates (presses) the key to register the product. Good. Further, when the store clerk side display unit 1410 displays a preset key corresponding to the product, the store clerk may operate the preset key to register the product.
　印刷部１４１３は、各種媒体（レシート、お会計券等）を印刷、発行する。印刷部１４１３は、店員側から客側、客側から店員側に向き（媒体発行口の方向）を回転自在に変更である。印刷部１４１３の向きは、手動で変更してもよいし、例えば動作モード（詳細は後述）の移行（切替）に応じて自動的に変更（メカ的に制御等）してもよい。なお、印刷部１４１３の向きの正誤をセンサなどで検出してもよい。 The printing department 1413 prints and issues various media (receipts, checkout tickets, etc.). The printing unit 1413 is rotatably changed from the clerk side to the customer side and from the customer side to the clerk side (direction of the medium issuing port). The orientation of the printing unit 1413 may be changed manually, or may be automatically changed (mechanically controlled, etc.) according to, for example, a shift (switching) of an operation mode (details will be described later). The correctness of the orientation of the printing unit 1413 may be detected by a sensor or the like.
　音声出力部１４１４は、音声を出力する。例えば、音声出力部１４１４は、音声ガイダンス等を出力する。
　通信部１４１５は、他装置（他の精算装置１０４０、精算装置１０３０、管理装置１０１０）との間において情報を送受信する。 The voice output unit 1414 outputs a voice. For example, the voice output unit 1414 outputs voice guidance and the like.
The communication unit 1415 transmits / receives information to / from other devices (other settlement device 1040, settlement device 1030, management device 1010).
　以上、精算装置１０４０の外観やハードウェア構成を説明したが、精算装置１０３０の外観やハードウェア構成については説明を省略する。精算装置１０３０と精算装置１０４０とは、後述するように（図３０等参照）、ソフトウェアによって実現される機能が互いに異なるが、精算装置１０３０と精算装置１０４０とは、外観やハードウェア構成は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。例えば、精算装置１０４０は、２つのスキャナ部（客側スキャナ部１４０６、店員側スキャナ部１４１２）を有する精算装置１０４０であるのに対し、精算装置１０３０は、１つのスキャナ部を有する精算装置であってもよい。 Although the appearance and the hardware configuration of the settlement device 1040 have been described above, the description of the appearance and the hardware configuration of the settlement device 1030 will be omitted. As will be described later (see FIG. 30 and the like), the settlement device 1030 and the settlement device 1040 have different functions realized by software, but the settlement device 1030 and the settlement device 1040 have the same appearance and hardware configuration. It may be present or it may be different. For example, the settlement device 1040 is a settlement device 1040 having two scanner units (customer side scanner unit 1406 and a clerk side scanner unit 1412), whereas the settlement device 1030 is a settlement device having one scanner unit. You may.
　図３０は、第２実施形態のショッピングシステムを説明するための各機能の概念図である。
図３１は、各種の売価決定ロジック（売価決定機能）について説明する説明図である。図３２は、各種の情報について説明する説明図である。 FIG. 30 is a conceptual diagram of each function for explaining the shopping system of the second embodiment.
FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram illustrating various sale price determination logics (sale price determination functions). FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram illustrating various types of information.
　なお、図３０は、第２実施形態に係るショッピングシステムを説明するためのものであり、第２実施形態に係るショッピングシステムは、図２６に示した全部の構成を必ずしも含むものではない。例えば、第２実施形態に係るショッピングシステムは、クラウドサーバ１０２０と精算装置１０４０とから構成されるものであってもよいし、クラウドサーバ１０２０単体であってもよいし、精算装置１０４０単体であってもよい。また、図３０は、第２実施形態に係るショッピングシステムの特徴部分に関連する機能を抜粋して説明するものであり、一般にショッピングシステムに必要とされる機能を網羅的に説明するものではない。 Note that FIG. 30 is for explaining the shopping system according to the second embodiment, and the shopping system according to the second embodiment does not necessarily include all the configurations shown in FIG. 26. For example, the shopping system according to the second embodiment may be composed of a cloud server 1020 and a settlement device 1040, a cloud server 1020 alone, or a settlement device 1040 alone. May be good. Further, FIG. 30 is an excerpt of a function related to a feature portion of the shopping system according to the second embodiment, and does not comprehensively explain a function generally required for the shopping system.
（精算装置１０３０）
　図３０の右下に示すように、精算装置１０３０は、売価決定ロジック（売価決定機能）、精算機能を備える。売価決定ロジックは、精算処理において求められる売価（販売対価としての請求金額）を決定（算出）する機能であり、ソフトウェアによって実現される。売価決定ロジックには、種々の種類があるが（例えば、図３１参照）、図３０に示した例では、精算装置１０３０は、売価決定ロジックＡ、売価決定ロジックＢを備えている。 (Settlement device 1030)
As shown in the lower right of FIG. 30, the settlement device 1030 includes a selling price determination logic (selling price determination function) and a settlement function. The selling price determination logic is a function of determining (calculating) the selling price (billing amount as the selling consideration) required in the settlement process, and is realized by software. There are various types of selling price determination logic (see, for example, FIG. 31 ), but in the example shown in FIG. 30, the settlement device 1030 includes a selling price determination logic A and a selling price determination logic B.
　なお、図３１に示した売価決定ロジックＡは、運用中（適宜）の売価変更に対応する基本的な単品に対する値引価格の基本価格算出機能である。売価決定ロジックＢは、設定情報（単品値引設定情報）に基づいて単品に対する値引価格を算出する単品値引価格算出機能である。売価決定ロジックＣは、設定情報（小計値引設定情報）に基づいて小計に対する値引価格を算出する小計値引価格算出機能である。売価決定ロジックＤは、設定情報（会員値引設定情報）に基づいて単品又は小計に対する値引価格を算出する会員値引価格算出機能である。売価決定ロジックＥは、設定情報（タイムサービス値引設定情報）に基づいて単品に対する値引価格を算出するタイムサービス値引価格算出機能である。売価決定ロジックＦは、設定情報（ミックスマッチ値引設定情報）に基づいてミックス商品（組み合わせ不指定（不定）の商品群）に対する値引価格を算出するミックスマッチ値引価格算出機能である。売価決定ロジックＧは、設定情報（セットマッチ値引設定情報）に基づいてセット商品（組み合わせ指定（固定）の商品群）に対する値引価格を算出するセットマッチ値引価格算出機能である。売価決定ロジックＨは、設定情報（決済種別値引設定情報）に基づいて利用される決済種別に応じた値引価格を算出する決済種別値引価格算出機能である。 The selling price determination logic A shown in FIG. 31 is a basic price calculation function of a discount price for a basic single item corresponding to the selling price change during operation (appropriately). The selling price determination logic B is a single item discount price calculation function that calculates a discount price for a single item based on setting information (single item discount setting information). The selling price determination logic C is a subtotal discount price calculation function that calculates a discount price for a subtotal based on setting information (subtotal discount setting information). The selling price determination logic D is a member discount price calculation function for calculating a discount price for a single item or a subtotal based on setting information (member discount setting information). The selling price determination logic E is a time service discount price calculation function that calculates a discount price for a single item based on setting information (time service discount setting information). The selling price determination logic F is a mix match discount price calculation function that calculates a discount price for a mixed product (a product group in which a combination is not specified (undefined)) based on setting information (mix match discount setting information). The selling price determination logic G is a set match discount price calculation function that calculates a discount price for a set product (combination designated (fixed) product group) based on the setting information (set match discount setting information). The selling price determination logic H is a payment type discount price calculation function for calculating a discount price according to the payment type used based on the setting information (payment type discount setting information).
　なお、売価決定ロジックＤ（会員値引価格算出機能）が適用される会員は、顧客の全部（全顧客）であってもよいし、顧客の一部（例えば特定の顧客ランクの顧客）であってもよい。 The members to which the selling price determination logic D (member discount price calculation function) is applied may be all the customers (all customers) or a part of the customers (for example, customers having a specific customer rank). You may.
　売価決定ロジックＡに係る情報（売価変更の情報）や売価決定ロジックＢ～売価決定ロジックＨに対応する各種設定情報は、精算装置１０３０の記憶部、又は、精算装置１０３０がアクセス可能な装置）に記憶されていればよい。なお、精算装置１０３０は、上述したように売価決定ロジックＡ、Ｂを備えるが、売価決定ロジックＣ～Ｆは備えないため、少なくとも、売価決定ロジックＡに係る情報（売価変更の情報）と、売価決定ロジックＢに対応する設定情報（単品値引設定情報）と、が参照できるようになっていればよい。 Information related to the selling price determination logic A (information on the selling price change) and various setting information corresponding to the selling price determination logic B to the selling price determination logic H are stored in the storage unit of the settlement device 1030 or a device accessible to the settlement device 1030). It only needs to be remembered. The settlement device 1030 includes selling price determination logics A and B as described above, but does not include selling price determination logics C to F. Therefore, at least information related to selling price determination logic A (information on selling price change) and selling price It suffices that the setting information (single item discount setting information) corresponding to the decision logic B can be referred to.
　また、図３１では図示を省略したが、夫々の売価決定ロジック（売価決定ロジックＡ～Ｈ）とは別に、夫々の売価決定ロジックを統括する売価決定統括ロジックも存在する。売価決定統括ロジックは、複数の売価決定ロジックにまたがって売価を決定するためのロジックである。例えば、売価決定ロジックＢ（単品値引価格算出機能）と売価決定ロジックＤ（会員値引価格算出機能）がある場合に、売価決定統括ロジックは、売価決定ロジックＢと売価決定ロジックＤがある場合の値引きを設定情報（売価決定統括設定情報）に基づいて決定する。 Although not shown in FIG. 31, there is also a selling price determination logic that controls each selling price determination logic, in addition to the respective selling price determination logics (selling price determination logics A to H). The selling price determination control logic is a logic for determining a selling price across a plurality of selling price determination logics. For example, when there is a selling price determination logic B (single item discount price calculation function) and a selling price determination logic D (member discount price calculation function), the selling price determination control logic has a selling price determination logic B and a selling price determination logic D. The discount is determined based on the setting information (selling price determination general setting information).
　一例として、商品ａ（商品情報では１００円）が、売価決定ロジックＢ（及び単品値引設定情報）によれば９０円（１０円値引）であり、売価決定ロジックＤ（及び会員値引設定情報）によれば８０円（２０円値引）である状態において、会員（売価決定ロジックＤの適用対象である顧客）が商品ａを購入した場合、売価決定統括ロジックは、売価決定ロジックＤのみを適用して商品ａの価格を８０円（２０円値引）としてもよいし、売価決定ロジックＢ、Ｄの両方を適用して商品ａの価格を７０円（３０円値引）としてもよい。売価決定ロジックＤのみを適用し商品ａの価格を８０円とするか、売価決定ロジックＢ、Ｄの両方を適用し商品ａの価格を７０円とするかは、設定情報（売価決定統括設定情報）による。なお、売価決定統括ロジックは、値引き額が小さい方を決定する場合もある。 As an example, the product a (100 yen in the product information) is 90 yen (10 yen discount) according to the selling price determination logic B (and the single item discount setting information), and the selling price determination logic D (and the member discount setting). According to the information), if a member (customer to whom the selling price determination logic D is applied) purchases the product a in a state where the price is 80 yen (20 yen discount), the selling price determination control logic is only the selling price determination logic D. May be applied to set the price of the product a at 80 yen (20 yen discount), or both of the selling price determination logics B and D may be applied to set the price of the product a at 70 yen (30 yen discount). .. Whether to apply only the selling price determination logic D and set the price of the product a to 80 yen, or to apply both the selling price determination logics B and D and set the price of the product a to 70 yen is set information (selling price determination general setting information). )by. In addition, the selling price determination control logic may determine the smaller discount amount.
　例えば、上述したように会員値引額の方が大きい場合（売価決定ロジックＢによる単品値引額が１０円、売価決定ロジックＤによる会員値引額が２０円の場合）に、売価決定ロジックＤを適用せずに売価決定ロジックＢのみを適用して商品ａの価格を９０円とする場合もありうる。具体的には、会員割引による割引限度額が設定されている場合や会員割引による購入が会員ランクの実績に反映されない場合には、売価決定ロジックＢのみを適用する旨を設定情報（売価決定統括設定情報）に設定してもよい。また、上記とは逆に、単品割引額の方が大きい場合（売価決定ロジックＢによる単品値引額が３０円、売価決定ロジックＤによる会員値引額が２０円の場合）に、売価決定ロジックＢを適用せずに売価決定ロジックＤのみを適用して商品ａの価格を８０円とする場合もありうる。具体的には、会員割引による購入実績が会員ランクの算出に優遇される場合には、売価決定ロジックＤのみを適用する旨を設定情報（売価決定統括設定情報）に設置してもよい。 For example, when the member discount amount is larger as described above (when the single item discount amount by the selling price determination logic B is 10 yen and the member discount amount by the selling price determination logic D is 20 yen), apply the selling price determination logic D. Instead, only the selling price determination logic B may be applied to set the price of the product a to 90 yen. Specifically, when the discount limit for member discount is set or when the purchase by member discount is not reflected in the performance of the member rank, it is set information that only the selling price determination logic B is applied (selling price determination control). Setting information) may be set. Contrary to the above, when the single item discount amount is larger (when the single item discount amount by the selling price determination logic B is 30 yen and the member discount amount by the selling price determination logic D is 20 yen), the selling price determination logic B is used. There is a case in which the price of the product a is set to 80 yen by applying only the selling price determination logic D without applying it. Specifically, when the purchase record by the member discount is given preferential treatment to the calculation of the member rank, it may be set in the setting information (selling price determination general setting information) that only the selling price determination logic D is applied.
　上述した売価決定統括ロジックは、必要に応じて（複数の売価決定ロジックにおける調整が必要な場合に）、備えていればよい。例えば、第２実施形態においてクラウドサーバ１０２０（精算装置１０３０も同様）は、売価決定ロジックＡ、Ｂ、Ｃを備えるが（図３０）、更に、売価決定統括ロジックを備えていてもよい。 The above-mentioned selling price determination logic may be provided as necessary (when adjustments are required in a plurality of selling price determination logics). For example, in the second embodiment, the cloud server 1020 (similarly to the settlement device 1030) includes selling price determination logics A, B, and C (FIG. 30), but may further include selling price determination controlling logic.
　なお、売価決定統括ロジックも、図３１に示した売価決定ロジックの１つと捉えてもよい。以下の説明において、図３１に示したような個々の売価決定ロジックの１つ又は複数を「売価決定ロジック」と称する場合と、売価決定統括ロジックを含めて「売価決定ロジック」と称する場合とがある。つまり、単に「売価決定ロジック」と記載した場合には、売価決定統括ロジックを除外する場合と、売価決定統括ロジックを除外しない場合とがあるものとする。 Note that the selling price determination logic may be regarded as one of the selling price determination logics shown in FIG. In the following description, one or more of the individual selling price determination logics as shown in FIG. 31 may be referred to as "selling price determination logic", or may be referred to as "selling price determination logic" including the selling price determination control logic. is there. That is, when the description is simply "selling price determination logic", there are cases where the selling price determination control logic is excluded and cases where the selling price determination control logic is not excluded.
　精算機能は、売価決定ロジックによって決定された売価に基づいて精算処理（例えば、釣銭機による現金の支払い等）を実行する機能である。 The settlement function is a function that executes settlement processing (for example, payment of cash by a change machine) based on the selling price determined by the selling price determination logic.
　なお、図３０では、売価決定ロジックを、精算機能とは別の機能として説明しているが、売価決定ロジックは、精算機能の一部であると捉えてもよい。つまり、図３０では、売価を決定する部分と、決定された売価に基づいて実際に支払いを実行する部分とを別個に捉え、売価を決定する部分に対応する機能を売価決定ロジックと称し、実際に支払いを実行する部分を精算機能と称しているが、売価を決定する部分も含め、精算機能と称してもよい。売価を決定する部分も含め、精算機能と称する場合には、売価決定ロジックは、精算機能の一部となる。 Although the selling price determination logic is described as a function different from the settlement function in FIG. 30, the selling price determination logic may be regarded as a part of the settlement function. That is, in FIG. 30, the part that determines the selling price and the part that actually executes payment based on the determined selling price are separately grasped, and the function corresponding to the part that determines the selling price is called the selling price determination logic, and is actually called. Although the part that executes payment is called the settlement function, it may be called the settlement function including the part that determines the selling price. When the part including the part for determining the selling price is referred to as a settlement function, the selling price determination logic is a part of the settlement function.
（管理装置１０１０）
　図３０の右上に示すように、管理装置１０１０は、店舗情報、商品情報を記憶する。管理装置１０１０は、売価決定ロジックを備えていてもよい。管理装置１０１０が記憶する店舗情報は、当該管理装置１０１０が設置された店舗に関する情報であって、例えば、当該店舗の店舗名、当該店舗を特定する情報等を含む。管理装置１０１０が記憶する商品情報は、当該管理装置１０１０が設置された店舗において販売される商品に関する情報であって、例えば、商品コード、商品名、価格等を含む。なお、管理装置１０１０は、例えば、外部（本部のサーバ（不図示）等）から商品情報等を取得し、記憶してもよい。また、管理装置１０１０は、外部（本部のサーバ）であってもよい。つまり、各店舗で利用される共通のまたは別個（店舗毎）の商品情報や売価決定ロジックを管理するものであってもよい。 (Management device 1010)
As illustrated in the upper right of FIG. 30, the management device 1010 stores store information and product information. The management device 1010 may include a selling price determination logic. The store information stored in the management device 1010 is information about the store in which the management device 1010 is installed, and includes, for example, the store name of the store, information identifying the store, and the like. The product information stored in the management device 1010 is information about products sold in the store in which the management device 1010 is installed, and includes, for example, a product code, a product name, a price, and the like. The management device 1010 may acquire, for example, product information or the like from an outside (such as a server at the headquarters (not shown)) and store it. Further, the management device 1010 may be external (headquarters server). That is, common or separate (for each store) product information or selling price determination logic used in each store may be managed.
（クラウドサーバ１０２０）
　図３０の左上に示すように、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、売価決定ロジックを備える。上述したように、売価決定ロジックには、種々の種類があるが（例えば、図３１参照）、図３０に示した例では、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、売価決定ロジックＡ、売価決定ロジックＢ、売価決定ロジックＣを備えている。なお、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、売価決定ロジックＡ～Ｃを備えるが、売価決定ロジックＤ～Ｆは備えないため、少なくとも、売価決定ロジックＡに係る情報（売価変更の情報）と、売価決定ロジックＢに対応する設定情報（単品値引設定情報）と、売価決定ロジックＣに対応する設定情報（小計値引設定情報）が参照できるようになっていればよい。 (Cloud server 1020)
As shown in the upper left of FIG. 30, the cloud server 1020 includes selling price determination logic. As described above, there are various types of selling price determination logic (see, for example, FIG. 31), but in the example shown in FIG. 30, the cloud server 1020 has the selling price determination logic A, the selling price determination logic B, and the selling price determination. It has a logic C. The cloud server 1020 includes selling price determination logics A to C, but does not include selling price determination logics D to F. Therefore, at least information related to selling price determination logic A (information on selling price change) and selling price determination logic B are provided. It suffices that the corresponding setting information (single item discount setting information) and the setting information corresponding to the selling price determination logic C (subtotal discount setting information) can be referred to.
　また、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、顧客情報、店舗情報、商品情報、バスケット情報を記憶する。顧客情報は、個々の顧客を管理するための情報である。クラウドサーバ１０２０は、顧客登録時に顧客情報を生成する（ある顧客の顧客情報が記憶されることを以って当該顧客の顧客登録がなされたと解してもよい）。また、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、バスケット情報等に基づいて、顧客情報を適宜更新する。例えば、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、例えば毎日所定時刻にバスケット情報を参照し、顧客情報を更新してもよい。 In addition, the cloud server 1020 stores customer information, store information, product information, and basket information. Customer information is information for managing individual customers. The cloud server 1020 generates customer information at the time of customer registration (it may be understood that the customer registration of the customer is made by storing the customer information of a certain customer). Further, the cloud server 1020 updates the customer information as appropriate based on the basket information and the like. For example, the cloud server 1020 may refer to the basket information at a predetermined time every day and update the customer information.
　クラウドサーバ１０２０は、例えば、図３２Ａに示すような顧客情報を記憶する。図３２Ａに示した顧客情報は、顧客識別情報、顧客名、顧客登録日、キャンセル情報、顧客ランク、ポイント数等を含む。顧客識別情報は、顧客を一意に識別する識別情報である。顧客名は、顧客の氏名やニックネームなどである。顧客登録日は、顧客登録した日時である。キャンセル情報は、登録後における登録商品のキャンセルに関する情報である。顧客ランクは、顧客の購入実績に応じたランクである。なお、新規の顧客の顧客情報の生成時には、顧客識別情報、顧客名、顧客登録日は生成されるが、実際の取引（商品登録）の開始前であるため、他の情報（キャンセル情報等）は生成されない。 The cloud server 1020 stores customer information as shown in FIG. 32A, for example. The customer information shown in FIG. 32A includes customer identification information, customer name, customer registration date, cancellation information, customer rank, number of points, and the like. The customer identification information is identification information that uniquely identifies the customer. The customer name is, for example, the customer's name or nickname. The customer registration date is the date and time of customer registration. The cancellation information is information regarding cancellation of a registered product after registration. The customer rank is a rank according to the purchase record of the customer. When generating customer information for a new customer, customer identification information, customer name, and customer registration date are generated, but since it is before the actual transaction (product registration) starts, other information (cancellation information, etc.) Is not generated.
　クラウドサーバ１０２０は、例えば、顧客登録の際（例えば、携帯端末１０５０が外部（例えば、アプリ全般を提供する所定のサーバ、当該クラウドサーバ１０２０）からクラウドサーバ１０２０によるサービスを利用するためアプリケーション（アプリ）をダウンロード又はインストールする際）に顧客識別情報を生成し、記憶する。また、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、例えば、顧客登録の際に、携帯端末１０５０を用いて、登録フォーム（入力フォーム）の氏名欄に入力された情報を取得し、顧客名として記憶する。また、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、例えば、顧客登録の際の現在日時を取得し、顧客登録日として記憶する。 The cloud server 1020 is, for example, an application (application) for using the service by the cloud server 1020 from the outside (for example, a predetermined server that provides the entire application, the cloud server 1020) at the time of customer registration (for example, the mobile terminal 1050 provides the entire application). Generates and stores customer identification information (when downloading or installing). Further, for example, at the time of customer registration, the cloud server 1020 uses the mobile terminal 1050 to acquire the information entered in the name field of the registration form (input form) and stores it as the customer name. Further, the cloud server 1020 acquires, for example, the current date and time at the time of customer registration and stores it as the customer registration date.
　なお、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、自装置内の記憶部に顧客情報を記憶することに代えて又は加えて他の装置（クラウドサーバ１０２０がアクセス可能なファイルサーバ等）に顧客情報の一部または全部を記憶してもよい。 In addition, the cloud server 1020 stores a part or all of the customer information in another device (a file server or the like accessible to the cloud server 1020) instead of or in addition to storing the customer information in the storage unit in the own device. May be stored.
　店舗情報は、各店舗の管理装置１０１０から取得したものである（図３０の送受信データ「Ｄ０」参照。なお、送受信データ「Ｄ１」～「Ｄ６」は図３３にて説明する）。つまり、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、各店舗の管理装置１０１０から直接又は他の装置を介して間接的に店舗情報を受信するなどして、店舗情報を記憶する。 The store information is obtained from the management device 1010 of each store (see the transmission / reception data "D0" in FIG. 30. The transmission / reception data "D1" to "D6" are described in FIG. 33). That is, the cloud server 1020 stores the store information by receiving the store information directly from the management device 1010 of each store or indirectly via another device.
　クラウドサーバ１０２０は、例えば、図３２Ｂに示すような店舗情報を記憶する。図３２Ｂに示した店舗情報は、店舗識別情報、店舗名（支店名）、店舗特定情報１、店舗特定情報２を含む。店舗識別情報は、店舗を一意に識別する識別情報である。図３２Ｂに示した店舗識別情報は、店（屋号）若しくは企業のコードと、支店のコードとから構成される。店舗名は、店舗の名称である。図３２Ｂに示した店舗名は、店（屋号）若しくは企業と、支店名とから構成される。店舗特定情報１は、取引する店舗（商品の売買が行われる店舗）を特定するための２次元コード（ＱＲコード（登録商標）等）の情報である。店舗特定情報２は、取引する店舗を特定するための店舗の位置情報（ＧＰＳ情報）である。なお、図３２Ｂに示した例では、店舗識別情報と店舗特定情報１とは異なるが、店舗識別情報と店舗特定情報１とは同一であってもよい。 The cloud server 1020 stores store information as shown in FIG. 32B, for example. The store information shown in FIG. 32B includes store identification information, store name (branch name), store identification information 1, and store identification information 2. The store identification information is identification information that uniquely identifies the store. The store identification information shown in FIG. 32B is composed of a store (store name) or company code and a branch code. The store name is the name of the store. The store name shown in FIG. 32B includes a store (store name) or company, and a branch name. The store identification information 1 is information on a two-dimensional code (QR code (registered trademark), etc.) for specifying a store (a store where products are bought and sold) to be traded. The store specifying information 2 is position information (GPS information) of the store for specifying the store to trade. In the example shown in FIG. 32B, the store identification information and the store identification information 1 are different, but the store identification information and the store identification information 1 may be the same.
　なお、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、外部（各店舗を統括する本部のサーバ（不図示）等）から店舗情報等を取得し、記憶してもよい。また、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、自装置内の記憶部に店舗情報を記憶することに代えて又は加えて他の装置（クラウドサーバ１０２０がアクセス可能なファイルサーバ等）に店舗情報の一部または全部を記憶してもよい。 Note that the cloud server 1020 may acquire and store store information and the like from the outside (the server of the headquarters that controls each store (not shown), etc.). Further, the cloud server 1020 stores a part or all of the store information in another device (a file server or the like accessible to the cloud server 1020) instead of or in addition to storing the store information in the storage unit in the own device. May be stored.
　商品情報は、各店舗の管理装置１０１０等から取得したものである（図３０の送受信データ「Ｄ０」参照。なお、送受信データ「Ｄ１」～「Ｄ６」は図３３にて説明する）。つまり、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、各店舗の管理装置１０１０から直接又は他の装置を介して間接的に商品情報を受信するなどして、商品情報を記憶する。なお、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、外部（各店舗を統括する本部のサーバ（不図示）等）から商品情報を取得し、記憶してもよい。また、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、自装置内の記憶部に店舗情報を記憶することに代えて又は加えて他の装置（クラウドサーバ１０２０がアクセス可能なファイルサーバ等）に店舗情報の一部または全部を記憶してもよい。 The product information is obtained from the management device 1010 or the like of each store (see the transmission / reception data "D0" in FIG. 30. The transmission / reception data "D1" to "D6" are described in FIG. 33). That is, the cloud server 1020 stores the product information by receiving the product information directly from the management device 1010 of each store or indirectly via another device. The cloud server 1020 may acquire and store product information from the outside (a server (not shown) of the headquarters that controls each store). Further, the cloud server 1020 stores a part or all of the store information in another device (a file server or the like accessible to the cloud server 1020) instead of or in addition to storing the store information in the storage unit in the own device. May be stored.
　バスケット情報は、個々の取引を管理するための情報である。クラウドサーバ１０２０は、取引の開始時にバスケット情報を生成する。また、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、取引の進行にあわせて（商品が登録される度に）、バスケット情報を更新する（バスケット情報に商品が記憶されることを以って当該商品の登録がなされたと解してもよい）。 Basket information is information for managing individual transactions. The cloud server 1020 creates basket information at the start of the transaction. In addition, the cloud server 1020 updates the basket information according to the progress of the transaction (every time the product is registered) (it is understood that the product is registered by storing the product in the basket information). You may).
　クラウドサーバ１０２０は、例えば、図３２Ｃに示すようなバスケット情報を記憶する。図３２Ｃに示したバスケット情報は、バスケット識別情報、取引開始日時、取引終了日時、顧客識別情報、登録商品情報、保留商品情報、キャンセル情報等を含む。バスケット識別情報は、バスケットを一意に識別する識別情報である。図３２Ｃに示したバスケット識別情報は、店舗識別情報と、日付と、シリアル番号（例えば店舗別日付別のシリアル番号）とから構成される。取引開始日時は、取引の開始日時である。図３２Ｃに示した取引開始日時は、当該バスケット情報の生成日時である。なお、取引開始日時は、１品目の商品の登録日時（図３２Ｃ中の登録商品情報（登録商品１）を記憶した日時）としてもよい。バスケット情報の生成日時と１品目の商品の登録日時とを別々に両方記憶してもよい。 The cloud server 1020 stores basket information as shown in FIG. 32C, for example. The basket information shown in FIG. 32C includes basket identification information, transaction start date and time, transaction end date and time, customer identification information, registered product information, reserved product information, cancellation information, and the like. The basket identification information is identification information that uniquely identifies the basket. The basket identification information shown in FIG. 32C is composed of store identification information, a date, and a serial number (for example, a serial number by store date). The transaction start date and time is the transaction start date and time. The transaction start date and time shown in FIG. 32C is the generation date and time of the basket information. The transaction start date and time may be the registration date and time of one item of merchandise (the date and time when the registered merchandise information (registered merchandise 1) in FIG. 32C is stored). Both the generation date and time of the basket information and the registration date and time of one item of goods may be stored separately.
　取引終了日時は、取引の終了日時である。図３２Ｃに示した取引開始日時は、精算日時である。顧客識別情報は、当該取引の顧客を識別する顧客識別情報である。なお、バスケット情報の生成時には、バスケット識別情報、取引開始日時、顧客識別情報は生成されるが、実際の取引（商品登録）の開始前であるため、他の情報（取引終了日時等）は生成されない。なお、精算日時は、精算開始日時であってもよいし、精算終了日時であってもよい。精算開始日時と精算終了日時とを別々に両方記憶してもよい。 The transaction end date and time is the end date and time of the transaction. The transaction start date and time shown in FIG. 32C is the settlement date and time. The customer identification information is customer identification information that identifies the customer of the transaction. When the basket information is generated, the basket identification information, the transaction start date and time, and the customer identification information are generated, but since it is before the actual transaction (product registration) starts, other information (transaction end date and time, etc.) is generated. Not done. The settlement date and time may be the settlement start date and time or the settlement end date and time. Both the settlement start date and time and the settlement end date and time may be stored separately.
　登録商品情報（計）は、商品が登録される毎に更新される情報である。登録商品情報（計）は、品数（商品数）、概算小計金額（価格決定ロジックによる価格算出前の概算の小計金額）、小計金額（価格決定ロジックによる価格算出後の小計金額）等を含む。登録商品情報（１）は、１品目の商品の登録情報である。登録商品情報（２）は、２品目の商品の登録情報である。なお、図３２Ｃに示す例では、登録商品情報（３）～登録商品情報（５）の図示を省略している。登録商品情報（Ｎ；Ｎは整数）は、商品コード、品名（商品名）、価格等を含む。 Registered product information (total) is information that is updated each time a product is registered. The registered product information (total) includes the number of products (number of products), the approximate subtotal amount (approximate subtotal amount before price calculation by the price determination logic), the subtotal amount (subtotal amount after price calculation by the price determination logic), and the like. Registered merchandise information (1) is registration information for one item of merchandise. The registered merchandise information (2) is registration information of two commodities. Note that, in the example shown in FIG. 32C, the illustration of registered product information (3) to registered product information (5) is omitted. The registered product information (N; N is an integer) includes a product code, product name (product name), price, and the like.
　登録商品情報（Ｎ）は、当該Ｎ品目の商品の登録日時を含むものであってもよい。つまり、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、登録商品情報として、当該登録商品の登録日時を記憶してもよい。各商品の登録日時は、タイムサービス（売価決定ロジックＥによるサービス）等のサービス適用の要否や適用後の効果の判断材料としても用いてもよい。 The registered product information (N) may include the registration date and time of the product of the N item. That is, the cloud server 1020 may store the registration date and time of the registered product as the registered product information. The registration date and time of each product may be used as a material for determining the necessity of applying a service such as a time service (service by the selling price determination logic E) and the effect after application.
　保留商品情報（計）は、保留商品（後述）が登録される毎に更新される情報である。保留商品情報（計）は、保留商品の品数（商品数）、保留商品のうちのＮＯＮファイル（「ＮＯ－ＦＩＬＥ」とも称する）の品数、保留商品のうちの読取ＮＧ（要不正操作確認）の品数等を含む。 The pending product information (total) is information that is updated each time a pending product (described later) is registered. The pending product information (total) is the number of reserved products (number of products), the number of NON files (also referred to as "NO-FILE") among the reserved products, and the reading NG (confirmation of unauthorized operation) among the reserved products. Including the number of items.
　ＮＯＮファイルとは、店舗においてバーコードのスキャンは成功したが（商品コードを読み取ることができたが）、商品コードが商品情報に記憶されていないこと、又は、店舗において商品コードのスキャンは成功したが、商品コードが商品情報に記憶されていない商品のことである。 The NON file means that the bar code was successfully scanned in the store (although the product code could be read), the product code was not stored in the product information, or the product code was successfully scanned in the store. However, it is a product whose product code is not stored in the product information.
　読取ＮＧとは、店舗において商品コードのスキャンが失敗したこと（商品コードを読み取ることができなかったこと）、又は、店舗において商品コードのスキャンが失敗した商品のことである。つまり、読取ＮＧとは、例えば画像認識技術により一定時間商品を撮像しているがバーコード認識に至らない場合を判別できる場合にタイムアウト処理された商品である。例えば、パッケージのシワ等やバーコード印字のカスレや汚れにより正しくバーコードを取得（認識）できない場合に読取ＮＧと判断される。また、バーコードを読んだフリしてカゴへ投入する不正操作を検出した場合にも読取ＮＧと判断される。なお、携帯端末１０５０は、センサ（例えば、ジャイロセンサや加速度センサや距離センサ等）を備え、当該携帯端末１０５０がバーコード読取中（具体的には、バーコードの読み取りのため、当該携帯端末１０５０が傾けられている状況であり、かつ、当該携帯端末１０５０一定距離先に物品（商品）が存在している状況）を検出可能である。そして、所定時間内にバーコードが読み取れなかった場合（バーコード読取中が所定時間継続したがバーコードを読み取れなかった場合）は、タイムアウト処理として、保留商品（読取ＮＧ）としている。 “Reading NG” means a product code scan failure at the store (the product code could not be read), or a product code scan failure at the store. That is, the reading NG is a product that has been timed out when it can be determined, for example, that the product has been imaged for a certain period of time by the image recognition technology but the barcode recognition has not been achieved. For example, when the bar code cannot be correctly acquired (recognized) due to the wrinkles of the package, the blur of the bar code print, or the dirt, the reading is judged to be NG. In addition, it is determined that the reading is unsuccessful even if an illegal operation of pretending to read the barcode and inserting it into the basket is detected. The mobile terminal 1050 is provided with a sensor (for example, a gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, a distance sensor, etc.), and the mobile terminal 1050 is reading a barcode (specifically, the mobile terminal 1050 is for reading the barcode. Is tilted, and an article (commodity) exists at a certain distance of the mobile terminal 1050). When the barcode cannot be read within the predetermined time (when the barcode is being read for a predetermined time but the barcode cannot be read), the product is reserved (reading NG) as the timeout process.
　保留商品情報（保留商品１）は、１品目の保留商品の情報である。保留商品情報（保留商品２）は、２品目の保留商品の情報である。保留商品情報（保留商品３）は、３品目の保留商品の情報である。 Hold product information (hold product 1) is information on one item of hold product. The reserved product information (reserved product 2) is information on two items of reserved products. The pending product information (reserved product 3) is information on the reserved products of three items.
　保留商品情報（保留商品Ｎ；Ｎは整数）は、保留商品種別（当該保留商品がＮＯＮファイルであるか読取ＮＧであるかを示す情報）、画像データ（読取ＮＧ時に撮像された画像データ）を含む。例えば、Ｎ品目の商品がＮＯＮファイルによる保留商品である場合には、保留商品情報（保留商品Ｎ）は、保留商品種別「１（ＮＯＮファイル）」、画像データを含む。また、Ｎ品目の商品が読取ＮＧによう保留商品である場合には、保留商品情報（保留商品Ｎ）は、保留商品種別「２（読取ＮＧ）」、画像データを含む。 The hold product information (hold product N; N is an integer) includes the hold product type (information indicating whether the hold product is a NON file or read NG) and image data (image data captured at the time of read NG). Including. For example, when the product of N items is a reserved product by the NON file, the reserved product information (reserved product N) includes the reserved product type "1 (NON file)" and image data. Further, when the product of N items is a reserved product such as read NG, the reserved product information (held product N) includes the reserved product type "2 (reading NG)" and image data.
　なお、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、自装置内の記憶部にバスケット情報を記憶することに代えて又は加えて他の装置（クラウドサーバ１０２０がアクセス可能なファイルサーバ等）にバスケット情報の一部または全部を記憶してもよい。 In addition, the cloud server 1020 stores a part or all of the basket information in another device (a file server or the like accessible to the cloud server 1020) instead of or in addition to storing the basket information in the storage unit in the own device. May be stored.
　保留商品は、上述したＮＯＮファイルや読取ＮＧによるものの他に、携帯端末１０５０とクラウドサーバ１０２０との通信が電波状況などにより不安定な場合にも発生する。第２実施形態では、一例として、電波強度をレベル１～レベル５の５段階に評価している。値が大きいほど、電波強度が強いことを示している。携帯端末１０５０は、電波強度がレベル２以下となった場合に、クラウドサーバ１０２０に商品コードを送信する登録処理を中止し、商品コードを携帯端末１０５０のメモリに記憶する。このように、商品コードを携帯端末１０５０のメモリに記憶した商品を、以下の説明では「電波保留商品」ともいう。一方、ＮＯＮファイルや読取ＮＧにより保留商品となった商品を「通常保留商品」ともいう。なお、電波保留商品と通常保留商品を特に区別しない場合には、単に「保留商品」と記載する。 In addition to the above-mentioned NON file and reading NG, the reserved product also occurs when the communication between the mobile terminal 1050 and the cloud server 1020 is unstable due to radio wave conditions or the like. In the second embodiment, as an example, the radio field intensity is evaluated in five stages from level 1 to level 5. The larger the value, the stronger the radio field intensity. When the radio wave strength becomes level 2 or less, the mobile terminal 1050 cancels the registration process of transmitting the product code to the cloud server 1020, and stores the product code in the memory of the mobile terminal 1050. The product in which the product code is stored in the memory of the mobile terminal 1050 as described above is also referred to as a “radio wave holding product” in the following description. On the other hand, a product that has been put on hold by the NON file or read NG is also called a “normally held product”. When there is no particular distinction between radio wave holding products and normal holding products, it is simply described as "holding products".
（精算装置１０４０）
　図３０の左下に示すように、精算装置１０４０は、クラウド通信機能、携帯端末連動機能、精算機能を備える。クラウド通信機能は、クラウドサーバ１０２０と通信する機能である。携帯端末連動機能は、携帯端末１０５０との連動する機能であり、例えば、携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示されるコード（２次元コード等）を光学的にスキャンし（読み取り）、スキャンした情報（またはスキャンした情報に基づく情報）をクラウド通信機能側に供給する機能である。携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示されるコードは、当該携帯端末１０５０による買上商品について精算処理を実行するために必要となる情報（例えば、バスケット識別情報）をコード化したものである。なお、クラウド通信機能、携帯端末連動機能は、精算装置１０３０は備えていない精算装置１０４０の固有機能である。 (Settlement device 1040)
As shown in the lower left of FIG. 30, the settlement device 1040 includes a cloud communication function, a mobile terminal interlocking function, and a settlement function. The cloud communication function is a function of communicating with the cloud server 1020. The mobile terminal interlocking function is a function that interlocks with the mobile terminal 1050. For example, a code (two-dimensional code or the like) displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 is optically scanned (read), and the scanned information ( Or, it is a function that supplies information based on scanned information) to the cloud communication function side. The code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 is a code of information (for example, basket identification information) necessary for executing the settlement process for the purchased product by the mobile terminal 1050. The cloud communication function and the mobile terminal interlocking function are peculiar functions of the settlement device 1040 that the settlement device 1030 does not have.
　精算機能は、クラウドサーバ１０２０の売価決定ロジックによって決定された売価に基づいて精算処理（例えば、釣銭機による現金の支払い等）を実行する機能である。 The settlement function is a function for performing settlement processing (for example, cash payment by a change machine) based on the selling price determined by the selling price determination logic of the cloud server 1020.
　精算装置１０４０は、クラウド通信機能、携帯端末連動機能、精算機能を備えるため、例えば、ある顧客の携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示されるコード（当該顧客のバスケット情報を特定可能な情報）をスキャンし、スキャンした情報（またはスキャンした情報に基づく情報）をクラウドサーバ１０２０に送信し、クラウドサーバ１０２０から当該顧客のバスケット情報に基づく売価（小計情報）を受信し、受信した売価に基づいて精算処理を実行することができる。 Since the settlement device 1040 has a cloud communication function, a mobile terminal interlocking function, and a settlement function, for example, it scans a code (information that can identify the basket information of the customer) displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 of a customer. Then, the scanned information (or information based on the scanned information) is transmitted to the cloud server 1020, the selling price (subtotal information) based on the basket information of the customer is received from the cloud server 1020, and the settlement process is performed based on the received selling price. Can be executed.
（携帯端末１０５０）
　顧客が所有するスマートフォンを店舗の登録処理ができる携帯端末１０５０として利用するためには、顧客は、スマートフォンによって登録処理を行うことができるようにするための会員登録を行う。 (Mobile terminal 1050)
In order to use the smartphone owned by the customer as the mobile terminal 1050 that can perform the registration processing of the store, the customer performs member registration so that the registration processing can be performed by the smartphone.
　会員の新規登録に際しては、会員の氏名、住所、電話番号、メールアドレス等の本人確認ができる情報などを顧客が登録するとともに、クレジットカードの情報を登録することが好ましい。登録手続きは、オンライン、オフラインのいずれの手続きでも構わない。例えば、顧客が店頭で登録用紙やタブレット等に必要事項を入力して、登録されたメールアドレスにダウンロードＵＲＬなどを通知して専用のアプリをダウンロードしても良いし、上位装置から専用のアプリをダウンロードして導入したのちに会員登録画面を立ち上げて登録手続を行ってもよい。専用のアプリは、携帯端末１０５０のアプリケーションを提供するインターネット上のサイトから提供されてもよい。 When registering a new member, it is preferable that the customer register information such as the member's name, address, telephone number, email address, etc. that can confirm the identity, and also register the credit card information. The registration procedure may be online or offline. For example, the customer may input necessary items on a registration form or tablet at the store, notify the registered mail address of the download URL, etc. to download the dedicated application, or the dedicated application may be downloaded from the host device. You may launch the member registration screen and perform the registration procedure after downloading and introducing. The dedicated application may be provided from a site on the Internet that provides the application of the mobile terminal 1050.
　また、顧客が、既に店舗のカード会員等である場合には、会員の登録処理では、例えばクレジットカードの情報のみを追加登録することで、会員としての登録を完了してもよい。なお、登録する情報は、上記情報に限定されない。例えば、店舗がチェーン店である場合などには、常時利用する店舗等の情報を登録することで、該店舗独自の情報が配信されるようにしてもよい。さらに、携帯端末１０５０は、入店時に店舗における「特売情報」「関連・代替商品」「新商品」「欠品情報」などの情報を報知してもよく、また、顧客が特定した店舗が定休日等の休みである場合には、その旨を表示するようにしてもよい。 Also, if the customer is already a card member of the store, for example, in the member registration process, the registration as a member may be completed by additionally registering only the credit card information. The information to be registered is not limited to the above information. For example, when the store is a chain store, the information unique to the store may be distributed by registering the information of the store or the like that is always used. Further, the mobile terminal 1050 may notify information such as “special sale information”, “related/replacement product”, “new product”, “stockout information”, etc. at the store when entering the store, and the store specified by the customer is closed on a regular basis. If it is a holiday such as a day, a message to that effect may be displayed.
　図３０の左下に示すように、携帯端末１０５０は、クラウドサーバ１０２０と通信する。携帯端末１０５０は、クラウドサーバ１０２０と通信することにより商品を登録する。つまり、携帯端末１０５０は、ある商品に付されているバーコードを撮像することにより、オブジェクトとして当該バーコードを認識し（バーコードから商品コードを読み取り）、商品コードをクラウドサーバ１０２０に送信することにより、当該商品を登録する（具体的には、クラウドサーバ１０２０のバスケット情報に当該商品コードを記憶させる）。 As shown in the lower left of FIG. 30, the mobile terminal 1050 communicates with the cloud server 1020. The mobile terminal 1050 registers the product by communicating with the cloud server 1020. That is, the mobile terminal 1050 recognizes the barcode as an object (reads the product code from the barcode) by imaging the barcode attached to the product, and transmits the product code to the cloud server 1020. (Specifically, the product code is stored in the basket information of the cloud server 1020).
　また、携帯端末１０５０は、コード（２次元コード等）を生成する。つまり、携帯端末１０５０は、精算装置１０４０の携帯端末連動機能に関連して、表示部にコードを表示するが、携帯端末１０５０は、表示部に表示するコードを自ら生成し、表示部に表示する。なお、携帯端末１０５０が、生成し、表示部に表示するコードは、上述したように、当該携帯端末１０５０による買上商品について精算処理と実行するために必要となる情報（例えば、バスケット識別情報）をコード化したものである。 The mobile terminal 1050 also generates a code (two-dimensional code, etc.). That is, the mobile terminal 1050 displays the code on the display unit in relation to the mobile terminal interlocking function of the settlement device 1040, but the mobile terminal 1050 generates the code to be displayed on the display unit by itself and displays it on the display unit. .. As described above, the code generated by the mobile terminal 1050 and displayed on the display unit provides information (for example, basket identification information) required for settlement processing and execution of the purchased product by the mobile terminal 1050. It is coded.
　なお、携帯端末１０５０は、外部から取得したアプリの機能として、クラウドサーバ１０２０と通信する機能や、コード（２次元コード等）を生成する機能を実現する。つまり、携帯端末１０５０は、アプリを起動させることによって、クラウドサーバ１０２０と通信したり、コードを生成したり、表示したりしてもよい。 The mobile terminal 1050 realizes a function of communicating with the cloud server 1020 and a function of generating a code (two-dimensional code, etc.) as a function of an application acquired from the outside. That is, the mobile terminal 1050 may communicate with the cloud server 1020, generate a code, or display the code by activating the application.
　なお、携帯端末１０５０は、表示部に表示するコードを生成する機能を備えていなくてもよい。例えば、携帯端末１０５０に代えてクラウドサーバ１０２０がコードを生成する機能を備えていてもよい。つまり、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、携帯端末１０５０からの要求に基づいてコードを生成し、生成したコードを携帯端末１０５０に送信し、携帯端末１０５０は、クラウドサーバ１０２０にコードの生成を要求し、クラウドサーバ１０２０によって生成されたコードを受信し、表示部に表示してもよい。 Note that the mobile terminal 1050 may not have the function of generating a code to be displayed on the display unit. For example, the cloud server 1020 may have a function of generating a code instead of the mobile terminal 1050. That is, the cloud server 1020 generates a code based on the request from the mobile terminal 1050 and transmits the generated code to the mobile terminal 1050, and the mobile terminal 1050 requests the cloud server 1020 to generate the code and the cloud server. The code generated by 1020 may be received and displayed on the display unit.
　図３３は、図３０の機能構成における、処理の流れの概略を説明するシーケンス図である。具体的には、図３３は、ある店舗に、ある顧客が来店し、当該店舗に陳列されている商品を登録し、登録した商品の精算が完了する迄における、当該顧客の携帯端末１０５０、当該店舗に設置された精算装置１０４０、データセンタ等の外部に設置されたクラウドサーバ１０２０の夫々の処理の一例を示したものである。図３３の左側が、携帯端末１０５０の処理、中央が精算装置１０４０の処理、右側がクラウドサーバ１０２０の処理である。図３４Ａ、図３４Ｂ、図３４Ｃは、携帯端末１０５０の表示部における表示例である。図３５Ａ、図３５Ｂ、図３５Ｃは、精算装置の表示部における表示例である。 FIG. 33 is a sequence diagram for explaining the outline of the processing flow in the functional configuration of FIG. Specifically, FIG. 33 shows a case where a certain customer visits a certain store, registers the product displayed in the store, and finishes the settlement of the registered product, the mobile terminal 1050 of the customer, An example of each processing of the settlement device 1040 installed in the store and the cloud server 1020 installed outside the data center or the like is shown. The left side of FIG. 33 is the process of the mobile terminal 1050, the center is the process of the settlement device 1040, and the right side is the process of the cloud server 1020. 34A, 34B, and 34C are display examples on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050. 35A, 35B, and 35C are display examples in the display unit of the settlement device.
　以下、図３０、図３２、図３４Ｂ、図３４Ｃ、図３５Ａ、図３５Ｂ、図３５Ｃ等を参照しつつ、図３３に示した動作の流れを説明する。
ステップＳ１：携帯端末１０５０は、店舗を特定する情報（店舗特定情報）を取得する。例えば、店舗の入口付近に当該店舗を特定するための２次元コードを表示（２次元コードを表示画面に出力、２次元コードを印刷した媒体を貼付等）しておき、来店した顧客が、携帯端末１０５０で２次元コードをスキャンする（読み取る）ことにより、携帯端末１０５０は店舗特定情報を取得してもよい。なお、来店した顧客がアプリを起動させると、待機画面として２次元コードのスキャンを該顧客に指示する画面を表示するようにしてもよいし、来店した顧客が携帯端末１０５０で２次元コードをスキャンすると、アプリが起動し、待機画面としてクラウドサーバ１０２０に接続中である旨を該顧客に報知する画面を表示するようにしてもよい。 The flow of the operation shown in FIG. 33 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 30, 32, 34B, 34C, 35A, 35B, 35C and the like.
Step S1: The mobile terminal 1050 acquires information (store identification information) that identifies the store. For example, a two-dimensional code for identifying the store is displayed near the entrance of the store (output the two-dimensional code on the display screen, attach a medium on which the two-dimensional code is printed, etc.), and the customer who visits the store carries it. The mobile terminal 1050 may acquire the store identification information by scanning (reading) the two-dimensional code with the terminal 1050. When the customer who visits the store activates the application, a screen instructing the customer to scan the two-dimensional code may be displayed as a standby screen, or the customer who visits the store scans the two-dimensional code with the mobile terminal 1050. Then, the application may be started, and a screen for notifying the customer that the customer is connected to the cloud server 1020 may be displayed as a standby screen.
　また例えば、店舗は所在地で特定されるため、来店した顧客が、店舗において携帯端末１０５０で位置情報（ＧＰＳ情報）を取得してもよい（すなわち、店舗特定情報として当該店舗の位置情報を取得してもよい）。なお、来店した顧客がアプリを起動させると、位置情報を取得し、待機画面としてクラウドサーバ１０２０に接続中である旨を該顧客に報知する画面を表示するようにしてもよい。位置情報から複数店舗が検出され１つに特定できない場合には、選択画面を表示し顧客に選択させるようにしてもよい。もしくは強制的に２次元コードを取得させるモードに切り替えてもよい。 Further, for example, since the store is specified by the location, the customer who visits the store may acquire the location information (GPS information) at the mobile terminal 1050 at the store (that is, the location information of the store is acquired as the store identification information). May be). When a customer who visits the store activates the application, the location information may be acquired and a screen for notifying the customer that the cloud server 1020 is being connected may be displayed as a standby screen. When a plurality of stores are detected from the position information and cannot be specified as one, a selection screen may be displayed to let the customer select. Alternatively, the mode may be compulsorily switched to a mode in which a two-dimensional code is acquired.
　店舗特定情報を取得した携帯端末１０５０は、取引開始要求として、取得した店舗特定情報を顧客識別情報とともにクラウドサーバ１０２０に送信する（図３０及び図３３の送受信データ「Ｄ１」参照）。顧客識別情報については、上述したように、顧客登録の際（携帯端末１０５０にアプリをダウンロード又はインストールする際）に、携帯端末１０５０を用いて登録フォームの氏名欄に入力された情報がクラウドサーバ１０２０の顧客情報に記憶されるが、クラウドサーバ１０２０に加え、携帯端末１０５０の記憶部にも記憶しておいてもよい。なお、店舗が特定された場合には（後述する商品登録初期画面を取得したときには）、当該店舗の店舗名や実施中のサービス（その日に配布されているチラシ情報）、利用可能なクーポン情報を画面（商品登録初期画面又は商品登録初期画面とは別の画面）に表示してもよい。なお、サービスやクーポンの情報は、例えば画面情報としてクラウドサーバ１０２０から取得してもよい。 The mobile terminal 1050 that has acquired the store identification information transmits the acquired store identification information together with the customer identification information to the cloud server 1020 as a transaction start request (see the transmission / reception data "D1" in FIGS. 30 and 33). Regarding the customer identification information, as described above, the information entered in the name field of the registration form using the mobile terminal 1050 at the time of customer registration (when downloading or installing the application on the mobile terminal 1050) is the cloud server 1020. Of the customer information, but may be stored in the storage unit of the mobile terminal 1050 in addition to the cloud server 1020. In addition, when the store is specified (when the product registration initial screen to be described later is acquired), the store name of the store and the service currently in progress (leaflet information distributed on that day), the available coupon information is displayed. It may be displayed on a screen (a screen different from the product registration initial screen or the product registration initial screen). The service and coupon information may be acquired from the cloud server 1020 as screen information, for example.
　また、送信先の情報（クラウドサーバ１０２０のアドレス）についても、顧客登録の際（携帯端末１０５０にアプリをダウンロード又はインストールする際）に取得し、携帯端末１０５０の記憶部に記憶しておいてもよい。なお、２次元コードをスキャンする態様とする場合には、店舗特定情報に加え、送信先の情報）についても２次元コード化しておき、携帯端末１０５０で２次元コードをスキャンすることにより、携帯端末１０５０は店舗特定情報とともに送信先の情報も取得してもよい。 Also, the information of the transmission destination (address of the cloud server 1020) may be acquired at the time of customer registration (when the application is downloaded or installed in the mobile terminal 1050) and stored in the storage unit of the mobile terminal 1050. Good. In the case of scanning the two-dimensional code, in addition to the store identification information, the destination information) is also converted into a two-dimensional code, and the two-dimensional code is scanned by the mobile terminal 1050 to scan the mobile terminal. 1050 may acquire the information of the transmission destination together with the store identification information.
ステップＳ２：携帯端末１０５０から取引開始要求として顧客識別情報及び店舗特定情報を受信したクラウドサーバ１０２０は、当該取引のバスケットを生成する。具体的には、図３２Ｃに示すようなバスケット情報を生成する。なお、バスケット情報の生成時には、バスケット識別情報、取引開始日時、顧客識別情報は生成されるが、実際の取引（商品登録）の開始前であるため、他の情報（取引終了日時等）は生成されない。 Step S2: The cloud server 1020, which has received the customer identification information and the store identification information as a transaction start request from the mobile terminal 1050, generates a basket of the transaction. Specifically, the basket information as shown in FIG. 32C is generated. When the basket information is generated, the basket identification information, the transaction start date and time, and the customer identification information are generated, but since it is before the actual transaction (product registration) starts, other information (transaction end date and time, etc.) is generated. Not done.
　クラウドサーバ１０２０は、上述したように、図３２Ｂに示したような店舗情報を記憶しているため、携帯端末１０５０から取引開始要求として店舗特定情報を受信（顧客識別情報も受信するが）した場合、受信した店舗特定情報が２次元コードであった場合には、店舗特定情報１を参照して店舗識別情報を取得し、受信した店舗特定情報が位置情報（ＧＰＳ情報）であった場合には店舗特定情報２を参照して店舗識別情報を取得する。なお、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、携帯端末１０５０から受信した店舗特定情報が店舗識別情報を２次元コード化したものであった場合には、そのまま取得すればよい。 As described above, the cloud server 1020 stores the store information as shown in FIG. 32B. Therefore, when the store identification information is received from the mobile terminal 1050 as a transaction start request (although the customer identification information is also received). When the received store identification information is a two-dimensional code, the store identification information 1 is referred to acquire the store identification information, and when the received store identification information is position information (GPS information) The store identification information is acquired by referring to the store identification information 2. If the store identification information received from the mobile terminal 1050 is a two-dimensional code of the store identification information, the cloud server 1020 may acquire the store identification information as it is.
　つまり、携帯端末１０５０から取引開始要求として顧客識別情報及び店舗特定情報を受信したクラウドサーバ１０２０は、携帯端末１０５０から受信した店舗特定情報から店舗識別情報を取得し、更に、現在日付を取得し、シリアル番号を発行（採番）し、店舗識別情報と現在日付とシリアル番号とを結合させて、バスケット情報内のバスケット識別情報として記憶する。また、携帯端末１０５０から取引開始要求として店舗特定情報や顧客識別情報を受信したクラウドサーバ１０２０は、現在日時を取得し、バスケット情報内の取引開始日時（生成日時）として記憶する。また、携帯端末１０５０から取引開始要求として店舗特定情報や顧客識別情報を受信したクラウドサーバ１０２０は、携帯端末１０５０から受信した顧客識別情報をバスケット情報内の顧客識別情報として記憶する。 That is, the cloud server 1020 that has received the customer identification information and the store identification information as a transaction start request from the mobile terminal 1050 acquires the store identification information from the store identification information received from the mobile terminal 1050, and further acquires the current date. A serial number is issued (numbered), the store identification information, the current date, and the serial number are combined and stored as the basket identification information in the basket information. Further, the cloud server 1020, which has received the store identification information and the customer identification information as a transaction start request from the mobile terminal 1050, acquires the current date and time and stores it as the transaction start date and time (generation date and time) in the basket information. Further, the cloud server 1020, which has received the store identification information and the customer identification information as a transaction start request from the mobile terminal 1050, stores the customer identification information received from the mobile terminal 1050 as the customer identification information in the basket information.
ステップＳ３：当該取引のバスケットを生成したクラウドサーバ１０２０は、商品登録初期画面情報（待機画面である商品登録画面の画面情報）を生成し、携帯端末１０５０に送信する。具体的には、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、例えば、携帯端末１０５０において図３４Ａに示すような商品登録初期画面が表示されるような商品登録初期画面情報を生成し、生成した商品登録初期画面情報をバスケット識別情報とともに携帯端末１０５０に送信する（図３０及び図３３の送受信データ「Ｄ２」参照）。 Step S3: The cloud server 1020 that generated the basket of the transaction generates product registration initial screen information (screen information of the product registration screen that is the standby screen) and transmits it to the mobile terminal 1050. Specifically, the cloud server 1020 generates product registration initial screen information such that the product registration initial screen as shown in FIG. 34A is displayed on the mobile terminal 1050, and baskets the generated product registration initial screen information. The identification information is transmitted to the mobile terminal 1050 (see the transmission/reception data “D2” in FIGS. 30 and 33).
ステップＳ４：クラウドサーバ１０２０からバスケット識別情報及び商品登録初期画面情報を受信した携帯端末１０５０は、バスケット識別情報を記憶するとともに、登録画面を表示部に表示する。具体的には、携帯端末１０５０は、例えば図３４Ａに示すような商品登録初期画面を表示する。 Step S4: The mobile terminal 1050 that has received the basket identification information and the product registration initial screen information from the cloud server 1020 stores the basket identification information and displays the registration screen on the display unit. Specifically, the mobile terminal 1050 displays a product registration initial screen as shown in FIG. 34A, for example.
ステップＳ５：顧客の操作により携帯端末１０５０は、商品に付されたバーコードをスキャンし、商品コードを読み取る。なお、図３３では、バーコードのスキャンは成功したものとする。なお、図３０では説明の便宜上簡略化したが、ステップＳ５～ステップＳ９は、商品に付されたバーコードをスキャンする毎に繰り返し実行される。 Step S5: The mobile terminal 1050 scans the barcode attached to the product by the operation of the customer and reads the product code. Note that, in FIG. 33, it is assumed that the barcode scanning is successful. Although simplified in FIG. 30 for convenience of explanation, steps S5 to S9 are repeatedly executed every time the barcode attached to the product is scanned.
　バーコードを取得した携帯端末１０５０は、バスケット識別情報とともに、スキャンによって得られた商品コードをクラウドサーバ１０２０に送信する（図３０及び図３３の送受信データ「Ｄ３」参照）。 The mobile terminal 1050 that has acquired the barcode transmits the product code obtained by scanning together with the basket identification information to the cloud server 1020 (see the transmission / reception data "D3" in FIGS. 30 and 33).
ステップＳ６：携帯端末１０５０からバスケット識別情報及び商品コードを受信したクラウドサーバ１０２０は、バスケット識別情報から当該取引のバスケットを特定する。 Step S6: The cloud server 1020, which has received the basket identification information and the product code from the mobile terminal 1050, identifies the basket of the transaction from the basket identification information.
ステップＳ７：クラウドサーバ１０２０は、特定したバスケット内の商品データを更新する。具体的には、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、Ｎ品目として商品コードを受信した場合には、特定したバスケットのバスケット情報において、当該商品コードを登録商品情報（登録商品Ｎ）の商品コードとして記憶し、当該商品コードに対応する品名及び価格を商品情報から取得し、登録商品情報（登録商品Ｎ）の商品及び価格して記憶する。また、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、特定したバスケットのバスケット情報において、登録商品情報（計）を更新する。 Step S7: The cloud server 1020 updates the product data in the specified basket. Specifically, when the cloud server 1020 receives the product code as an N item, the cloud server 1020 stores the product code as the product code of the registered product information (registered product N) in the basket information of the specified basket, and obtains the product code. The product name and price corresponding to the product code are acquired from the product information, and the product and price of the registered product information (registered product N) are stored. In addition, the cloud server 1020 updates the registered product information (total) in the basket information of the specified basket.
ステップＳ８：バスケット内の商品データを更新したクラウドサーバ１０２０は、商品登録更新画面情報（登録した商品が追加された更新画面である商品登録画面の画面情報）を生成し、携帯端末１０５０に送信する。具体的には、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、例えば、携帯端末１０５０において図３４Ｂに示すような商品登録更新画面が表示されるような商品登録更新画面情報を生成し、生成した商品登録更新画面情報をバスケット識別情報とともに携帯端末１０５０に送信する（図３０及び図３３の送受信データ「Ｄ４」参照）。 Step S8: The cloud server 1020 that updates the product data in the basket generates product registration update screen information (screen information of the product registration screen that is the update screen to which the registered product is added) and transmits it to the mobile terminal 1050. .. Specifically, the cloud server 1020 generates product registration update screen information such that the product registration update screen as shown in FIG. 34B is displayed on the mobile terminal 1050, and baskets the generated product registration update screen information. The identification information is transmitted to the mobile terminal 1050 (see the transmission/reception data “D4” in FIGS. 30 and 33).
　なお、図３４Ｂに示した商品登録画面（商品登録更新画面）は、３品目の商品として「〇〇食パン」が登録された後に携帯端末１０５０に表示されるものである。つまり、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、１品目として「〇〇ヨーグルト」をバスケット内に記憶したときには、携帯端末１０５０において「〇〇ヨーグルト」が表示されるような商品登録更新画面情報を生成し、生成した商品登録更新画面情報をバスケット識別情報とともに携帯端末１０５０に送信し、２品目として「〇〇チョコレート」をバスケット内に記憶したときには、携帯端末１０５０において「〇〇ヨーグルト」と「〇〇チョコレート」とが表示されるような商品登録更新画面情報を生成し、生成した商品登録更新画面情報をバスケット識別情報とともに携帯端末１０５０に送信し、３品目として「〇〇食パン」をバスケット内に記憶したときには、図３４Ｂに示すように、携帯端末１０５０において「〇〇ヨーグルト」と「〇〇チョコレート」と「〇〇食パン」とが表示されるような商品登録更新画面情報を生成し、生成した商品登録更新画面情報をバスケット識別情報とともに携帯端末１０５０に送信する。 The product registration screen (product registration update screen) shown in FIG. 34B is displayed on the mobile terminal 1050 after “OO bread” is registered as the product of three items. That is, when the cloud server 1020 stores "OO yogurt" as one item in the basket, the cloud server 1020 generates product registration update screen information such that "OO yogurt" is displayed on the mobile terminal 1050, and the generated product. When the registration update screen information is sent to the mobile terminal 1050 together with the basket identification information and "○○ chocolate" is stored in the basket as two items, "○○ yogurt" and "○○ chocolate" are displayed on the mobile terminal 1050. 34B when the product registration update screen information as described above is generated, the generated product registration update screen information is transmitted to the mobile terminal 1050 together with the basket identification information, and "OO bread" as three items is stored in the basket. As shown in the above, the product registration update screen information such that "○○ yogurt", "○○ chocolate" and "○○ bread" are displayed on the mobile terminal 1050 is generated, and the generated product registration update screen information is displayed. It is transmitted to the mobile terminal 1050 together with the basket identification information.
ステップＳ９：クラウドサーバ１０２０からバスケット識別情報及び商品登録更新画面情報を受信した携帯端末１０５０は、登録画面に商品を追加する。具体的には、携帯端末１０５０は、例えば図３４Ｂに示すような商品登録更新画面を表示する。なお、上述したように、図３４Ｂに示した商品登録画面（商品登録更新画面）は、３品目の商品として「〇〇食パン」が登録された後に携帯端末１０５０に表示されるものである。 Step S9: The mobile terminal 1050 which has received the basket identification information and the product registration update screen information from the cloud server 1020 adds the product to the registration screen. Specifically, the mobile terminal 1050 displays a product registration update screen as shown in FIG. 34B, for example. Note that, as described above, the product registration screen (product registration update screen) shown in FIG. 34B is displayed on the mobile terminal 1050 after “OO bread” is registered as the three products.
ステップＳ１０：携帯端末１０５０は、顧客の操作として会計指示を受け付ける。例えば、図３４Ｂに示した「お会計へ進む」ボタンのタッチを受け付ける。 Step S10: The mobile terminal 1050 accepts an accounting instruction as a customer operation. For example, the touch of the "Proceed to checkout" button shown in FIG. 34B is accepted.
ステップＳ１１：会計指示を受け付けた携帯端末１０５０は、２次元コードを生成する。つまり、携帯端末１０５０は、当該携帯端末１０５０による買上商品について精算処理を実行するために必要となる情報（例えば、バスケット識別情報）を２次元コード化する。２次元コードを生成した携帯端末１０５０は、生成した２次元コードを表示部に表示する。例えば、図３４Ｃに示したような２次元コードを表示したコード表示画面を表示部に表示する。 Step S11: The mobile terminal 1050 which receives the accounting instruction generates a two-dimensional code. That is, the mobile terminal 1050 two-dimensionally encodes the information (for example, basket identification information) required to execute the settlement process for the purchased product by the mobile terminal 1050. The mobile terminal 1050 that has generated the two-dimensional code displays the generated two-dimensional code on the display unit. For example, a code display screen displaying a two-dimensional code as shown in FIG. 34C is displayed on the display unit.
ステップＳ１２：精算装置１０４０は、携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示されている２次元コードをスキャンする（読み取る）。例えば、精算装置１０４０は、店員によって客側スキャナ部１４０６による認識範囲内に向けられた携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示されている２次元コードをスキャンする。 Step S12: The settlement device 1040 scans (reads) the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050. For example, the checkout device 1040 scans the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 directed to the recognition range by the customer side scanner unit 1406 by the store clerk.
ステップＳ１３：携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示されている２次元コードを読み取った精算装置１０４０は、クラウドサーバ１０２０に小計金額の算出を要求する。例えば、精算装置１０４０は、小計金額の算出を要求する算出要求（小計算出要求情報）を２次元コードから取得したバスケット識別情報とともにクラウドサーバ１０２０に送信する（図３０及び図３３の送受信データ「Ｄ５」参照）。 Step S13: The settlement device 1040 that has read the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 requests the cloud server 1020 to calculate the subtotal amount. For example, the settlement device 1040 transmits a calculation request (small calculation output request information) requesting the calculation of the subtotal amount to the cloud server 1020 together with the basket identification information acquired from the two-dimensional code (transmission / reception data of FIGS. 30 and 33, ". D5").
ステップＳ１４：携帯端末１０５０からバスケット識別情報及び小計算出要求情報を受信したクラウドサーバ１０２０は、バスケット識別情報から当該取引のバスケットを特定する。 Step S14: The cloud server 1020, which has received the basket identification information and the subcalculation request information from the mobile terminal 1050, identifies the basket of the transaction from the basket identification information.
ステップＳ１５：バスケットを特定したクラウドサーバ１０２０は、特定したバスケットの小計金額を算出する。具体的には、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、売価決定ロジック（図３０参照）を用いて、小計金額を算出する。例えば、バスケットの商品が、図３４Ｂに示した３品（「〇〇ヨーグルト」、「〇〇チョコレート」、「〇〇食パン」）であって、売価決定ロジックＡ、Ｂ、Ｃによる割引の何れも適用されない場合には、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、概算金額（図３４Ｂ参照）である８３０円と同額の８３０円を小計金額として算出する。また例えば、バスケットの商品が、図３４Ｂに示した３品（「〇〇ヨーグルト」、「〇〇チョコレート」、「〇〇食パン」）であって、売価決定ロジックＢによる割引によって「〇〇ヨーグルト」が３０円値引となる場合には、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、概算金額（図３４Ｂ参照）である８３０円よりも３０円安い８００円を小計金額として算出する。 Step S15: The cloud server 1020 that has specified the basket calculates the subtotal amount of the specified basket. Specifically, the cloud server 1020 uses the selling price determination logic (see FIG. 30) to calculate the subtotal amount. For example, the products in the basket are the three products shown in FIG. 34B (“○○ yogurt”, “○○ chocolate”, and “○○ bread”), and all of the discounts are based on the selling price determination logics A, B, and C. If not applicable, the cloud server 1020 calculates a subtotal amount of 830 yen, which is the same amount as the estimated amount (see FIG. 34B) of 830 yen. Further, for example, the products in the basket are the three products shown in FIG. 34B (“OO yogurt”, “OO chocolate”, and “OO bread”), and the discount by the selling price determination logic B is “OO yogurt”. Is a discount of 30 yen, the cloud server 1020 calculates 800 yen, which is 30 yen cheaper than 830 yen, which is the estimated amount (see FIG. 34B), as the subtotal amount.
ステップＳ１６：小計金額を算出したクラウドサーバ１０２０は、バスケット情報を更新（小計金額（算出後小計金額）を記憶）するとともに、算出した小計金額を示す小計情報をバスケット識別情報とともに精算装置１０４０に送信する（図３０及び図３３の送受信データ「Ｄ６」参照）。 Step S16: The cloud server 1020 that has calculated the subtotal amount updates the basket information (stores the subtotal amount (subtotal amount after calculation)), and transmits the subtotal information indicating the calculated subtotal amount to the settlement device 1040 together with the basket identification information. (See transmission / reception data "D6" in FIGS. 30 and 33).
ステップＳ１７：クラウドサーバ１０２０からバスケット識別情報及び小計情報を受信した精算装置１０４０は、客側表示部１４０５に小計金額を表示する。例えば、精算装置１０４０は、小計金額（値引無しの８３０円）を示す小計情報を受信した精算装置１０４０は、図３５Ａに示すような、合計欄に小計金額８３０を出力した精算画面を客側表示部１４０５に表示する。また例えば、精算装置１０４０は、小計金額（３０円値引した８００円）を示す小計情報を受信した精算装置１０４０は、図３５Ｂに示すような、合計欄に小計金額８００を出力した精算画面を客側表示部１４０５に表示する。保留商品がある場合には、精算装置１０４０は、保留商品がある旨を報知する（図３５Ｃ参照）。 Step S17: The settlement device 1040, which has received the basket identification information and the subtotal information from the cloud server 1020, displays the subtotal amount on the customer side display unit 1405. For example, the settlement device 1040 receives the subtotal information indicating the subtotal amount (830 yen without discount), and the settlement device 1040 outputs the subtotal amount 830 in the total column as shown in FIG. 35A on the customer side. It is displayed on the display unit 1405. Further, for example, the settlement device 1040 receives the subtotal information indicating the subtotal amount (800 yen discounted by 30 yen), and the settlement device 1040 displays a settlement screen in which the subtotal amount 800 is output in the total column as shown in FIG. 35B. It is displayed on the customer side display unit 1405. If there is a reserved product, the settlement device 1040 notifies that there is a reserved product (see FIG. 35C).
　図３５Ａ、図３５Ｂに示されるように、顧客は精算画面において、商品の精算処理を行う決済方法を選択するが、アプリに予め決済方法を登録可能としてもよい。決済方法を登録している場合には、精算装置１０４０は、決済方法を選択する画面を表示しなくてもよい。なお、決済方法を登録している場合であっても、決済方法の変更ができることが好ましい。 As shown in FIGS. 35A and 35B, the customer selects a payment method for performing the payment processing of the product on the payment screen, but the payment method may be registered in advance in the application. When the payment method is registered, the settlement device 1040 may not display the screen for selecting the payment method. Even if the payment method is registered, it is preferable that the payment method can be changed.
　精算では、商品券による支払やポイント会員のポイントによる支払いも可能である。また、クーポン券等の割引券等の使用も可能であり、釣銭の払い出し、レシートの発行等、通常の決済処理と同様に決済を行うことができる。なお、商品券の回収などで店員の介在が必要なときは、店員呼出しが自動で行われる。または、精算装置１０４０は、サービスカウンタや有人ＰＯＳなどへ誘導する表示をしても良い。 For payment, it is possible to pay with gift certificates and points of point members. In addition, discount coupons such as coupons can be used, and payments can be made in the same manner as normal payment processing, such as withdrawal of change and issuance of receipts. In addition, when the clerk needs to intervene to collect a gift certificate or the like, the clerk is called automatically. Alternatively, the settlement device 1040 may display a guide to a service counter, a manned POS, or the like.
ステップＳ１８：客側表示部１４０５に小計金額を表示した精算装置１０４０は、支払い（精算）を実行する。具体的には、精算装置１０４０は、決済種別の選択を受け付ける。現金の場合には、預り金の投入を受け付けて、釣り銭金額を算出し、釣り銭がある場合には、釣り銭を放出するとともに、レシートを発行する。また、精算装置１０４０は、精算が完了した場合には、精算完了情報をバスケット情報とともにクラウドサーバ１０２０に送信し、クラウドサーバ１０２０は当該バスケットの取引終了日時（精算日時）を記憶する。 Step S18: The settlement device 1040 displaying the subtotal amount on the customer side display unit 1405 executes payment (settlement). Specifically, the settlement device 1040 accepts the selection of the payment type. In the case of cash, the deposit is accepted, the amount of change is calculated, and if there is change, the change is released and a receipt is issued. Further, when the settlement is completed, the settlement device 1040 transmits the settlement completion information together with the basket information to the cloud server 1020, and the cloud server 1020 stores the transaction end date and time (settlement date and time) of the basket.
　なお、第２実施形態では、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、売価決定ロジックＨ（決済種別値引価格算出機能）を有しないため、説明を省略したが、売価決定ロジックＨ（決済種別値引価格算出機能）を有する場合には、決済種別の選択後に、小計金額を再計算するようにしてもよい。具体的には、精算装置１０４０は、決済種別の選択後に、クラウドサーバ１０２０に小計金額の算出を再度要求し（例えば、選択された決済種別を示す決済種別選択情報をバスケット識別情報とともにクラウドサーバ１０２０に送信し、クラウドサーバ１０２０は、売価決定ロジックＨを用いて小計金額を再度算出し、再度算出した小計金額を示す小計情報をバスケット識別情報とともに精算装置１０４０に再度送信してもよい。あるいは、小計金額の算出が１回で済むように、ステップＳ１３の算出要求以前（例えば、携帯端末１０５０にて２次元コードを生成する前、精算装置１０４０にて２次元コードの読取後に算出要求の送信前等）に決済種別の選択を顧客に求めるようにし、ステップＳ１３の算出要求の際に決済種別選択情報もクラウドサーバ１０２０に送信するようにしてもよい。 In the second embodiment, since the cloud server 1020 does not have the selling price determination logic H (settlement type discount price calculation function), the description is omitted, but the selling price determination logic H (settlement type discount price calculation function). If you have, you may recalculate the subtotal amount after selecting the payment type. Specifically, the settlement device 1040 requests the cloud server 1020 to calculate the subtotal amount again after selecting the payment type (for example, the payment type selection information indicating the selected payment type is combined with the basket identification information in the cloud server 1020. The cloud server 1020 may recalculate the subtotal amount using the selling price determination logic H, and retransmit the subtotal information indicating the recalculated subtotal amount to the settlement device 1040 together with the basket identification information. Before the calculation request in step S13 (for example, before the mobile terminal 1050 generates the two-dimensional code, after the settlement device 1040 reads the two-dimensional code, and before the calculation request is transmitted, so that the subtotal amount can be calculated only once. Etc.) may be requested from the customer to select the payment type, and the payment type selection information may also be transmitted to the cloud server 1020 at the time of the calculation request in step S13.
（個々の商品登録時のチェック）
　なお、携帯端末１０５０は、商品をスキャンした後に商品コードをクラウドサーバ１０２０に送信するが（Ｓ５）、当該店舗（来店して商品登録初期画面を表示したときの店舗）内においてスキャンした商品以外の商品（例えば、他の店舗に移動してスキャンした商品等）について商品コードを送信しないようにしてもよい。例えば、携帯端末１０５０は、来店時（又は商品登録初期画面の表示時）に位置情報（ＧＰＳ情報）を取得し、記憶する。また、携帯端末１０５０は、個々の商品をスキャンしたときに位置情報を取得し、商品のスキャン時に取得した位置情報と来店時（又は商品登録初期画面の表示時）に取得した位置情報とを比較する。そして、携帯端末１０５０は、両者が一致（または略一致）した場合には当該商品の商品コードのクラウドサーバ１０２０への送信を許可し、一致（又は略一致）しなかった場合には当該商品の商品コードのクラウドサーバ１０２０への送信を禁止してもよい。
　これにより、不適切な商品登録（例えば、他の店舗等において生成されたバスケットに対する商品登録等）を防止することができる。 (Check when registering individual products)
The mobile terminal 1050 transmits the product code to the cloud server 1020 after scanning the product (S5), but other than the product scanned in the store (the store when the product registration initial screen is displayed after visiting the store). The product code may not be transmitted for a product (for example, a product moved to another store and scanned). For example, the mobile terminal 1050 acquires and stores location information (GPS information) when visiting a store (or when displaying a product registration initial screen). In addition, the mobile terminal 1050 acquires location information when scanning individual products, and compares the location information acquired when scanning the products with the location information acquired when visiting the store (or when displaying the initial product registration screen). To do. Then, the mobile terminal 1050 permits transmission of the product code of the product to the cloud server 1020 when the both match (or substantially matches), and when the two do not match (or substantially match), the product Transmission of the product code to the cloud server 1020 may be prohibited.
This can prevent improper product registration (for example, product registration for a basket generated at another store or the like).
　精算装置１０４０は、上述のように商品コードの送信を禁止した場合には、商品のスキャン後にエラーメッセージ（例えば、「〇〇店舗内ではないため、登録ができません」）を客側表示部１４０５に表示してもよい。また、精算装置１０４０は、上記メッセージを客側表示部１４０５に代えて又は加えて店員側表示部１４１０に表示してもよい。 When the settlement device 1040 prohibits the transmission of the product code as described above, the payment device 1040 displays an error message (for example, "Registration is not possible because it is not in the XX store") on the customer side display unit 1405 after scanning the product. It may be displayed. Further, the settlement device 1040 may display the above message on the clerk side display unit 1410 in place of or in addition to the customer side display unit 1405.
（２次元コードの読取時のチェック）
　また、精算装置１０４０は、携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示されている２次元コードを読み取った後にクラウドサーバ１０２０に小計金額の算出を要求するが（Ｓ１２）、当該店舗内においてスキャンした商品以外の商品（例えば、他の店舗でスキャンした商品等）について小計金額の算出を要求しないようにしてもよい。例えば、精算装置１０４０は、当該店舗の店舗識別情報を参照し（自精算装置１０４０内に当該店舗の店舗識別情報を記憶し参照してもよいし、アクセス可能な他の装置内に記憶されている店舗識別情報を参照してもよい）、携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示されている２次元コードを読み取ったときに、当該２次元コードから得られるバスケット識別情報と、当該店舗の店舗識別情報とを比較する。そして、精算装置１０４０は、バスケット識別情報に含まれる店舗識別情報（図３２Ｂのバスケット識別情報の構成を参照）が、当該店舗の店舗識別情報を含む構成である場合には小計金額の算出の要求を許可し、当該店舗の店舗識別情報を含む構成でない場合には小計金額の算出の要求を禁止してもよい。
　これにより、不適切な精算（例えば、他の店舗等において商品登録された商品の精算等）を防止することができる。 (Check when reading 2D code)
Further, the settlement device 1040 requests the cloud server 1020 to calculate the subtotal amount after reading the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 (S12), but other than the products scanned in the store. The calculation of the subtotal amount may not be requested for the product (for example, the product scanned in another store). For example, the checkout device 1040 may refer to the store identification information of the store (the store identification information of the store may be stored and referred to in the self-payment device 1040, or may be stored in another accessible device. Existing store identification information), the basket identification information obtained from the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 and the store identification information of the store. Compare with. Then, the settlement device 1040 requests the calculation of the subtotal amount when the store identification information included in the basket identification information (see the configuration of the basket identification information in FIG. 32B) includes the store identification information of the store. May be permitted, and the request for calculation of the subtotal amount may be prohibited if the configuration does not include the store identification information of the store.
Accordingly, it is possible to prevent improper settlement (for example, settlement of products registered in other stores).
　精算装置１０４０は、上述のように小計金額の要求を禁止した場合には、２次元コードの読取後にエラーメッセージ（例えば、「〇〇店舗以外の商品を含むため、精算ができません」）を客側表示部１４０５に表示してもよい。また、精算装置１０４０は、上記メッセージを客側表示部１４０５に代えて又は加えて店員側表示部１４１０に表示してもよい。 When the settlement device 1040 prohibits the request for the subtotal amount as described above, the settlement device 1040 displays an error message (for example, "cannot be settled because it includes products other than XX stores") after reading the two-dimensional code. It may be displayed on the display unit 1405. Further, the settlement device 1040 may display the above message on the clerk side display unit 1410 in place of or in addition to the customer side display unit 1405.
　次に、上述した実施形態における数量の変更や登録保留情報の修正等について説明する。まず、図３４Ａに示した商品登録初期画面について、この商品登録初期画面を表示する前に、スタート画面を表示してもよい。図３６Ａは、スタート画面の一例である。スタート画面８０１には、会員のポイント情報８００ａと、特定された店舗の店舗情報８００ｂ、特売情報等のお知らせ８００ｃ、クーポン情報８００ｄ等にリンクされたキーが配置されているとともに、店舗における商品登録を開始することを宣言する「開始」キー８００ｅが配置されている。そして、携帯端末１０５０は、会員によってスタート画面８００の「開始」キー８００ｅが操作されることで、図３４Ａに示した商品登録初期画面を表示する。 Next, the change in quantity and the correction of registration pending information in the above-described embodiment will be described. First, regarding the product registration initial screen shown in FIG. 34A, a start screen may be displayed before this product registration initial screen is displayed. FIG. 36A is an example of the start screen. On the start screen 801, a key linked to member point information 800a, store information 800b of the specified store, notification 800c of special sale information, coupon information 800d, etc. is arranged, and product registration at the store is performed. A "start" key 800e that declares to start is arranged. Then, the mobile terminal 1050 displays the product registration initial screen shown in FIG. 34A by operating the "start" key 800e of the start screen 800 by the member.
　図３６Ｂは、ＮＯＮファイルや読取ＮＧが発生した場合に表示される画面例を示す図である。携帯端末１０５０は、図３６Ｂに示されるように、登録ができない商品について保留商品とする旨の報知（ポップアップ）８３０を表示する。このとき、正常に登録できた商品と登録ができない商品を別のバスケット（又は、バスケット内の特定の領域）に入れるように促す表示８３０ａなど、両商品について異なる取り扱いをする旨の報知をしてもよい。なお、報知は、メッセージ等のポップアップ表示に限定されるものではない。 FIG. 36B is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed when a NON file or read NG occurs. As shown in FIG. 36B, the mobile terminal 1050 displays a notification (popup) 830 that a product that cannot be registered is a reserved product. At this time, a notification indicating that the two products are handled differently, such as a display 830a that prompts the user to put the normally registered product and the unregisterable product in different baskets (or a specific area in the basket), is given. Good. The notification is not limited to pop-up display of messages and the like.
　図３６Ｃは、保留商品があることを示す画面例を示す図である。携帯端末１０５０は、図３６Ｃに示すように、表示領域８１２に、登録情報８１２ａにあわせて保留商品があることを示す登録保留情報８１２ｄを表示する。なお表示領域８１２に表示された登録保留情報８１２ｄは、登録情報８１２ａとは異なる表示形態で一覧表示する。図３６Ｃに示す例では、携帯端末１０５０は、３点の登録情報８１２ａに登録保留情報８１２ｄをあわせて表示し、登録保留情報８１２ｄの背景を他の登録情報の背景と異ならせている。 FIG. 36C is a diagram showing an example of a screen showing that there are pending products. As shown in FIG. 36C, the mobile terminal 1050 displays the registration hold information 812d indicating that there is a hold product in accordance with the registration information 812a in the display area 812. The registration hold information 812d displayed in the display area 812 is displayed as a list in a display form different from that of the registration information 812a. In the example shown in FIG. 36C, the mobile terminal 1050 displays the registration hold information 812d together with the three registration information 812a, and makes the background of the registration hold information 812d different from the background of the other registration information.
　また、携帯端末１０５０は、表示領域８１２に、保留商品の数を表示８１２ｅするとともに、登録保留情報８１２ｄに、専用のバスケットに入れるように促す表示８１２ｆを行うことで、会員に対して保留商品が存在すること報知している。なお、表示に際しては、該保留商品が、「ＮＯＮファイル商品」であるのか「読取ＮＧ商品」であるのかもあわせて表示することが好ましい。この表示によって、店員がこの表示を見ることができるので、より迅速な対応を顧客に提供することができる。 In addition, the mobile terminal 1050 displays the number of reserved products in the display area 812 at 812e, and displays the registration pending information 812d in a display 812f prompting the member to put the reserved products in the dedicated basket. It informs that it exists. At the time of display, it is preferable to also display whether the reserved product is a "NON file product" or a "reading NG product". With this display, the clerk can see this display, so that a quicker response can be provided to the customer.
　また、一覧表示された登録保留情報８１２ｄについても、数量の変更や削除は通常の商品と同様にできることが好ましい。例えば、会員によって登録のできない商品のコード情報に対して何度も読み取り操作を行った場合には、複数の登録保留情報８１２ｄが生成される可能性があるが、そのような場合には、会員の操作に応じて、携帯端末１０５０は、登録保留情報８１２ｄを削除するようにしてもよい。 Further, it is preferable that the quantity of the registration pending information 812d displayed in the list can be changed or deleted in the same manner as a normal product. For example, if the code information of a product that cannot be registered by a member is repeatedly read, a plurality of registration pending information 812d may be generated. In such a case, the member The mobile terminal 1050 may delete the registration hold information 812d in response to the operation.
　なお、登録情報８１２ａについては、会員の操作によって数量の変更や商品の削除ができる。図３７Ａ、図３７Ｂは、数量の変更や削除を示す画面である。会員が、登録情報８１２ａの数量部分にタッチすることによって、携帯端末１０５０は、図３７Ａに示すように、当該商品の数量を変更するポップアップ８２０を表示する。 Regarding the registration information 812a, the quantity can be changed and the product can be deleted by the operation of the member. 37A and 37B are screens showing changes and deletions in quantity. When the member touches the quantity portion of the registration information 812a, the mobile terminal 1050 displays a pop-up 820 for changing the quantity of the product, as shown in FIG. 37A.
　ポップアップ８２０には、現時点での購入個数と価格が表示されるとともに、商品の個数を増減する「＋」キー、「－」キー及び「商品取消」キーが配置されている。なお、変更の対象とした商品が特売商品等の購入個数が限定された商品、或いは不定貫の商品で複数個の購入になじまない商品等の場合には、図３７Ｂに示すように、携帯端末１０５０は、ポップアップ８２０に、購入個数と価格とともに「商品取消」キーのみのポップアップ８２０を表示するようにしてもよい。 The pop-up 820 displays the current purchase quantity and price, and also has a "+" key, a "-" key, and a "product cancellation" key for increasing or decreasing the number of products. If the product to be changed is a product with a limited number of purchases, such as a special sale product, or an indefinite product that does not fit into a plurality of purchases, as shown in FIG. The 1050 may display the pop-up 820 with only the "cancel product" key together with the number of purchased items and the price.
　そして、会員が、上記「＋」キー、「－」キー及び「商品取消」キーを操作することにより、携帯端末１０５０は、登録情報８１２ａの数量等を変更する。なお、会員が携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示された商品の数量を変更したり、商品の削除をしたりした場合には、買い物ファイルに記憶された登録情報に対する反映がなされ、同様に数量の変更や商品の削除がなされる。 Then, when the member operates the above-mentioned "+" key, "-" key and "product cancellation" key, the mobile terminal 1050 changes the quantity and the like of the registration information 812a. When the member changes the quantity of the product displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 or deletes the product, the registration information stored in the shopping file is reflected, and the quantity of the product is also changed. Changes or product deletions are made.
　こうした「＋」キー等によって数量を変更してもよいが、同じ商品のバーコードを複数回撮像しても良い。ただし、連続して、または時間をおいて同じ商品のバーコードを複数回撮像した場合は、携帯端末１０５０は、同じ商品を複数購入してよいか否かを確認する表示を行ったり、商品識別情報を取得するときの確認音や振動パターンを変更したりする。これによって、商品識別情報が複数回取得されていることを顧客が認識できる。 The quantity may be changed with the "+" key, etc., but the barcode of the same product may be imaged multiple times. However, if the barcode of the same product is imaged multiple times continuously or at intervals, the mobile terminal 1050 may display a display confirming whether or not the same product may be purchased multiple times, or identify the product. Change the confirmation sound or vibration pattern when acquiring information. As a result, the customer can recognize that the product identification information has been acquired a plurality of times.
　そして、会員が複数回の撮像によって同一の商品を登録した場合には、携帯端末１０５０は、一覧表示の最新行に当該商品の購入数量の総合計とともに表示する。なお、複数回の撮像を複数行で表示しても良いことはいうまでもない。 Then, when the member registers the same product by multiple imagings, the mobile terminal 1050 displays the total purchase quantity of the product in the latest line of the list display. Needless to say, a plurality of times of imaging may be displayed in a plurality of lines.
　以上説明した登録等における商品には、バーコードが貼付されていたが、キュウリなどの青果や魚などのばら売り商品等のバーコードの貼付に適さない商品の登録は、例えば、商品が陳列されている棚もしくは容器に添付されているバーコードを撮像することで、商品の登録処理を行うようにすればよい。商品に直接バーコードが添付されていれば該バーコードを撮像してもよいことは言うまでもない。 Barcodes have been affixed to the products in the registrations described above, but for registration of products that are not suitable for affixing barcodes such as fruits and vegetables such as cucumbers and bulk-sold products such as fish, for example, the products are displayed. The product registration process may be performed by imaging the barcode attached to the shelf or container. Needless to say, if the barcode is directly attached to the product, the barcode may be imaged.
　また、携帯端末１０５０は、バーコードの貼付に適さない商品を撮像して物体認識することによって、商品の特定をしてもよい。また、音声等による登録処理を行ってもよく、表示部にプリセットキーを表示して会員に選択させることで登録処理を行っても良い。 Also, the mobile terminal 1050 may identify the product by capturing an image of the product that is not suitable for sticking the barcode and recognizing the object. Further, the registration process may be performed by voice or the like, or the registration process may be performed by displaying the preset key on the display unit and letting the member select it.
　図３８Ａ、図３８Ｂは、ばら売りの商品の登録に関する画面を示す図である。会員が、ばら売り商品の登録処理を行うと、携帯端末１０５０は、図３８Ａに示すように、購入する本数を確認するポップアップ８５０を表示する。ポップアップ８５０には、ばら売り商品について、商品名と１つ当たりの価格、購入個数８５０ａ、合計金額等が表示されているとともに、購入本数の変更を指示する「＋」キー８５０ｂ及び「－」キー８５０ｃ、「商品取消」キー８５０ｄ、「決定」キー８５０ｅが配置されている。 FIGS. 38A and 38B are diagrams showing screens related to registration of products sold separately. When the member performs the registration process of the products sold separately, the mobile terminal 1050 displays a pop-up 850 for confirming the number of products to be purchased, as shown in FIG. 38A. In the pop-up 850, the product name, the price per item, the number of items purchased 850a, the total amount, etc. are displayed for the items sold separately, and the "+" key 850b and the "-" key instructing the change of the number of items purchased are displayed. 850c, a "commodity cancellation" key 850d, and a "decision" key 850e are arranged.
　そして、会員が、「＋」キー８５０ｂ及び「－」キー８５０ｃを操作して購入個数を設定し、「決定」キー８５０ｅを操作することによって、携帯端末１０５０は、購入個数８５０ａに設定されている個数によって登録情報を登録する。 Then, the member operates the "+" key 850b and the "-" key 850c to set the purchase quantity, and operates the "decision" key 850e, so that the mobile terminal 1050 is set to the purchase quantity 850a. Register registration information according to the number.
　また、ばら売り商品については、例えば３個購入すると１個ずつ購入するよりも安くなる値引きが採用されることがある。会員が、そのような値引きの対象となるばら売りの商品を登録した時には、携帯端末１０５０は、複数本の購入で値引きが適用される旨及びその具体的な数量、値引き価格等の表示を行ってもよい。さらに、携帯端末１０５０は、図３８Ｂに示すように、まとめ買い割引が適用される本数を購入個数８５０ａの初期値として設定してポップアップ８５０を表示してもよい。 Also, for individually sold products, discounts may be adopted, for example, if you buy three, it will be cheaper than purchasing one by one. When a member registers a product sold separately that is subject to such a discount, the mobile terminal 1050 displays that the discount is applied to the purchase of a plurality of products, the specific quantity thereof, the discount price, and the like. May be. Further, as shown in FIG. 38B, the mobile terminal 1050 may display the pop-up 850 by setting the number to which the bulk purchase discount is applied as the initial value of the purchased number 850a.
　例えば、図３８Ｂに示すように、携帯端末１０５０は、ポップアップ８５０に、まとめて買うと得であることを表示するとともに、予めまとめ割引が適用される本数（３本）が、購入個数８５０ａの初期値として設定されており、会員は、ポップアップ８５０によって、まとめ買いによる割引商品であることを知ることができ、「決定」キー８５０ｅを操作することで、まとめ買いによる購入を簡単に設定することができる。 For example, as shown in FIG. 38B, the mobile terminal 1050 displays on the pop-up 850 that it is profitable to buy in bulk, and the number (3) to which the bulk discount is applied in advance is the initial purchase quantity of 850a. It is set as a value, and the member can know that it is a discount product by bulk purchase by the pop-up 850, and can easily set the purchase by bulk purchase by operating the "OK" key 850e.
　もちろん、会員は、購入個数８５０ａの変更を指示する「－」キー８５０ｃ等の操作によって購入本数を減らして、「決定」キー８５０ｅを押すこともでき、携帯端末１０５０は、ポップアップ８５０で設定された本数で商品の登録を行う。なお、まとめ買い割引が適用される商品であっても、初期値を「１」としておいてもよい。 Of course, the member can also reduce the number of purchases by operating the "-" key 850c or the like instructing to change the purchase quantity 850a and press the "OK" key 850e, and the mobile terminal 1050 is set by the pop-up 850. Register the product by the number. The initial value may be set to "1" even for products to which the bulk purchase discount is applied.
　肉や総菜等の計量対象商品の登録に際しては、計量対象商品を計量する計量装置によって商品情報が記録された値付けラベルが発行されるので、この値付けラベルに印刷されたバーコードを撮像することで商品の登録処理を行う。上記計量装置をストアサーバーに接続することで、発行した値付けラベルに記録した商品情報を商品マスタに追加することができる。なお、計量対象商品については、購入個数の変更はできない仕様としてもよい。 When registering products to be weighed such as meat and delicatessen, a pricing label with product information recorded is issued by the weighing device that weighs the products to be weighed, so the barcode printed on this pricing label is imaged. By doing so, the product registration process is performed. By connecting the weighing device to the store server, the product information recorded on the issued pricing label can be added to the product master. The number of products to be weighed may be specified so that the number of purchased products cannot be changed.
　この仕様において、バルク専用の計量装置がネットワーク接続されてる場合、計量装置を一意に識別する情報と商品のバーコードとを携帯端末１０５０が撮像することで、計量装置と商品とを確定する。その上で、計量装置が容器を例えば撮像することなどで自動認識し、商品を盛付けた容器を計量してもよい。このとき、消費期限などの情報をラベル発行して商品に貼付してもよい。さらに、会員情報など、顧客を特定できる情報を、ＩＣなどで認識させることができれば、計量装置で登録データを生成して、客の登録データとしてクラウドサーバ１０２０に送信し、この登録データと顧客を特定できる情報の２つのデータを照合することで不正などの防止も可能となる。 According to this specification, when a bulk-only weighing device is connected to a network, the mobile terminal 1050 captures the information uniquely identifying the weighing device and the barcode of the product to determine the weighing device and the product. Then, the weighing device may automatically recognize the container by, for example, taking an image of the container, and weigh the container on which the product is placed. At this time, information such as the expiration date may be issued as a label and attached to the product. Furthermore, if information that can identify the customer, such as member information, can be recognized by the IC or the like, registration data is generated by the weighing device and transmitted to the cloud server 1020 as customer registration data, and the registration data and the customer are transmitted. It is also possible to prevent fraud by collating two pieces of data of identifiable information.
　こうした計量装置を用いる場合の他の形態について説明する。携帯端末は、店舗識別情報を取得する際に、店舗内の計量装置と接続するための接続情報を取得する。そして、客は携帯端末で計量対象商品のバーコードを読取る。計量対象商品のバーコードを読取ると、携帯端末は、計量装置で商品の重さを計量するための計量ボタンを表示する。この計量ボタンを客が押下することで、客は計量装置での計量を行うことができる。なお、客は、複数の計量対象商品の各々をバーコードを読み取らせた後に、計量ボタンを押下してもよい。 Explain another form of using such a measuring device. When the mobile terminal acquires the store identification information, it acquires the connection information for connecting to the weighing device in the store. Then, the customer reads the barcode of the product to be weighed with the mobile terminal. When the barcode of the product to be weighed is read, the mobile terminal displays a weighing button for weighing the product with the weighing device. When the customer presses this weighing button, the customer can perform weighing with the weighing device. The customer may press the weighing button after scanning the bar code of each of the plurality of weighing target products.
　計量ボタンの押下によって、携帯端末は、取得した接続情報を用いて計量装置と接続する。店舗において計量装置が１つのみであれば、当該計量装置に接続する。店舗において計量装置が複数あれば、携帯端末は、客が計量装置を選択するための計量装置選択画面を表示する。このとき表示される計量装置選択画面において、利用可能か否かの情報を計量装置ごとに表示してもよい。また、計量装置が複数あっても利用可能な計量装置が１つしかない場合は、利用可能な計量装置が自動で選択されるようにしてもよい。計量装置が利用可能か否かの情報は、携帯端末がクラウドサーバ１０２０や管理装置１０１０などから取得してもよいし、携帯端末が直接計量装置から取得してもよい。また、計量装置選択画面では、計量装置の位置を示す店内の地図を表示してもよい。携帯端末が計量装置と例えば近距離無線通信で接続する場合に、携帯端末が無線通信可能範囲外にある場合には、客に計量装置への近接を促すメッセージを携帯端末が表示してもよい。 By pressing the weighing button, the mobile terminal connects to the weighing device using the acquired connection information. If there is only one weighing device in the store, connect to the weighing device. If there are a plurality of weighing devices in the store, the mobile terminal displays a weighing device selection screen for the customer to select the weighing device. On the weighing device selection screen displayed at this time, information on availability may be displayed for each weighing device. Further, even if there are a plurality of weighing devices, if there is only one available weighing device, the available weighing device may be automatically selected. Information on whether or not the weighing device can be used may be acquired by the mobile terminal from the cloud server 1020, the management device 1010, or the like, or may be acquired directly from the weighing device by the mobile terminal. Further, on the weighing device selection screen, a map of the store showing the position of the weighing device may be displayed. When the mobile terminal is connected to the weighing device by, for example, short-range wireless communication, if the mobile terminal is out of the wireless communication range, the mobile terminal may display a message prompting the customer to approach the weighing device. ..
　次に、商品登録時の携帯端末１０５０に表示される商品一覧の画面表示等について説明する。図３４Ｂ等で説明したように、買い物中、携帯端末１０５０には、図３９Ａに示す登録画面が表示される。
　図３９Ａに示す登録画面においては、下方に配置される表示領域８１２に、登録した商品の一覧が表示領域８１２に表示できる範囲で並べて表示されている。 Next, a screen display of a product list displayed on the mobile terminal 1050 during product registration will be described. As described with reference to FIG. 34B and the like, the mobile terminal 1050 displays the registration screen shown in FIG. 39A during shopping.
In the registration screen shown in FIG. 39A, a list of registered products is displayed side by side in a display area 812 arranged below in a displayable range in the display area 812.
　顧客は、表示領域８１２を見ることで登録した商品を確認することができるが、多くの商品を購入した際に商品を確認するためには、表示領域８１２に表示される一覧表示をたくさんスクロールする必要があり、確認が煩雑であった。第２実施形態の携帯端末１０５０は、表示領域８１２を必要に応じて拡張することで、登録した商品の確認をより簡単に行えるようになっている。 The customer can check the registered products by looking at the display area 812, but in order to check the products when purchasing many products, the customer scrolls a lot of the list display displayed in the display area 812. It was necessary and the confirmation was complicated. The mobile terminal 1050 of the second embodiment expands the display area 812 as needed, so that the registered product can be confirmed more easily.
　具体的には、顧客が、「拡張」キー８１１ａを操作することによって、携帯端末１０５０は、図３９Ｂに示すように、表示領域８１２を携帯端末１０５０の表示部の全域に拡張する。なお、表示領域８１２を携帯端末１０５０の表示部の全域に拡張しても全ての商品を表示できない場合は、スクロールによって表示できることは言うまでもない。 Specifically, when the customer operates the "expansion" key 811a, the mobile terminal 1050 expands the display area 812 to the entire display unit of the mobile terminal 1050, as shown in FIG. 39B. Needless to say, if all the products cannot be displayed even if the display area 812 is expanded to the entire display area of the mobile terminal 1050, the products can be displayed by scrolling.
　携帯端末１０５０は、表示領域８１２が携帯端末１０５０の表示部の全域に拡張することによって、表示領域８１１に表示されていた撮像部は隠し、それに連動して携帯端末１０５０の入力部２６０を無効とすることが好ましい。 The mobile terminal 1050 hides the imaging unit displayed in the display area 811 by expanding the display area 812 to the entire display unit of the mobile terminal 1050, and in conjunction with this, invalidates the input unit 260 of the mobile terminal 1050. Preferably.
　なお、表示領域８１２を拡張するための操作は、登録画面８１０に配置される「拡張」キー８１１ａによるものに限定されない。また、表示領域８１２は、必ずしも携帯端末１０５０の表示部の全域に拡張されなくてもよく、商品の数に応じて全ての商品が確認できる状態に拡張されるものでもよい。 The operation for expanding the display area 812 is not limited to the operation by the "extension" key 811a arranged on the registration screen 810. Further, the display area 812 does not necessarily have to be expanded to the entire display unit of the mobile terminal 1050, and may be expanded to a state in which all products can be confirmed according to the number of products.
　さらには、会員が商品の登録処理を行うに伴って、表示領域８１２が順次拡張されるものであってもよい。その場合には、表示領域８１２の最大拡張状態を設定しておくことで、カメラ領域を確保しながら、表示領域８１２を拡張することができる。 Further, the display area 812 may be sequentially expanded as a member performs product registration processing. In that case, by setting the maximum expansion state of the display area 812, the display area 812 can be expanded while securing the camera area.
　図４０Ａは、電波保留商品が発生した場合の商品の一覧を示す図である。まず、表示領域８１２には、保留商品欄９１２ａが設けられる。保留商品欄９１２ａには、保留商品の商品コード（図では一例として「４９ＸＸＸＸＸＸ」）と、電波保留商品であることを示すアイコン９１２ｂが表示される。このアイコン９１２ｂにより、客は通信状態が不安定となったために発生した電波保留商品であることがひと目で認識できる。 FIG. 40A is a diagram showing a list of products when a radio wave holding product is generated. First, the display area 812 is provided with a reserved product column 912a. In the hold product column 912a, the product code of the hold product (in the figure, "49XXXXXXX" as an example) and an icon 912b indicating that the product is a radio wave hold product are displayed. With this icon 912b, the customer can recognize at a glance that the product is a radio wave holding product generated due to the unstable communication state.
　図４０Ｂは、電波保留商品が発生したのちに、通信が回復した場合の商品の一覧を示す図である。図４０Ａでは、商品コードが表示されていたが、携帯端末１０５０は、通信の回復によって、クラウドサーバ１０２０に商品コードを送信することで、電波保留商品の商品名や価格を取得できる。これにより、図４０Ｂに示されるように、携帯端末１０５０は、商品名と価格とを表示することができる。また、保留商品欄９１２ａには、電波保留商品であったことを示すアイコン９１２ｃが表示される。これにより、客は電波保留商品がクラウドサーバ１０２０に登録されたことをひと目で認識できる。なお、通信が回復し、電波保留商品の商品名や価格を取得し、上記アイコン９１２ｃ等を表示する場合には、「通信が回復しました。商品情報が更新されました」などと表示してもよい。 FIG. 40B is a diagram showing a list of products when communication is restored after the occurrence of a radio wave holding product. Although the product code is displayed in FIG. 40A, the mobile terminal 1050 can acquire the product name and price of the radio wave reserved product by transmitting the product code to the cloud server 1020 due to the restoration of communication. As a result, as shown in FIG. 40B, the mobile terminal 1050 can display the product name and the price. Further, an icon 912c indicating that the product is a radio wave holding product is displayed in the holding product column 912a. Thereby, the customer can recognize at a glance that the radio wave holding product is registered in the cloud server 1020. In addition, when communication is restored, the product name and price of the radio wave hold product are acquired, and the above icon 912c etc. is displayed, "Communication has been restored. Product information has been updated" is displayed. Good.
　上述した図３３において、携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示されている２次元コードを読み取った精算装置１０４０は、クラウドサーバ１０２０に小計金額の算出を要求し、当該要求に対する応答として、クラウドサーバ１０２０は精算装置１０４０に小計情報を送信したが、より詳細な情報を送信し、精算装置１０４０は、登録確認画面を表示してもよい。図４１は、保留商品がない場合の登録確認画面の一例を示す図である。 In FIG. 33 described above, the settlement device 1040 that has read the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050 requests the cloud server 1020 to calculate the subtotal amount, and in response to the request, the cloud server 1020 Although the subtotal information has been transmitted to the settlement device 1040, more detailed information may be transmitted and the settlement device 1040 may display the registration confirmation screen. FIG. 41 is a diagram showing an example of a registration confirmation screen when there is no reserved product.
　図４１に示す登録確認画面９００には、登録した商品の一覧９００ａが表示されており、上方位置に「お会計」キー９００ｂが表示されている。なお、一覧９００ａの表示は、矢印９００ｃを操作することでスクロールすることができる。 On the registration confirmation screen 900 shown in FIG. 41, a list of registered products 900a is displayed, and a "payment" key 900b is displayed at an upper position. The display of the list 900a can be scrolled by operating the arrow 900c.
　また、登録確認画面９００の下方位置には、商品の価格帯別の登録数量を示す価格帯登録数９００ｄが表示されている。図４１に示す例では、￥１,０００以上、￥５００～９９９円、￥３００～４９９円、￥３００円以下の価格帯について、それぞれの商品個数が表示されている。価格帯別の登録数量が表示されることで、店員は、会員が購入した商品の概略を把握することができる。また、高額商品が購入されているときは、パトライト（登録商標）やその他装置（監視装置）、サービス管理責任者等に通知しても良く、高額商品の梱包などを店員によりお手伝いすることができる。 Further, in the lower position of the registration confirmation screen 900, a price range registration number 900d indicating the registration quantity of each product by price range is displayed. In the example shown in FIG. 41, the number of products is displayed for each price range of 1,000 yen or more, 500 to 999 yen, 300 to 499 yen, and 300 yen or less. By displaying the registered quantity for each price range, the clerk can grasp the outline of the product purchased by the member. In addition, when a high-priced product is purchased, Patlite (registered trademark), other equipment (monitoring device), service manager, etc. may be notified, and the clerk can assist in packing the high-priced product. ..
　図４２は、保留商品がある場合の登録確認画面の一例を示す図である。図４２に示す登録確認画面９２０には、登録情報の一覧９２０ａが表示されるとともに、登録できなかった３点の保留商品の情報（登録保留情報）があわせて表示されている。このとき、精算装置１０４０は、登録情報の一覧９２０ａと登録保留情報９２０ｂ，９２０ｃ，９２０ｄ，９２０ｇとは、異なる表示形態で表示する。表示形態を異ならせるに際しては、商品情報と保留商品情報の背景色を異ならせて表示したり、文字色やフォントを異ならせて表示したりすればよい。 FIG. 42 is a diagram showing an example of a registration confirmation screen when there are pending products. On the registration confirmation screen 920 shown in FIG. 42, a list 920a of registration information is displayed, and information on three items of pending products that could not be registered (registration pending information) is also displayed. At this time, the settlement device 1040 displays the registration information list 920a and the registration hold information 920b, 920c, 920d, 920g in different display formats. When the display form is different, the background color of the product information and the reserved product information may be different, or the character color and font may be different.
　登録保留情報９２０ｇには、アイコン９２０ｈが表示されている。このアイコン９２０ｈは、電波保留商品であることを示している。このアイコン９２０ｈにより、客は通信状態が不安定となったために発生した電波保留商品であることがひと目で認識できる。 The icon 920h is displayed in the registration hold information 920g. This icon 920h indicates that the product is a radio wave holding product. By this icon 920h, the customer can recognize at a glance that the product is a radio wave holding product generated due to the unstable communication state.
　また、精算装置１０４０は、４点の登録保留情報を登録情報の一覧の先頭位置に配置するようにしてもよい。これによって、会員または店員は、一覧表示に表示された情報の中から、保留商品を簡単に把握することができる。また、画面の下方位置には、商品の価格帯別の登録数量を示す価格帯登録数９００ｄに加えて、保留商品の個数９２０ｅが「４」と表示されている。 Further, the settlement device 1040 may arrange the four pieces of registration suspension information at the head position of the list of registration information. As a result, the member or the clerk can easily grasp the reserved product from the information displayed in the list display. Further, in the lower position of the screen, in addition to the price range registration number 900d indicating the registration quantity for each price range of the product, the number of reserved products 920e is displayed as "4".
　保留商品がある場合には、店員による操作が必要となる。精算装置１０４０は、店員の修正操作に応じて、保留商品について登録保留情報の修正を行う。図４３は、店員が修正操作を行うための編集画面を示す図である。精算装置１０４０は、図４２に示した登録確認画面９２０において、店員により登録保留情報９２０ｂがタッチされると、図４３に示すように、登録保留情報９２０ｂを編集するための編集画面９３０を表示する。 If there is a product on hold, the clerk will need to operate it. The settlement device 1040 corrects the registration hold information for the hold product according to the correction operation of the store clerk. FIG. 43 is a diagram showing an editing screen for a store clerk to perform a correction operation. When the clerk touches the registration hold information 920b on the registration confirmation screen 920 shown in FIG. 42, the settlement device 1040 displays an edit screen 930 for editing the registration hold information 920b as shown in FIG. 43. ..
　編集画面９３０には、スキャンボタンが配置されており、店員がスキャンボタンを操作することで、精算装置１０４０は、商品のコード情報を読み取った際の画像データを表示する。店員は、表示された画像データを見ることで保留商品を確認することができ、陳列棚を確認に行くなどして、正しい商品情報を知ることができる。 A scan button is arranged on the edit screen 930, and when the clerk operates the scan button, the settlement device 1040 displays the image data when the code information of the product is read. The clerk can check the reserved products by looking at the displayed image data, and can know the correct product information by going to check the display shelves.
　精算装置１０４０は、編集処理によって修正された情報を商品マスタ等に反映しても良い。例えば、新規で特売用のコード情報を添付した商品について、商品マスタの書き換えを忘れるなどしてＮｏｎファイル商品となっていることがある。そのような場合には、営業日の登録保留情報を修正して商品マスタに反映することによって、それ以降の登録保留を防止することができる。また、商品の価格等が明らかでないものについては、精算装置１０４０は、部門と金額とを編集することで仮の修正を行うことができるようにしてもよい。また、電波保留商品についても、精算装置１０４０で商品をスキャンすることにより、クラウドサーバ１０２０から商品名や価格等を取得できるので、電波保留商品についても登録することが可能となる。 The settlement device 1040 may reflect the information corrected by the editing process in the product master or the like. For example, a new product with code information for sale may be a Non-file product due to forgetting to rewrite the product master. In such a case, by correcting the business day registration hold information and reflecting it in the product master, it is possible to prevent subsequent registration hold. Further, if the price of the product or the like is not clear, the settlement device 1040 may be able to make a provisional correction by editing the department and the amount. Further, as for the radio wave holding product, the product name, price, etc. can be obtained from the cloud server 1020 by scanning the product with the settlement device 1040, so that the radio wave holding product can also be registered.
　図４４は、登録保留情報９２０ｂ編集後の登録確認画面を示す図である。図４４に示されるように登録保留情報９２０ｂは修正される。また、登録保留情報９２０ｇは、精算装置１０４０で商品がスキャンされたことにより修正されている。そして、電波保留商品であったことを示すアイコン９２０ｉが表示される。これにより、客は電波保留商品がクラウドサーバ１０２０に登録されたことをひと目で認識できる。また、登録確認画面９２０の下方位置に表示される保留商品の個数９２０ｅは、「２」に変更されている。 FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a registration confirmation screen after editing the registration suspension information 920b. The registration pending information 920b is modified as shown in FIG. Further, the registration hold information 920g is corrected by the product being scanned by the settlement device 1040. Then, the icon 920i indicating that the product is on hold is displayed. Thereby, the customer can recognize at a glance that the radio wave holding product is registered in the cloud server 1020. Further, the number 920e of held products displayed at the lower position of the registration confirmation screen 920 is changed to “2”.
　図４５は、全ての登録保留情報を編集した後の登録確認画面を示す図である。図４５に示す登録確認画面９２０では、４点の登録保留商品のうち、３点の商品を示すかつての登録保留情報９２０ｂ，９２０ｃ，９２０ｇは登録されており、１点の登録保留情報９２０ｄは登録の取り消し処理がなされている。登録保留商品がなくなったので、登録確認画面９２０の下方位置に表示される保留商品の個数９２０ｅは、「０」に変更されている。また、精算装置１０４０は、登録確認画面９２０の情報位置に「決定」キー９２０ｆを表示している。会員又は店員が「決定」キー９２０ｆを操作することにより、精算装置１０４０は、商品の登録修正処理を完了して図３５Ａに示す精算画面に移行する。 FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a registration confirmation screen after editing all registration suspension information. On the registration confirmation screen 920 shown in FIG. 45, of the four registered pending products, the former registration pending information 920b, 920c, and 920 g indicating the three products are registered, and one registration pending information 920d is registered. Has been revoked. Since there are no more reserved products, the number of reserved products 920e displayed at the lower position of the registration confirmation screen 920 has been changed to "0". Further, the settlement device 1040 displays a “OK” key 920f at the information position on the registration confirmation screen 920. When the member or the store clerk operates the “Enter” key 920f, the settlement device 1040 completes the product registration/correction process and shifts to the settlement screen shown in FIG. 35A.
　次に、買い物リストについて説明する。顧客は、携帯端末１０５０によって店舗を特定し、その店舗の商品マスタをダウンロードすることで、携帯端末１０５０によって、購入を予定している商品のリスト（以下、「買い物リスト」という）を作成することができる。 Next, the shopping list will be explained. A customer identifies a store by the mobile terminal 1050 and downloads the product master of the store to create a list of products planned to be purchased by the mobile terminal 1050 (hereinafter referred to as "shopping list"). You can
　例えば、顧客が、携帯端末１０５０の表示部に表示した商品情報の一覧から、購入する予定の商品を選択して登録することによって、携帯端末１０５０は、買い物リストを作成する。また、携帯端末１０５０は、日常的に購入する商品について、買い物リストを作成する際に購入予定商品として自動的に登録してもよい。 For example, the mobile terminal 1050 creates a shopping list by selecting and registering a product to be purchased from a list of product information displayed on the display unit of the mobile terminal 1050. In addition, the mobile terminal 1050 may automatically register products that are purchased on a daily basis as planned purchase products when creating a shopping list.
　顧客は、店舗における商品登録の際に、携帯端末１０５０に買い物リストを表示して買い物リストを利用することができる。表示される買い物リストにおける購入予定商品の並びは、店舗の通路順や部門順でも良く、その他自由に設定、変更できる。また、例えば「やさい」「せいか」等の音声入力によって、携帯端末１０５０は、当該部門のみ表示しても良いし、表示領域の上方位置に表示しても良い。 The customer can use the shopping list by displaying the shopping list on the mobile terminal 1050 when registering the product in the store. The items to be purchased in the displayed shopping list may be arranged in the order of aisles or departments in the store, and can be freely set and changed. Further, for example, the mobile terminal 1050 may display only the relevant department or may be displayed at an upper position of the display area by voice input such as "easy" or "seika".
　そして、顧客が商品の登録を行うことによって、携帯端末１０５０は、買い物リストの商品情報の表示の変更や、買い物リストの消込みを行う。これによって、顧客は、購入予定の商品が登録されたことを知ることができる。なお、携帯端末１０５０は、複数購入予定の商品について、予定購入数量を報知して予定数量の登録が行われることで消し込み等を行うようにしてもよい。 Then, when the customer registers the product, the mobile terminal 1050 changes the display of the product information in the shopping list and clears the shopping list. As a result, the customer can know that the product to be purchased has been registered. In addition, the mobile terminal 1050 may delete the products scheduled to be purchased by notifying the planned purchase quantity and registering the planned quantity.
　また、携帯端末１０５０は、顧客が買い物リストから登録する商品を指定した後でないと、商品の登録処理が実行できないようにしてもよい。それによって購入予定商品を確実に購入することができ、また、予定以外の商品を購入するなど過度の衝動買いを抑制することができる。 The mobile terminal 1050 may be configured so that the product registration process cannot be executed until the customer specifies the product to be registered from the shopping list. As a result, it is possible to surely purchase the product to be purchased, and it is possible to suppress excessive impulse purchase such as purchasing a product other than the planned purchase.
　なお、顧客が、商品を指定してから当該商品以外を撮像した場合には、携帯端末１０５０は、エラー表示等の報知をしてもよい。また、携帯端末１０５０は、買い物リストに登録されている他の商品を撮像した場合にもエラー表示等の報知をしてもよい。 If the customer specifies a product and then images a product other than the product, the mobile terminal 1050 may notify an error display or the like. Further, the mobile terminal 1050 may give an error display or the like even when an image of another product registered in the shopping list is captured.
　なお、携帯端末１０５０は、買い物リストに存在しない商品についても商品の登録処理を許容するが、その場合には、当該商品が買い物リストに存在しない商品であり、購入を確認する画面を表示するなど報知することが好ましい。さらに、携帯端末１０５０は、登録情報の一覧表示において、買い物リストに存在する商品と存在しない商品を判別可能に表示しても良い。 Note that the mobile terminal 1050 allows registration processing of products that are not on the shopping list, but in that case, the product is not on the shopping list and a screen for confirming purchase is displayed. It is preferable to notify. Further, the mobile terminal 1050 may display the products existing in the shopping list and the products not present in the shopping list so that they can be discriminated from each other in the list display of the registration information.
　さらに、携帯端末１０５０は、顧客が買い物リストに表示された商品名をクリック等することで、商品の登録を完了させてもよい。顧客は、商品のバーコードを読み取る必要がなく、よりスムーズな商品登録を行うことができる。また、買い物リストを利用して商品の登録を行うことで、バーコードが貼付されていない商品についての登録処理を簡単に行うことができる。 Further, the mobile terminal 1050 may complete registration of the product by the customer clicking the product name displayed in the shopping list or the like. The customer does not need to read the bar code of the product and can register the product more smoothly. Further, by registering the product using the shopping list, it is possible to easily perform the registration process for the product to which the barcode is not attached.
　なお、携帯端末１０５０は、過去の買い物履歴情報から定期的に購入する商品を買い物リストに自動的に加えたり、自宅にある空容器などのバーコードをスキャンすることにより「買い物リスト」を作成することもできるようにしてもよい。なお、買い物リストに登録されているが登録情報のない商品が存在する場合には、携帯端末１０５０は、買い忘れがある旨を登録画面等に表示して顧客に報知してもよく、さらには、買い忘れの商品について購入するか購入しないかを問い合わせてもよい。 The mobile terminal 1050 creates a "shopping list" by automatically adding products to be purchased regularly from past shopping history information to the shopping list or by scanning a barcode such as an empty container at home. You may also be able to. If there is a product that is registered in the shopping list but does not have registration information, the mobile terminal 1050 may display on the registration screen or the like that there is a forget to buy and notify the customer. You may inquire whether to buy or not to buy the item you forgot to buy.
　次に、クーポン等の品券の登録について説明する。第２実施形態に係る携帯端末１０５０は、紙媒体によるクーポン券のクーポン情報を登録することができる。例えば、クーポン券に印刷されているバーコードを読み取ることによって、記録されている割引情報を取得して、商品の登録に反映することができる。なお、記録されているクーポン情報がユニークなクーポン情報であれば、該クーポン情報の読み取りによって当該クーポン情報を無効にすればよい。また、クーポン券の回収が必要であれば、買い物中に店員を呼び出して入力してもらうか、有人の精算装置にて決済を行うようにしてもよい。 Next, I will explain the registration of gift certificates such as coupons. The mobile terminal 1050 according to the second embodiment can register coupon information of a coupon ticket made of paper medium. For example, by reading the barcode printed on the coupon, the recorded discount information can be acquired and reflected in the product registration. If the recorded coupon information is unique coupon information, the coupon information may be invalidated by reading the coupon information. In addition, if it is necessary to collect coupons, a clerk may be called during shopping to enter the coupons, or payment may be made using a manned payment device.
　なお、携帯端末１０５０は、読み取ったクーポン情報を自動的に最大の値引条件になるように計算し、商品の価格に反映して登録情報を出力してもよい。また、携帯端末１０５０は、商品の登録情報にクーポン情報をあわせてＱＲコード等のコード情報として出力し、ＰＯＳ端末等において値引き処理等を行っても良い。この際には、登録情報及びクーポン情報は、識別情報として管理装置１０１０から登録情報及びクーポン情報を取得するようにしてもよい。 Note that the mobile terminal 1050 may automatically calculate the read coupon information so as to be the maximum discount condition, reflect it in the price of the product, and output the registration information. Further, the mobile terminal 1050 may combine the coupon information with the product registration information and output it as code information such as a QR code, and perform discount processing or the like on the POS terminal or the like. At this time, the registration information and coupon information may be acquired as identification information from the management device 1010.
　次に、量り売りについて説明する。図４６は、携帯端末１０５０を用いて、客が購入したい計量対象商品の識別情報を携帯端末１０５０によって取得する例を示している。図４６には、計量対象商品として、レモン６０１ａ、リンゴ６０２ａ、オレンジ６０３ａが陳列されており、それぞれの計量対象商品の背後に、ディスプレイを有する標識６０１、標識６０２、標識６０３が置かれている。 Next, we will explain selling by weight. FIG. 46 shows an example in which the mobile terminal 1050 is used to acquire, by the mobile terminal 1050, the identification information of the product to be weighed that the customer desires to purchase. In FIG. 46, lemon 601a, apple 602a, and orange 603a are displayed as the products to be weighed, and a sign 601, a sign 602, and a sign 603 having a display are placed behind each of the products to be weighed.
　例えば、標識６０１には、レモンの文字、単価はｋｇあたりであること、単価は、ｎｎ円であることが表示されている。また、携帯端末１０５０がこれらの情報を光学的に読み取れるように、バーコード６０１ｂが表示されている。これらの表示は、紙などに印刷した状態で、表示されてもよいし、ディスプレイを用いて表示してもよい。なお、ディスプレイを用いて表示することで、タイムサービスなどのときの値引きを加味した表示を迅速に行える。また、バーコードを所定の時間で変更して表示することによって、予めカメラで撮影しておいたバーコードなどを携帯端末１０５０に読み取らせることで、異なる単価にて、計量対象商品を登録するなどの不正を防止することができる。 For example, the sign 601 indicates that the character of lemon, the unit price is per kg, and the unit price is nn yen. Further, a bar code 601b is displayed so that the mobile terminal 1050 can optically read the information. These displays may be displayed as printed on paper or the like, or may be displayed using a display. By displaying using a display, it is possible to quickly display with a discount at the time of time service or the like. In addition, by changing the barcode at a predetermined time and displaying it, the mobile terminal 1050 can read the barcode or the like taken by the camera in advance, so that the products to be weighed can be registered at different unit prices. It is possible to prevent fraud.
　図４６における携帯端末１０５０は、既にレモンとリンゴのバーコードを読み取ることで、それぞれの商品識別情報を取得し、かつそれらの商品の計量がされていない状態となっている。この状態を以下の説明では、仮登録ともいう。携帯端末１０５０には、仮登録欄６１１、６１２には、レモンとリンゴの計量が必要であることや、計量していないことから価格が不明（図では「？？円」で示している）であることが表示される。なお、図４６に示す例では、登録欄６１３に示されるように、１６０円のヨーグルト１点の登録もされている。そのため、小計欄６１０には、正式に登録されている商品が１点であること、その概算合計が１６０円であること、お会計へ進むのボタンが表示されている。 The mobile terminal 1050 in FIG. 46 has already acquired the product identification information for each of the products by reading the barcodes of the lemon and the apple, and is in a state where the products are not weighed. This state is also referred to as temporary registration in the following description. In the mobile terminal 1050, the temporary registration columns 611 and 612 require weighing of lemons and apples, and the price is unknown because they are not weighed (indicated by "?? Yen" in the figure). Is displayed. In the example shown in FIG. 46, as shown in the registration column 613, one yogurt of 160 yen is also registered. Therefore, in the subtotal column 610, one item is officially registered, the estimated total is 160 yen, and a button for proceeding to checkout is displayed.
　また、仮登録欄６１１、６１２は、網掛け表示され、登録欄６１３と異なる態様で表示される。これにより、客に対し仮登録であることをわかりやすく表示し、また計量を促すようにしている。 Further, the temporary registration fields 611 and 612 are shaded and displayed in a manner different from the registration field 613. In this way, the customer can be easily displayed that the registration is temporary and the user is prompted to measure.
　なお、計量対象商品を登録する画面は、計量対象商品ではない通常商品を登録する画面とは異なる専用画面であってもよい。例えば、通常商品を登録する画面で計量対象商品のバーコードが読み取られた場合、上記専用画面を表示する。この専用画面では、計量対象商品のみを登録可能とする。これにより、客はバーコードを読み取った商品が計量対象商品であること、また計量装置による計量が必要であることを容易に認識することができる。 Note that the screen for registering the products to be weighed may be a dedicated screen different from the screen for registering the normal products that are not the products to be weighed. For example, when the barcode of the product to be weighed is read on the screen for registering a normal product, the above-mentioned dedicated screen is displayed. This dedicated screen allows only merchandise to be weighed to be registered. Thereby, the customer can easily recognize that the product whose barcode is read is the product to be weighed and that the weighing by the weighing device is necessary.
　専用画面において、通常商品のバーコードが読み取られた場合の制御方法として、２つの方法を行ってもよい。１つめの方法は、通常商品のバーコードが読み取られた場合、「計量対象商品を先に計量してください」と表示することで、計量対象商品を計量し、登録が終了しない限り、通常商品の登録を不可とする方法である。２つめの方法は、通常商品のバーコードが読み取られた場合、通常商品を登録する画面に戻り、通常商品を登録するが、通常商品を登録する画面において、例えば「要計量商品あり」など、計量が必要であることを目立つように（点滅等）表示する方法である。いずれの方法であっても、計量が必要であることを客が容易に認識することができるので、計量忘れなどを抑制することができる。 Two methods may be used as control methods when the barcode of a normal product is read on the dedicated screen. The first method is to display "Please measure the product to be weighed first" when the bar code of the normal product is read, so that the product to be weighed is weighed and unless the registration is completed, the normal product This is a method that disables the registration of. The second method is to return to the screen for registering the normal product when the barcode of the normal product is read, and to register the normal product. On the screen for registering the normal product, for example, "There is a product requiring measurement", This is a method of prominently indicating that weighing is necessary (blinking, etc.). Whichever method is used, the customer can easily recognize that weighing is necessary, so that forgetting of weighing can be suppressed.
　次に、計量装置について説明する。図４７は、計量装置１０６０と拡大した表示画面を示す図である。計量装置１０６０は、表示部１０６０ａ、読み取り部１０６０ｂ、印刷ラベル排出口１０６０ｃ、及び載台１０６０ｄを備える。また、計量装置１０６０は、不図示のＣＰＵ（Central Processing Unit）、ＲＯＭ（Read Only Memory）、ＲＡＭ（Random Access Memory）、またはマイコン等を備え、所定のプログラムに従って動作する。また、計量装置１０６０は、例えばロードセル方式により計量対象商品を計量する。また、計量装置１０６０は、商品識別情報に対応する単価を、例えば管理装置１０１０から取得することができる。 Next, the weighing device will be described. FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a weighing device 1060 and an enlarged display screen. The weighing device 1060 includes a display unit 1060a, a reading unit 1060b, a print label discharge port 1060c, and a mounting table 1060d. Further, the weighing device 1060 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a ROM (Read Only Memory), a RAM (Random Access Memory), a microcomputer, and the like (not shown), and operates according to a predetermined program. The weighing device 1060 weighs the weighing target product by, for example, a load cell method. Further, the weighing device 1060 can acquire the unit price corresponding to the product identification information from, for example, the management device 1010.
　表示部１０６０ａは、客に各種情報を表示するとともに、タッチパネルも備え、操作部としての機能を有する。読み取り部１０６０ｂは、各種コード（バーコード、２次元コード等）を読み取る。印刷ラベル排出口１０６０ｃは、計量対象商品に関する情報（代金を示すバーコード等）が印刷された印刷物（以下、「ラベル」ともいう）を排出する。載台１０６０ｄは、商品が載置される台であり、ここに載置された商品の重さが計量される。 The display unit 1060a has a function as an operation unit as well as displaying various kinds of information to the customer and also having a touch panel. The reading unit 1060b reads various codes (bar code, two-dimensional code, etc.). The print label discharge port 1060c discharges a printed matter (hereinafter, also referred to as “label”) on which information (such as a bar code indicating the price) regarding the product to be weighed is printed. The table 1060d is a table on which the product is placed, and the weight of the product placed on the table 1060d is measured.
　計量装置１０６０は、ＬＡＮ１０１９による通信の他に、携帯端末１０５０と通信可能である。携帯端末１０５０との通信には、第２実施形態ではBluetooth（登録商標）が用いられるが、Ｗｉ－Ｆｉ（登録商標）、光通信、３Ｇ／４Ｇ回線等など、通信可能なものであればどのような通信プロトコルを用いてよい。 The weighing device 1060 can communicate with the mobile terminal 1050 in addition to the communication via the LAN 1019. Bluetooth (registered trademark) is used for communication with the mobile terminal 1050 in the second embodiment, but any communication-capable one such as Wi-Fi (registered trademark), optical communication, 3G / 4G line, etc. Communication protocols such as may be used.
　拡大画面１０６０ｅは、計量装置１０６０の待機画面である。待機画面には、案内欄１０６０ｇ、６０ｈが表示される。案内欄１０６０ｇは、携帯端末１０５０を使用する場合の案内を示し、案内欄１０６０ｈは、携帯端末１０５０を使用しない場合の案内を示す。案内欄１０６０ｇには、２次元コード１０６０ｆが表示され、案内欄１０６０ｈには、携帯端末１０５０を使用しない場合の対応方法が表示される。以下の説明では、携帯端末１０５０を使用する形態について説明する。 The enlarged screen 1060e is a standby screen of the weighing device 1060. Guidance fields 1060g and 60h are displayed on the standby screen. The guidance column 1060g indicates guidance when the mobile terminal 1050 is used, and the guidance column 1060h indicates guidance when the mobile terminal 1050 is not used. The two-dimensional code 1060f is displayed in the guide column 1060 g, and the corresponding method when the mobile terminal 1050 is not used is displayed in the guide column 1060 h. In the following description, a mode of using the mobile terminal 1050 will be described.
　図４６に示したレモンとリンゴを仮登録した客は、携帯端末１０５０に２次元コード１０６０ｆを読み取らせる。このとき、携帯端末１０５０には、商品のバーコードを読み取る場合と同じ画面が表示されており、客は画面の表示を切り替えることなく２次元コード１０６０ｆを読み取らせることができる。２次元コード１０６０ｆを読み取った携帯端末１０５０は、計量装置１０６０との通信を開始する。この通信において、携帯端末１０５０は、計量装置１０６０に仮登録された商品の識別情報を送信する。例えば、図４６のようにレモンとリンゴが仮登録された場合には、レモンとリンゴの識別情報が送信される。 The customer who temporarily registered the lemon and apple shown in FIG. 46 causes the mobile terminal 1050 to read the two-dimensional code 1060f. At this time, the mobile terminal 1050 displays the same screen as when reading the barcode of the product, and the customer can read the two-dimensional code 1060f without switching the display of the screen. The mobile terminal 1050 that has read the two-dimensional code 1060f starts communication with the weighing device 1060. In this communication, the mobile terminal 1050 transmits the identification information of the product temporarily registered in the weighing device 1060. For example, when a lemon and an apple are provisionally registered as shown in FIG. 46, identification information of the lemon and the apple is transmitted.
　商品の識別情報を受信した計量装置１０６０は、識別情報に示される計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように表示部１０６０ａを制御する。第２実施形態では、識別情報が携帯端末１０５０により取得された順番に応じて、計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように表示部１０６０ａを制御する。 The weighing device 1060 that has received the product identification information controls the display unit 1060a so as to display a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target product shown in the identification information. In the second embodiment, the display unit 1060a is controlled so as to display a screen prompting the weighing of the product to be weighed according to the order in which the identification information is acquired by the mobile terminal 1050.
　図４８は、識別情報が携帯端末１０５０により取得された順番に応じた表示順を示す図である。図４８では、計量対象商品として、リンゴ、レモン、オレンジを例にしている。また、図４８に示されるように、リンゴの商品識別情報を０００３、レモンの商品識別情報を０００１、オレンジの商品識別情報を０００２としている。 FIG. 48 is a diagram showing a display order according to the order in which the identification information is acquired by the mobile terminal 1050. In FIG. 48, apples, lemons, and oranges are taken as examples of products to be weighed. Further, as shown in FIG. 48, the product identification information of apple is 0003, the product identification information of lemon is 0001, and the product identification information of orange is 0002.
　第２実施形態では、一例として３種類の表示順（取得順、逆取得順、識別情報順）で表示可能である。まず、携帯端末１０５０によって、リンゴ、レモン、オレンジの順に商品識別情報が取得されたとする。この順番で取得された場合に、取得順で表示するときは、計量装置１０６０は、そのままリンゴ、レモン、オレンジの順に計量を促す画面を表示するように表示部１０６０ａを制御する。取得順で表示するときは、計量装置１０６０は、そのままリンゴ、レモン、オレンジの順に計量を促す画面を表示するように表示部１０６０ａを制御する。逆取得順で表示するときは、計量装置１０６０は、オレンジ、レモン、リンゴの順に計量を促す画面を表示するように表示部１０６０ａを制御する。識別情報順で表示するときは、計量装置１０６０は、レモン、オレンジ、リンゴの順に計量を促す画面を表示するように表示部１０６０ａを制御する。 In the second embodiment, as an example, it is possible to display in three types of display order (acquisition order, reverse acquisition order, identification information order). First, it is assumed that the product identification information is acquired in the order of apple, lemon, and orange by the mobile terminal 1050. When the images are acquired in this order and displayed in the order of acquisition, the weighing device 1060 controls the display unit 1060a so as to display a screen prompting the weighing in the order of apple, lemon, and orange. When displaying in the order of acquisition, the weighing device 1060 controls the display unit 1060a so as to display a screen prompting weighing in the order of apple, lemon, and orange. When displaying in the reverse acquisition order, the weighing device 1060 controls the display unit 1060a so as to display a screen prompting weighing in the order of orange, lemon, and apple. When displaying in the order of identification information, the weighing device 1060 controls the display unit 1060a so as to display a screen prompting weighing in the order of lemon, orange, and apple.
　取得順に表示する場合は、客が商品識別情報をスキャンした順に表示されるので、客が違和感を感じないという効果がある。逆取得順での表示は、計量対象商品がカゴ内で積み重なるような商品の場合に好適である。具体的には、Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃがカゴに積み重なる商品とし、Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃの順に商品識別情報を取得してカゴに入れた場合、取得順で表示されると、まずＡを計量しなければならないが、この場合Ｂ、ＣをよけてＡを取り出さないとならないため、使い勝手が悪い。一方、逆取得順で表示されると、カゴからそのまま順番に取り出せばよいため、使い勝手がよいという効果がある。識別情報順に表示する場合は、単に商品識別情報をソートしてその順番で表示すればよいことから、取得した順番を管理する必要がないという効果がある。 When displaying in the order of acquisition, it is displayed in the order in which the customer scans the product identification information, so there is an effect that the customer does not feel uncomfortable. The display in the reverse acquisition order is suitable for products in which the products to be weighed are stacked in the basket. Specifically, if A, B, and C are products that are stacked in a basket, and product identification information is acquired in the order of A, B, and C and put in the basket, when displayed in the order of acquisition, A is first weighed. It must be done, but in this case, it is not easy to use because A must be taken out to avoid B and C. On the other hand, when they are displayed in the reverse acquisition order, they can be taken out from the basket as they are, which is convenient. When displaying in the order of identification information, it is sufficient to sort the product identification information and display it in that order, so that there is an effect that it is not necessary to manage the acquired order.
　なお、上述した３種類の表示順で表示された場合であっても、客による携帯端末の操作で、順番を変更可能としてもよい。変更するための操作として、例えば、画面に順番を変更するための矢印を表示し、この矢印をタッチする操作や、商品を示すアイコンをドラッグ・アンド・ドロップする操作や、順番を変更するための置数入力操作などが挙げられる。こうした順番の変更は、上述した専用画面で計量対象商品を表示する場合であっても、専用画面を用いることなく通常画面で計量対象商品を表示する場合であっても行えるようにしてもよい。 Even when the images are displayed in the above-mentioned three types of display order, the order may be changed by the operation of the mobile terminal by the customer. As operations for changing, for example, an arrow for changing the order is displayed on the screen, an operation for touching this arrow, an operation for dragging and dropping an icon indicating a product, and an operation for changing the order. An example is a numeric input operation. Such a change in the order may be made even when the measurement target product is displayed on the above-mentioned dedicated screen or when the measurement target product is displayed on the normal screen without using the dedicated screen.
　次に、計量を促す画面の表示例について説明する。以下で説明する表示例は、図４６で示したように、リンゴ、レモンの順に商品識別情報を取得し、取得順に表示した場合の表示例である。取得順に表示されるので、リンゴ、レモンの順に表示される。図４９Ａ、図４９Ｂ、図４９Ｃ、図４９Ｄは、表示部１０６０ａに表示されるリンゴの計量を促す画面等を示す図である。図５０Ａ、図５０Ｂ、図５０Ｃ、図５０Ｄは、表示部１０６０ａに表示されるレモンの計量を促す画面等を示す図である。 Next, a display example of the screen prompting the weighing will be explained. As shown in FIG. 46, the display example described below is a display example in which the product identification information is acquired in the order of apple and lemon and displayed in the order of acquisition. Since they are displayed in the order of acquisition, they are displayed in the order of apple and lemon. 49A, 49B, 49C, and 49D are views showing a screen and the like displayed on the display unit 1060a to encourage weighing of apples. 50A, 50B, 50C, and 50D are views showing a screen and the like displayed on the display unit 1060a to encourage the measurement of lemons.
　図４７で説明したように、携帯端末１０５０が２次元コード１０６０ｆを読み取り、計量装置１０６０と通信を行うと、まず図４９Ａに示される画面が表示部１０６０ａに表示される。図４９Ａに示される画面には、「商品を載せてください」という計量を促す文字列とともに、商品名欄６２１、戻るボタン６２２、中止ボタン６２３、サーチボタン６２４が表示される。商品名欄６２１は、計量対象商品の商品名を示す。戻るボタン６２２は、１つ前の画面を表示するためのボタンである。中止ボタン６２３は、計量を中止するためのボタンである。 As described with reference to FIG. 47, when the mobile terminal 1050 reads the two-dimensional code 1060f and communicates with the weighing device 1060, the screen shown in FIG. 49A is first displayed on the display unit 1060a. On the screen shown in FIG. 49A, a product name column 621, a back button 622, a stop button 623, and a search button 624 are displayed together with a character string prompting the weighing "Please put the product". The product name column 621 shows the product name of the measurement target product. The return button 622 is a button for displaying the previous screen. The stop button 623 is a button for stopping weighing.
　さらに、図４９Ａに示される画面には、計量結果欄６２５、単価欄６２６、合計欄６２７が表示される。計量結果欄６２５には、計量結果が表示される。単価欄６２６には、１キログラムあたりの価格が表示される。合計欄６２７には、計量結果と単価で定まる合計金額が表示される。 Further, a measurement result column 625, a unit price column 626, and a total column 627 are displayed on the screen shown in FIG. 49A. The measurement result column 625 displays the measurement result. The price per kilogram is displayed in the unit price column 626. The total column 627 displays the total amount of money determined by the measurement result and the unit price.
　客が載台１０６０ｄにリンゴを載置し、計量が完了すると、図４９Ｂに示される画面が表示される。計量が完了したことから、計量結果欄６２５には計量結果（図では１．２００６）が表示され、合計欄６２７には合計金額（図では￥４３２）が表示される。合計金額は、計量結果と単価の積を１円未満切り捨てて算出する。 When the customer places an apple on the platform 1060d and the weighing is completed, the screen shown in FIG. 49B is displayed. Since the weighing is completed, the weighing result (1.2006 in the figure) is displayed in the weighing result column 625, and the total amount (¥ 432 in the figure) is displayed in the total column 627. The total amount of money is calculated by rounding down the product of the weighing result and unit price to the nearest yen.
　さらに、図４９Ｂに示される画面には、「プリントボタンを押してください」という文字列とともに、プリントボタン６２８が表示される。プリントボタン６２８は、計量対象商品に関する情報を印刷したラベルを発行するためのボタンである。プリントボタン６２８は、計量対象商品を載置して計量値が安定したときに初めて表示されるようにすることが望ましい。例えば、計量値が安定するまではプリントボタン６２８をグレーアウトさせ、計量値が安定したときにグレーアウトを解除してもよい。 Further, on the screen shown in FIG. 49B, a print button 628 is displayed together with the character string “Please press the print button”. The print button 628 is a button for issuing a label on which information about the product to be weighed is printed. It is desirable that the print button 628 is displayed only when the measured product is placed and the measured value becomes stable. For example, the print button 628 may be grayed out until the weight value is stable, and may be released when the weight value is stable.
　図４９Ｂに示される画面において、客がプリントボタン６２８をタッチすると、印刷ラベル排出口１０６０ｃからラベルが排出されるとともに、図４９Ｃに示される画面が表示される。図４９Ｃに示される画面には、計量対象商品が入った袋にラベルを貼付することを促す画像が表示される。計量装置１０６０は、図４９Ｃに示される画面を表示するとともに、携帯端末１０５０にリンゴに関する計量済み情報（商品識別情報、計量されたこと、価格等）を送信し、携帯端末１０５０は計量済み情報を受信する。 When the customer touches the print button 628 on the screen shown in FIG. 49B, the label is ejected from the print label ejection port 1060c and the screen shown in FIG. 49C is displayed. On the screen shown in FIG. 49C, an image urging the bag containing the product to be weighed to be labeled is displayed. The weighing device 1060 displays the screen shown in FIG. 49C and transmits the weighing completed information (product identification information, weighing, price, etc.) regarding the apple to the mobile terminal 1050, and the mobile terminal 1050 displays the weighing completed information. To receive.
　計量済み情報を受信した携帯端末１０５０の画面には、図４９Ｄに示される画面が表示される。リンゴが計量されたため、リンゴに対応する仮登録欄６１２に代わり、登録欄６１２ａが表示される。登録欄６１２ａは、網掛けが解除され、さらに価格（４３２円）も表示される。これにより、客はリンゴの計量が完了したことなどを携帯端末１０５０において確認することができる。なお、未計量商品は価格が不明なため、「？？円」という態様で表示しているが、この態様に限らず、１００ｇあたりの単価を表示してもよい。このように計量対象商品と計量対象商品以外の商品とで価格欄の表示が異なるようにしてもよい。 The screen shown in FIG. 49D is displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal 1050 that has received the weighed information. Since the apples have been weighed, the registration field 612a is displayed instead of the temporary registration field 612 corresponding to the apples. The registration field 612a is unshaded and the price (432 yen) is also displayed. As a result, the customer can confirm on the mobile terminal 1050 that the weighing of the apple has been completed. Since the price of the unweighed product is unknown, it is displayed in the form of "?? Yen", but the present invention is not limited to this mode, and the unit price per 100 g may be displayed. In this way, the display of the price column may be different between the product to be weighed and the product other than the product to be weighed.
　図４９Ｄに示される画面が表示され、所定時間（例えば３秒）経過すると、図５０Ａに示される画面が表示部１０６０ａに表示される。図５０において、既に説明した符号についての説明を一部省略する。図５０Ａに示される画面は、レモンの計量を促すための画面である。図５０Ａに示される画面と図４９Ａに示される画面との違いは商品がレモンであることと、単価であり、その他は同じである。 The screen shown in FIG. 49D is displayed, and when a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) has elapsed, the screen shown in FIG. 50A is displayed on the display unit 1060a. In FIG. 50, the description of the reference numerals already described will be partially omitted. The screen shown in FIG. 50A is a screen for prompting the measurement of lemon. The difference between the screen shown in FIG. 50A and the screen shown in FIG. 49A is that the product is lemon, the unit price, and the others are the same.
　客が載台１０６０ｄにレモンを載置し、計量が完了すると、図５０Ｂに示される画面が表示される。計量が完了したことから、計量結果欄６２５には計量結果（図では０．５００）が表示され、合計欄６２７には合計金額（図では￥５００）が表示される。合計金額は、重量と単価の積を１円未満切り捨てて算出する。 When the customer places the lemon on the platform 1060d and the weighing is completed, the screen shown in FIG. 50B is displayed. Since the weighing is completed, the weighing result (0.500 in the figure) is displayed in the weighing result column 625, and the total amount (¥ 500 in the figure) is displayed in the total column 627. The total amount is calculated by rounding down the product of weight and unit price to the nearest yen.
　図５０Ｂに示される画面において、客がプリントボタン６２８をタッチすると、印刷ラベル排出口１０６０ｃからラベルが排出されるとともに、図５０Ｃに示される画面が表示される。図５０Ｃに示される画面には、計量対象商品が入った袋にラベルを貼付することを促す画像が表示される。計量装置１０６０は、図５０Ｃに示される画面を表示するとともに、携帯端末１０５０にレモンに関する計量済み情報（計量されたこと、価格等）を送信し、携帯端末１０５０は計量済み情報を受信する。 When the customer touches the print button 628 on the screen shown in FIG. 50B, the label is ejected from the print label ejection port 1060c and the screen shown in FIG. 50C is displayed. On the screen shown in FIG. 50C, an image urging the bag containing the product to be weighed to be labeled is displayed. The weighing device 1060 displays the screen shown in FIG. 50C and transmits the measured information (measured, price, etc.) regarding the lemon to the mobile terminal 1050, and the mobile terminal 1050 receives the measured information.
　計量済み情報を受信した携帯端末１０５０の画面には、図５０Ｄに示される画面が表示される。レモンが計量されたため、レモンに対応する仮登録欄６１１に代わり、登録欄６１１ａが表示される。登録欄６１１ａは、網掛けが解除され、さらに価格（５００円）も表示される。これにより、客はレモンの計量が完了したことなどを携帯端末１０５０において確認することができる。 The screen shown in FIG. 50D is displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal 1050 that has received the weighed information. Since the lemons have been measured, a registration field 611a is displayed instead of the temporary registration field 611 corresponding to the lemon. The registration column 611a is unshaded and the price (500 yen) is also displayed. As a result, the customer can confirm on the mobile terminal 1050 that the measurement of the lemon is completed.
　以上により、リンゴとレモンの計量が終了したため、計量装置１０６０は、所定時間経過後（例えば３秒）、図４７で説明した待機画面を表示する。なお、図４９Ｄ、図５０Ｄでは、計量が終了すると、「要計量」から「計量」に表示が変更されるが、「計量」に代えて、計量結果（例えば、２５０グラムなど）を表示してもよいし、計量結果に加え、または計量結果に代えて、単価（例えば、１００グラムあたりの単価）を表示してもよい。 Since the weighing of apples and lemons has been completed as described above, the weighing device 1060 displays the standby screen described with reference to FIG. 47 after a lapse of a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds). In FIGS. 49D and 50D, when the weighing is completed, the display is changed from "weighing required" to "weighing", but instead of "weighing", the weighing result (for example, 250 grams) is displayed. A unit price (for example, a unit price per 100 grams) may be displayed in addition to or instead of the weighing result.
　次に、以上説明した量り売りに関する処理をフローチャートを用いて説明する。図５１は、携帯端末１０５０の処理を示すフローチャートである。また、図５１に示される処理は、バーコードや２次元コードなど、コードが読み取られたときに実行される処理を示している。 Next, the process related to the above-mentioned sales by weight will be explained using a flowchart. FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing the processing of the mobile terminal 1050. Further, the processing shown in FIG. 51 shows processing executed when a code such as a barcode or a two-dimensional code is read.
　図５１において、携帯端末１０５０は、計量装置１０６０で表示される計量装置コードが読み取られたか否かを判定する（ステップＳ１０１）。計量装置コードが読み取られた場合には（ステップＳ１０１：ＹＥＳ）、携帯端末１０５０は、計量対象商品の仮登録商品があるか否かを判定する（ステップＳ１０２）。仮登録商品がない場合には（ステップＳ１０２：ＮＯ）、処理を終了する。仮登録商品がある場合には（ステップＳ１０２：ＹＥＳ）、携帯端末１０５０は、仮登録商品を示す商品識別情報を送信する（ステップＳ１０３）。ここでの処理では、携帯端末１０５０から計量装置１０６０に商品識別情報が直接送信されるが、例えば、クラウドサーバ１０２０や管理装置１０１０など、他の装置を経由して計量装置１０６０に商品識別情報を送信してもよい。 In FIG. 51, the mobile terminal 1050 determines whether or not the weighing device code displayed by the weighing device 1060 has been read (step S101). When the weighing device code is read (step S101: YES), the mobile terminal 1050 determines whether or not there is a provisionally registered product of the weighing target product (step S102). If there is no provisionally registered product (step S102: NO), the process ends. If there is a temporarily registered product (step S102: YES), the mobile terminal 1050 transmits the product identification information indicating the temporarily registered product (step S103). In the process here, the product identification information is directly transmitted from the mobile terminal 1050 to the weighing device 1060, but the product identification information is sent to the weighing device 1060 via another device such as the cloud server 1020 or the management device 1010. You may send it.
　商品識別情報を送信すると、携帯端末１０５０は、計量済み情報の受信を待つ。携帯端末１０５０は、計量済み情報を受信すると（ステップＳ１０４：ＹＥＳ）、計量済み情報に示される商品識別情報に対応する仮登録商品の仮登録欄（例えば、図４６で示した仮登録欄６１１）を登録欄に変更する（ステップＳ１０５）。携帯端末１０５０は、クラウドサーバ１０２０にバスケット識別情報、及び商品コードを送信する（ステップＳ１０６）。ここでの商品コードは、例えば商品識別情報とその金額、または商品識別情報と重量を示す情報など、商品と価格を特定可能な情報であればよい。携帯端末１０５０は、仮登録商品がまだあるか否かを判定する（ステップＳ１０７）。仮登録商品がある場合には（ステップＳ１０７：ＹＥＳ）、ステップＳ１０４に戻り、計量済み情報の受信を待つ。仮登録商品に対応する全ての計量済み情報を受信したことで、仮登録商品がない場合には（ステップＳ１０７：ＮＯ）、処理を終了する。 When the product identification information is transmitted, the mobile terminal 1050 waits for the reception of the measured information. When the mobile terminal 1050 receives the measured information (step S104: YES), the temporary registration column of the temporarily registered product corresponding to the product identification information indicated in the measured information (for example, the temporary registration column 611 shown in FIG. 46). Is changed to a registration field (step S105). The mobile terminal 1050 transmits the basket identification information and the product code to the cloud server 1020 (step S106). The product code here may be any information that can identify the product and the price, such as product identification information and its amount, or information indicating the product identification information and weight. The mobile terminal 1050 determines whether or not there are still provisionally registered products (step S107). If there is a provisionally registered product (step S107: YES), the process returns to step S104 and waits for the reception of the weighed information. If there is no temporarily registered product (step S107: NO) because all the measured information corresponding to the temporarily registered product has been received, the process ends.
　ステップＳ１０１において、計量装置コードが読み取られていない場合には（ステップＳ１０１：ＮＯ）、携帯端末１０５０は、計量対象商品のバーコードが読み取られたか否かを判定する（ステップＳ１０８）。計量対象商品のバーコードが読み取られた場合には（ステップＳ１０９：ＹＥＳ）、携帯端末１０５０は、計量対象商品を仮登録し（ステップＳ１０９）、処理を終了する。 If the weighing device code is not read in step S101 (step S101: NO), the mobile terminal 1050 determines whether the barcode of the product to be weighed has been read (step S108). When the barcode of the product to be weighed is read (step S109: YES), the mobile terminal 1050 temporarily registers the product to be weighed (step S109) and ends the process.
　ステップＳ１０８において、計量対象商品のバーコードが読み取られていない場合には（ステップＳ１０８：ＮＯ）、携帯端末１０５０は、非計量対象商品のバーコードが読み取られたか否かを判定する（ステップＳ１１０）。非計量対象商品のバーコードが読み取られた場合には（ステップＳ１１０：ＹＥＳ）、携帯端末１０５０は、非計量対象商品を登録し（ステップＳ１１１）、処理を終了する。また、非計量対象商品のバーコードが読み取られていない場合には（ステップＳ１１０：ＮＯ）、携帯端末１０５０は、処理を終了する。 When the barcode of the product to be weighed is not read in step S108 (step S108: NO), the mobile terminal 1050 determines whether or not the barcode of the product to be weighed is read (step S110). .. When the bar code of the non-weighing target product is read (step S110: YES), the mobile terminal 1050 registers the non-weighing target product (step S111) and ends the process. If the barcode of the non-weighing target product has not been read (step S110: NO), the mobile terminal 1050 ends the process.
　図５２は、計量装置１０６０の処理を示すフローチャートである。また、図５２に示される処理は、仮登録商品の商品識別情報を受信するときからの処理を示している。計量装置１０６０は、携帯端末１０５０から仮登録商品の商品識別情報を受信する（ステップＳ２０１）。計量装置１０６０は、商品識別情報から、単価を取得し、計量を促す画面を表示部１０６０ａに表示する（ステップＳ２０２）。ここでは、商品識別情報が取得された順番に応じて、計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示する。そして計量装置１０６０は、商品が載置されるのを待つ。載置されたか否かは、重さが検出されたか否かで判定される。 FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing the processing of the weighing device 1060. Further, the process shown in FIG. 52 shows the process from the time when the product identification information of the provisionally registered product is received. The weighing device 1060 receives the product identification information of the temporarily registered product from the mobile terminal 1050 (step S201). The weighing device 1060 acquires a unit price from the product identification information and displays a screen prompting the weighing on the display unit 1060a (step S202). Here, a screen for prompting the weighing of the products to be weighed is displayed according to the order in which the product identification information is acquired. Then, the weighing device 1060 waits for the product to be placed. Whether or not it is placed is determined by whether or not the weight is detected.
　計量装置１０６０は、載台１０６０ｄに商品が載置されたことを検出すると（ステップＳ２０３：ＹＥＳ）、計量結果を取得する（ステップＳ２０４）。計量装置１０６０は、計量結果と単価から合計金額を決定し（ステップＳ２０５）、計量結果と合計金額とを表示部１０６０ａに表示する（ステップＳ２０６）。計量装置１０６０は、携帯端末１０５０に計量済み情報を送信し（ステップＳ２０７）、客によるプリントボタン６２８のタッチを待つ。 When the weighing device 1060 detects that the product is placed on the platform 1060d (step S203: YES), the weighing device 1060 acquires the weighing result (step S204). The weighing device 1060 determines the total amount from the weighing result and the unit price (step S205), and displays the weighing result and the total amount on the display unit 1060a (step S206). The weighing device 1060 transmits the measured information to the mobile terminal 1050 (step S207), and waits for the customer to touch the print button 628.
　客によりプリントボタン６２８がタッチされると（ステップＳ２０８：ＹＥＳ）、計量装置１０６０は、ラベルの印刷及び排出を行う（ステップＳ２０９）。このステップＳ２０９に示されるように、計量装置１０６０は、計量対象商品が計量されるたびに、当該計量対象商品に関する情報を印刷したラベルを発行する。これにより、計量されるたびに客はラベルを取得することができるので、客の使い勝手を向上させることができる。 When the print button 628 is touched by the customer (step S208: YES), the weighing device 1060 prints and ejects the label (step S209). As shown in step S209, each time the weighing target product is weighed, the weighing device 1060 issues a label printed with information about the weighing target product. As a result, the customer can obtain the label each time the product is weighed, so that the usability of the customer can be improved.
　計量装置１０６０は、計量していない仮登録商品がまだあるか否かを判定する（ステップＳ２１０）。計量していない仮登録商品がまだある場合には（ステップＳ２１０：ＹＥＳ）、計量装置１０６０は、所定時間待機し（ステップＳ２１１）、次の仮登録商品の計量を促す画面を表示する（ステップＳ２０２）。計量していない仮登録商品がない場合には（ステップＳ２１０：ＮＯ）、計量装置１０６０は、待機画面を表示し（ステップＳ２１２）、処理を終了する。 The weighing device 1060 determines whether or not there are still provisionally registered products that have not been weighed (step S210). When there is still a temporarily registered product that has not been weighed (step S210: YES), the weighing device 1060 waits for a predetermined time (step S211) and displays a screen prompting the weighing of the next temporarily registered product (step S202). ). If there is no provisionally registered product that has not been weighed (step S210: NO), the weighing device 1060 displays a standby screen (step S212) and ends the process.
　上述した処理に加え、携帯端末１０５０は、計量装置１０６０との通信が完了し、計量を開始するための操作が始まるまで、客に計量装置１０６０を見るように促してもよい。促す方法として、例えば携帯端末１０５０の画面上に「計量装置の案内にしたがって操作してください」や、「計量装置の画面をみてください」を表示したり、「計量装置の案内にしたがって操作してください」や、「計量装置の画面をみてください」を音声で報知する方法が挙げられる。また、計量装置１０６０が複数ある場合は、それらを区別するために、計量装置１０６０を特定する識別情報（番号や図形など）を併せて報知してもよい。 In addition to the above-mentioned processing, the mobile terminal 1050 may urge the customer to look at the weighing device 1060 until the communication with the weighing device 1060 is completed and the operation for starting the weighing is started. As a method of prompting, for example, "Please operate according to the guidance of the weighing device" or "Please see the screen of the weighing device" is displayed on the screen of the mobile terminal 1050, or "Operate according to the guidance of the weighing device". Please,” or “Please look at the screen of the weighing device”. Further, when there are a plurality of measuring devices 1060, identification information (numbers, figures, etc.) that identifies the measuring device 1060 may be notified together in order to distinguish them.
　また、計量装置１０６０は、計量操作終了後、計量装置１０６０の画面に携帯端末１０５０にデータが反映されているか否かの確認を促す報知を行ってもよい。確認を促す報知方法として、「携帯端末の画面を確認してください」を画面に表示する方法や、「携帯端末の画面を確認してください」を音声で報知する方法が挙げられる。また、携帯端末１０５０においても携帯端末１０５０にデータが反映されているかどうかの確認を促す報知を行ってもよい。携帯端末１０５０での報知方法として、「計量装置からのデータが反映されましたので確認してください」を表示する方法や、「計量装置からのデータが反映されましたので確認してください」を音声で報知する方法が挙げられる。 Further, after the weighing operation is completed, the weighing device 1060 may give a notification prompting to confirm whether or not the data is reflected on the mobile terminal 1050 on the screen of the weighing device 1060. Examples of the notification method for prompting confirmation include a method of displaying "Please check the screen of the mobile terminal" on the screen and a method of notifying "Please check the screen of the mobile terminal" by voice. Further, the mobile terminal 1050 may also be notified to prompt confirmation of whether or not the data is reflected in the mobile terminal 1050. As a notification method on the mobile terminal 1050, a method of displaying "Please check because the data from the weighing device has been reflected" or "Please check because the data from the weighing device has been reflected". There is a method of notifying by voice.
　携帯端末１０５０は、データが反映されているかどうかの確認を促す報知に代えて、確認するための操作を行わせるようにしてもよい。例えば、携帯端末１０５０は、計量装置１０６０からのデータを受信した後、計量した商品１つ１つについて個別に確認ボタンを押すという操作を行わせるようにしてもよい。または、携帯端末１０５０は、計量した商品の結果を一覧で表示し、一括で確認ボタンを押すという操作を行わせるようにしてもよい。そして、携帯端末１０５０は、登録された商品に誤りがあった場合に、商品の取り消しや訂正を行うための操作を受付可能としてもよい。携帯端末１０５０は、訂正操作を受け付けた場合には、計量装置１０６０で再計量を行うようにしてもよい。携帯端末１０５０は、取り消し操作を受け付けた場合には、登録された商品を取り消すようにする。なお、訂正や取り消し操作は、店員のみが行えるようにするか、店員の確認を要するようにしてもよい。 The mobile terminal 1050 may be made to perform an operation for confirmation instead of the notification for prompting confirmation of whether or not the data is reflected. For example, the mobile terminal 1050 may be made to perform an operation of individually pressing a confirmation button for each of the weighed products after receiving the data from the weighing device 1060. Alternatively, the mobile terminal 1050 may display the results of the weighed products in a list and perform an operation of collectively pressing the confirmation button. Then, the mobile terminal 1050 may be able to accept an operation for canceling or correcting the product when there is an error in the registered product. When the mobile terminal 1050 accepts the correction operation, the mobile terminal 1050 may perform reweighing by the weighing device 1060. When the mobile terminal 1050 accepts the cancellation operation, the mobile terminal 1050 cancels the registered product. The correction or cancellation operation may be performed only by the clerk or may require confirmation by the clerk.
　次に、携帯端末１０５０から計量装置１０６０に送信される仮登録商品の商品識別情報の送信方法について、図４８で説明した表示順（取得順、逆取得順、識別情報順）ごとに説明する。ここでは、計量装置１０６０は、携帯端末１０５０から商品識別情報を受信した順番で計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するものとする。 Next, a method of transmitting the product identification information of the temporarily registered product transmitted from the mobile terminal 1050 to the weighing device 1060 will be described for each display order (acquisition order, reverse acquisition order, identification information order) described in FIG. Here, the weighing device 1060 shall display a screen prompting the weighing of the products to be weighed in the order in which the product identification information is received from the mobile terminal 1050.
　表示順が取得順の場合は、携帯端末１０５０は、取得した商品識別情報が古いものを先に送信する。これにより、計量装置１０６０は、商品識別情報が取得された順に受信するため、取得順に計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示することができる。 If the display order is the acquisition order, the mobile terminal 1050 transmits the acquired product identification information with the oldest first. Accordingly, the weighing device 1060 receives the product identification information in the order in which the product identification information is acquired, and thus can display a screen prompting the user to weigh the products to be weighed.
　表示順が逆取得順の場合は、携帯端末１０５０は、取得した商品識別情報が新しいものを先に送信する。これにより、計量装置１０６０は、商品識別情報が取得された逆の順に受信するため、逆取得順に計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示することができる。 If the display order is the reverse acquisition order, the mobile terminal 1050 transmits the acquired new product identification information first. As a result, since the weighing device 1060 receives the product identification information in the reverse order in which the product identification information is acquired, it is possible to display a screen prompting the weighing of the product to be weighed in the reverse acquisition order.
　表示順が識別情報順の場合は、携帯端末１０５０は、取得した商品識別情報をまずソート（例えば昇順にソート）する。携帯端末１０５０は、ソートされた先頭から識別情報を順に送信する。これにより、計量装置１０６０は、ソートされた順に受信するため、識別情報順に計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示することができる。 If the display order is the identification information order, the mobile terminal 1050 first sorts the acquired product identification information (for example, ascending order). The mobile terminal 1050 transmits the identification information in order from the sorted head. As a result, the weighing device 1060 receives the data in the sorted order, and thus can display a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target products in the order of the identification information.
　これらの他に、携帯端末１０５０は、例えば識別情報と順番を示す順番情報をペアで計量装置１０６０に送信し、計量装置１０６０が順番情報に従って表示してもよい。なお、識別情報順に表示する場合には、計量装置１０６０で識別情報をソートして表示すればよいため、取得した順番を管理する必要はない。 In addition to these, the mobile terminal 1050 may transmit, for example, identification information and order information indicating the order to the weighing device 1060 in pairs, and the measuring device 1060 may display according to the order information. In the case of displaying the identification information in order, the weighing apparatus 1060 may sort and display the identification information, and therefore it is not necessary to manage the order of acquisition.
　以上説明したように、第２実施形態では、計量対象商品の計量を促す画面に計量する商品が自動的に表示されるので、客は指定する必要がないことから、客の使い勝手を向上することができる。また、表示順を取得順、逆取得順、識別情報順で表示可能であるので、商品や客の指定に応じて表示順を変化させるなど、柔軟に対応することができるので、客の使い勝手を向上することができる。 As described above, in the second embodiment, since the product to be weighed is automatically displayed on the screen prompting the weighing of the product to be weighed, the customer does not need to specify it, so that the usability of the customer is improved. You can In addition, since the display order can be displayed in the order of acquisition, reverse acquisition, and identification information, it is possible to flexibly respond by changing the display order according to the designation of the product or customer, so that the customer's usability is convenient. Can be improved.
　上述した実施形態では、携帯端末としてスマートフォンを用いた例について説明したが、店舗で用意したウェアラブルスキャナであってもよい。このような店舗で用意した携帯端末の場合には、客が自らの端末等で既に登録した商品を引き継いで買い物できるように、客のバスケット情報を取得可能に構築されていてもよい。 In the above-described embodiment, an example in which a smartphone is used as a mobile terminal has been described, but a wearable scanner prepared at a store may be used. In the case of a mobile terminal prepared at such a store, it may be constructed so that the customer's basket information can be acquired so that the customer can take over the products already registered on his / her own terminal or the like for shopping.
　前述の通常保留商品と電波保留商品は携帯端末で判別可能に表示態様やマークや印なども用いて表示する。電波保留商品は通信回復時に情報を更新したときには、携帯端末画面上でデータ更新した旨を報知する。表示態様が異なれば、どの商品がデータ更新されたか一目瞭然であり、買い物客が安心して買い物を継続できる。また、通信回復時に携帯端末の一覧表示を更新しないままでも良い。 The above-mentioned normal hold product and radio wave hold product are displayed using the display mode and marks or marks so that they can be distinguished on a mobile terminal. When the information is updated when the communication is restored, the radio wave holding product notifies that the data has been updated on the screen of the mobile terminal. If the display mode is different, it is obvious which product has the data updated, and the shopper can continue shopping with peace of mind. In addition, the list display of the mobile terminals may not be updated when communication is restored.
　携帯端末１０５０での表示と同様に精算装置では、図４２に「電波保留商品」と「通常保留商品」を判別可能に表示しても良い。このように表示することで、店員が確認作業を行う場合の助けとなる。なお、電波保留商品であったが通信が回復してクラウドサーバ１０２０に登録された商品は、店員による確認作業を不要としてもよい。また、ＮＯＮファイルによる保留商品について、精算装置での精算の際には、商品マスタが更新され、商品コードに対応する商品情報が商品マスタに作成されていることもあるため、商品マスタにもとづいて登録保留情報の修正を行うようにしてもよい。なお、商品マスタは自動で更新されずに、更新ボタンなど手動で更新されるようにしてもよい。 Similar to the display on the mobile terminal 1050, the settlement device may display the "radio wave hold product" and the "normal hold product" in a discriminable manner in FIG. 42. Displaying in this way helps the clerk to perform the confirmation work. It should be noted that, although the product is a radio wave holding product but is registered in the cloud server 1020 after communication is restored, the confirmation work by the store clerk may be unnecessary. In addition, for a reserved product by the NON file, the product master may be updated and product information corresponding to the product code may be created in the product master when the product is settled by the payment device. The registration pending information may be modified. The product master may not be updated automatically, but may be updated manually by using an update button or the like.
　ＮＯＮファイルによる保留商品の登録保留情報が修正された場合には、ＮＯＮファイルによる保留商品であったこと店員が判別できるようにすると、店員の商品チェックもスムーズとなる。特に、読取ＮＧやＮＯＮファイルによる保留商品は、読み取り時にエラーが発生したことにより、客が商品購入をあきらめるなどして売場に商品を戻している可能性も高いため、上述した店員による判別が可能であることは有効である。 Registration of reserved products by NON file When the pending information is corrected, if the clerk can determine that the product was reserved by the NON file, the clerk's product check will be smooth. In particular, it is highly possible that a customer gives up the purchase of the product and returns the product to the sales floor due to an error during the reading of the pending product with the read NG or NON file. Is valid.
　携帯端末１０５０と精算装置１０４０との間でのバスケット識別情報のやり取りは、２次元コードに限定されず、バーコード、ＲＦＩＤやＮＦＣやBluetooth（登録商標）による無線通信、携帯端末１０５０または精算装置１０４０に用意されたコネクタを経由して携帯端末１０５０と精算装置１０４０との有線通信など方法は問わない。 The exchange of the basket identification information between the mobile terminal 1050 and the settlement device 1040 is not limited to the two-dimensional code, but may be a barcode, wireless communication by RFID, NFC or Bluetooth (registered trademark), the mobile terminal 1050 or the settlement device 1040. There is no limitation on the method such as wired communication between the mobile terminal 1050 and the settlement device 1040 via the connector prepared in.
　第１実施形態では、タグ装置がタッチされることで、タッチされた商品のアイコンが計量装置１０に表示されるが、これに第２実施形態を適用可能である。具体的に、計量装置１０は、アイコンの表示順を、タッチされた順番、タッチされた順番とは逆の順番、または識別情報順で表示する。このように、第１実施形態に第２実施形態を適用することで、客の使い勝手を向上することができる。 In the first embodiment, when the tag device is touched, the icon of the touched product is displayed on the weighing device 10, and the second embodiment can be applied to this. Specifically, the weighing device 10 displays the display order of the icons in a touched order, an order opposite to the touched order, or an identification information order. As described above, by applying the second embodiment to the first embodiment, the usability of the customer can be improved.
　なお、以上に説明した管理装置１０１０、クラウドサーバ１０２０、精算装置１０３０、１０４０、携帯端末１０５０、計量装置１０６０を実現するためのプログラムを、コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体に記録し、そのプログラムをコンピュータシステムに読み込ませて実行するようにしてもよい。なお、ここでいう「コンピュータシステム」とは、ＯＳや周辺機器等のハードウェアを含むものとする。また、「コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、フレキシブルディスク、光磁気ディスク、ＲＯＭ、ＣＤ－ＲＯＭ等の可搬媒体、コンピュータシステムに内蔵されるハードディスク等の記憶装置のことをいう。さらに「コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、インターネット等のネットワークや電話回線等の通信回線を介してプログラムが送信された場合のサーバやクライアントとなるコンピュータシステム内部の揮発性メモリ（ＲＡＭ）のように、一定時間プログラムを保持しているものも含むものとする。また、上記プログラムは、このプログラムを記憶装置等に格納したコンピュータシステムから、伝送媒体を介して、あるいは、伝送媒体中の伝送波により他のコンピュータシステムに伝送されてもよい。ここで、プログラムを伝送する「伝送媒体」は、インターネット等のネットワーク（通信網）や電話回線等の通信回線（通信線）のように情報を伝送する機能を有する媒体のことをいう。また、上記プログラムは、前述した機能の一部を実現するためのものであってもよい。さらに、前述した機能をコンピュータシステムにすでに記録されているプログラムとの組み合わせで実現できるもの、いわゆる差分ファイル（差分プログラム）であってもよい。 It should be noted that a program for realizing the management device 1010, the cloud server 1020, the settlement devices 1030, 1040, the mobile terminal 1050, and the weighing device 1060 described above is recorded in a computer-readable recording medium, and the program is stored in a computer system. You may make it read and execute. The “computer system” mentioned here includes an OS and hardware such as peripheral devices. Further, the “computer-readable recording medium” refers to a portable medium such as a flexible disk, a magneto-optical disk, a ROM, a CD-ROM, or a storage device such as a hard disk built in a computer system. Further, the "computer-readable recording medium" is a volatile memory (RAM) inside a computer system that serves as a server or a client when a program is transmitted via a network such as the Internet or a communication line such as a telephone line. In addition, those that hold the program for a certain period of time are also included. Further, the program may be transmitted from a computer system in which this program is stored in a storage device or the like to another computer system via a transmission medium or by a transmission wave in the transmission medium. Here, the "transmission medium" for transmitting the program refers to a medium having a function of transmitting information such as a network (communication network) such as the Internet or a communication line (communication line) such as a telephone line. Further, the program may be for realizing a part of the functions described above. Further, it may be a so-called difference file (difference program) that can realize the functions described above in combination with a program already recorded in the computer system.
　＜実施形態の総括＞
　（１）上述した課題を解決する本発明の一態様は、量り売り商品を計量する計量装置であって、操作者の所持する携帯端末と通信する第１のモードと、前記携帯端末と通信しない第２のモードとを少なくとも含む複数のモードのうちのいずれのモードで当該計量装置を動作させるかに関するモードの指示を受け付けるモード受付部と、前記第１のモードに関連する情報と前記第２のモードに関連する情報とを同一画面に表示する表示制御部と、を有する計量装置である。 <Summary of Embodiment>
(1) One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a weighing device that weighs a product sold by weight, and has a first mode of communicating with a mobile terminal owned by an operator and a first mode of not communicating with the mobile terminal. A mode reception unit that receives a mode instruction regarding which mode of a plurality of modes including at least two modes is used to operate the weighing device, information related to the first mode, and the second mode. And a display control unit that displays information related to the item on the same screen.
　（２）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記モード受付部は、前記第１のモードに関連する情報及び前記第２のモードに関連する情報が表示されているときに、前記操作者の当該計量装置に対する操作に応じて前記モードの指示を受け付ける。 (2) In the product sales data processing device, when the mode reception unit displays the information related to the first mode and the information related to the second mode, the metering of the operator. The instruction of the mode is accepted according to the operation on the device.
　（３）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記モード受付部は、当該計量装置に表示された第１のシンボルコードが前記携帯端末に読み取られたこと又は前記携帯端末と当該計量装置との間で近距離無線通信が確立されたことを、前記第１のモードの指示であるとして受け付ける。 (3) In the product sales data processing device, the mode reception unit indicates that the first symbol code displayed on the weighing device has been read by the mobile terminal or between the mobile terminal and the weighing device. The fact that the short-distance wireless communication is established is accepted as the instruction of the first mode.
　（４）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記商品の種類に対応して設けられた端末装置からの前記商品の種類を含む識別情報を受け取る受取部を更に備え、前記表示制御部は、前記モード受付部により前記第１のモードの指示が受け付けられた場合、前記操作者の所持する前記携帯端末の介在により前記端末装置から受け取られた前記識別情報に対応する商品選択関連情報を表示するよう制御し、前記モード受付部により前記第２のモードの指示が受け付けられた場合、前記携帯端末の介在なしに前記端末装置から受け取られた前記識別情報に対応する前記商品選択関連情報を表示するよう制御する。 (4) The product sales data processing device further includes a receiving unit that receives identification information including the type of the product from a terminal device provided corresponding to the type of the product, and the display control unit is the mode. When the reception unit receives the instruction of the first mode, it is controlled to display the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device by the intervention of the mobile terminal possessed by the operator. Then, when the mode reception unit receives the instruction of the second mode, it is controlled to display the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device without the intervention of the mobile terminal. To do.
　（５）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記表示制御部は、少なくとも前記第１のモードの指示が受け付けられて、前記第１のモードが開始された場合は、前記操作者の所持する前記携帯端末の介在により前記端末装置から受け取られた前記識別情報に対応する前記商品選択関連情報以外の情報を表示しないよう制御する。 (5) In the product sales data processing device, when the display control unit receives at least the instruction of the first mode and starts the first mode, the mobile phone possessed by the operator. It controls not to display information other than the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device by the intervention of the terminal.
　（６）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記表示制御部は、前記第２のモードの指示が受け付けられて、前記第２のモードが開始された後に受け取られた前記識別情報に対応した前記商品選択関連情報が、表示されていない場合には、当該識別情報を、前記商品選択関連情報の表示のために用いないよう制御する。 (6) In the product sales data processing device, the display control unit receives the instruction of the second mode, and the product corresponding to the identification information received after the second mode is started. When the selection related information is not displayed, the identification information is controlled not to be used for displaying the product selection related information.
　（７）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記操作者により選択された前記商品選択関連情報に係る前記識別情報と、載置台に載置された前記商品の計量値とに基づいて、前記商品の価格を含む出力情報を、前記モードに応じて異なる態様で出力する出力部を更に備え、前記出力部は、前記第１のモードにおいて、前記商品の価格に関する情報を含む第２のシンボルコードが印字されないラベルを発行し、前記第２のモードにおいて、前記商品の価格に関する情報を含む前記第２のシンボルコードが印字されたラベルを発行し、前記表示制御部は、所定の商品選択関連情報に係る商品の前記出力情報が出力されると、前記所定の商品選択関連情報を消去する。 (7) In the product sales data processing device, the product of the product is based on the identification information related to the product selection-related information selected by the operator and the measured value of the product placed on the mounting table. The output unit further includes an output unit that outputs output information including the price in different modes depending on the mode, and the output unit is printed with a second symbol code including information on the price of the product in the first mode. In the second mode, a label on which the second symbol code including information on the price of the product is printed is issued, and the display control unit relates to predetermined product selection related information. When the output information of the product is output, the predetermined product selection related information is deleted.
　（８）上記商品販売データ処理装置において、前記計量装置による計量結果を算出する算出手段を備え、前記表示制御手段は、前記算出手段による前記計量結果と前記第１のモードに関連する情報と第２のモードに関連する情報とを同一画面に表示する。 (8) The product sales data processing device includes a calculation means for calculating a measurement result by the measurement device, and the display control means includes the measurement result by the calculation means, information related to the first mode, and a first. Information related to the second mode is displayed on the same screen.
　（９）上述した課題を解決する本発明の一態様は、（４）から（８）のうちいずれか１項に記載の前記端末装置及び前記計量装置を有する商品データ処理システム。 (9) One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a product data processing system having the terminal device and the weighing device according to any one of (4) to (8).
　（１０）上述した課題を解決する本発明の一態様は、計量装置に実行させるプログラムであって、操作者の所持する携帯端末と通信する第１のモードと、前記携帯端末と通信しない第２のモードとを少なくとも含む複数のモードのうちいずれのモードで前記計量装置を動作させるかに関するモードの指示を受け付ける手順と、前記第１のモードに関連する情報と前記第２のモードに関連する情報とを同一画面に表示する手順と、を有する命令を前記計量装置に実行させるプログラム。 (10) One aspect of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned problems is a program to be executed by the weighing device, the first mode of communicating with the mobile terminal possessed by the operator and the second mode of not communicating with the mobile terminal. A procedure for receiving a mode instruction regarding which mode of the plurality of modes including at least the mode of operating the weighing device, information related to the first mode, and information related to the second mode. A program for causing the weighing device to execute an instruction having a procedure for displaying the above on the same screen.
　（１１）上述した課題を解決する本発明の一態様は、（１）に記載の計量装置と携帯端末とを含む商品データ処理システムであって、前記携帯端末は、計量対象商品を示す識別情報を前記計量装置に送信する送信手段を備え、前記計量装置は、前記識別情報を受信する受信手段と、表示手段と、前記受信手段により受信された前記識別情報に示される前記計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように前記表示手段を制御する制御手段と、を備えたことを特徴とする商品データ処理システム。
　上記構成によれば、客の使い勝手を向上させた技術を提供することができる。 (11) One aspect of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is a product data processing system including the weighing device and a mobile terminal according to (1), wherein the portable terminal is identification information indicating a weighing target product. Is transmitted to the weighing device, and the weighing device is configured to receive the identification information, display means, and measure the weighing target product indicated by the identification information received by the receiving means. And a control unit that controls the display unit to display a screen prompting the product data processing system.
According to the above configuration, it is possible to provide a technology with improved usability for the customer.
　（１２）上記商品データ処理システムにおいて、前記携帯端末は、前記計量対象商品の前記識別情報を取得する取得手段を備え、前記送信手段は、前記取得手段により複数の前記識別情報が取得された場合には、取得された複数の前記識別情報を送信し、前記制御手段は、前記取得手段により前記識別情報が取得された順番に応じて、前記計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように前記表示手段を制御する。
　上記構成によれば、識別情報が取得された順番に応じた制御が可能となる。 (12) In the product data processing system, the mobile terminal includes an acquisition unit that acquires the identification information of the measurement target product, and the transmission unit acquires a plurality of the identification information by the acquisition unit. To transmit a plurality of the acquired identification information, and the control means displays a screen that prompts the weighing of the weighing target product according to the order in which the identification information is acquired by the acquisition means. The display means is controlled.
According to the above configuration, control can be performed according to the order in which the identification information is acquired.
　（１３）上記商品データ処理システムにおいて、前記計量装置は、前記計量対象商品が計量されるたびに、当該計量対象商品に関する情報を印刷した印刷物を発行する発行手段を備えたことを特徴とする。
　上記構成によれば、客の使い勝手を向上させた技術を提供することができる。 (13) In the product data processing system, the weighing device is provided with an issuing means for issuing a printed matter printed with information about the weighing target product each time the weighing target product is weighed.
According to the above configuration, it is possible to provide a technology with improved usability for the customer.
　（１４）上述した課題を解決する本発明の一態様は、（１）に記載の計量装置と携帯端末とを含む商品データ処理システムにおいて、前記携帯端末を第１のコンピュータとして機能させ、前記計量装置を第２のコンピュータとして機能させるためのプログラムであって、前記第１のコンピュータを、計量対象商品を示す識別情報を前記計量装置に送信する送信手段として機能させ、前記第２のコンピュータを、前記識別情報を受信する受信手段と、前記受信手段により受信された前記識別情報に示される前記計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように表示手段を制御する制御手段として機能させるプログラム。
　上記構成によれば、客の使い勝手を向上させた技術を提供することができる。 (14) One aspect of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned problems is to make the mobile terminal function as a first computer in a product data processing system including the measuring device and the mobile terminal according to (1), and to measure the weight. A program for causing an apparatus to function as a second computer, wherein the first computer functions as a transmitting unit that transmits identification information indicating a product to be weighed to the weighing apparatus, and the second computer is A program that functions as a receiving means for receiving the identification information and a control means for controlling the display means so as to display a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target product shown in the identification information received by the receiving means.
According to the above configuration, it is possible to provide a technology with improved usability for the customer.
１０　計量装置
２０　タグ装置
３１　ストアコントローラ
３２　ＰＯＳ端末
３３　セルフＰＯＳ端末
１０４　表示タッチパネル
１０１０　管理装置
１０２０　クラウドサーバ
１０３０　精算装置
１０４０　精算装置
１０５０　携帯端末
１０６０　計量装置
１４０１　ＣＰＵ
１４０２　ＲＯＭ
１４０３　ＲＡＭ
１４０４　ハードディスク
１４０５　客側表示部
１４０６　客側スキャナ部
１４０８　カード決済部
１４０９　釣銭機
１４１０　店員側表示部
１４１１　キー操作部
１４１２　店員側スキャナ部
１４１３　印刷部
１４１４　音声出力部
１４１５　通信部 10 Weighing device 20 Tag device 31 Store controller 32 POS terminal 33 Self POS terminal 104 Display touch panel 1010 Management device 1020 Cloud server 1030 Settlement device 1040 Settlement device 1050 Mobile terminal 1060 Weighing device 1401 CPU
1402 ROM
1403 RAM
1404 Hard disk 1405 Customer side display section 1406 Customer side scanner section 1408 Card settlement section 1409 Change machine 1410 Salesclerk side display section 1411 Key operation section 1412 Salesclerk side scanner section 1413 Printing section 1414 Voice output section 1415 Communication section

Claims (14)

  1. 　量り売り商品を計量する計量装置であって、
    　操作者の所持する携帯端末と通信する第１のモードと、前記携帯端末と通信しない第２のモードとを少なくとも含む複数のモードのうちのいずれのモードで当該計量装置を動作させるかに関するモードの指示を受け付けるモード受付部と、
    　前記第１のモードに関連する情報と前記第２のモードに関連する情報とを同一画面に表示する表示制御部と、
    　を有する計量装置。     A weighing device that weighs products sold by weight.
    A mode relating to which of a plurality of modes including at least a first mode in which the weighing device is in communication with the mobile terminal held by the operator and a second mode in which the weighing device is not in communication with the mobile terminal is operated. A mode acceptance unit that accepts instructions,
    A display controller that displays the information related to the first mode and the information related to the second mode on the same screen;
    Weighing device with.
  2. 　前記モード受付部は、
    　前記第１のモードに関連する情報及び前記第２のモードに関連する情報が表示されているときに、前記操作者の当該計量装置に対する操作に応じて前記モードの指示を受け付ける、
    　請求項１に記載の計量装置。     The mode reception section
    When the information related to the first mode and the information related to the second mode are displayed, an instruction of the mode is accepted according to an operation of the weighing device by the operator.
    The weighing device according to claim 1.
  3. 　前記モード受付部は、
    　当該計量装置に表示された第１のシンボルコードが前記携帯端末に読み取られたこと又は前記携帯端末と当該計量装置との間で近距離無線通信が確立されたことを、前記第１のモードの指示であるとして受け付ける、
    　請求項１又は請求項２に記載の計量装置。     The mode reception section
    The fact that the first symbol code displayed on the weighing device has been read by the mobile terminal or that short-range wireless communication has been established between the mobile terminal and the weighing device is determined by the first mode. Accept as an instruction,
    The weighing device according to claim 1 or 2.
  4. 　前記商品の種類に対応して設けられた端末装置からの前記商品の種類を含む識別情報を受け取る受取部を更に備え、
    　前記表示制御部は、
    　前記モード受付部により前記第１のモードの指示が受け付けられた場合、前記操作者の所持する前記携帯端末の介在により前記端末装置から受け取られた前記識別情報に対応する商品選択関連情報を表示するよう制御し、
    　前記モード受付部により前記第２のモードの指示が受け付けられた場合、前記携帯端末の介在なしに前記端末装置から受け取られた前記識別情報に対応する前記商品選択関連情報を表示するよう制御する、
    　請求項１から請求項３のうちいずれか１項に記載の計量装置。     Further comprising a receiving unit for receiving identification information including the type of the product from the terminal device provided corresponding to the type of the product,
    The display control unit
    When the mode accepting unit accepts the instruction of the first mode, the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device by the intervention of the portable terminal possessed by the operator is displayed. Control and
    When the mode accepting unit accepts the instruction of the second mode, it controls to display the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device without the intervention of the mobile terminal,
    The measuring device according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  5. 　前記表示制御部は、
    　少なくとも前記第１のモードの指示が受け付けられて、前記第１のモードが開始された場合は、
    　前記操作者の所持する前記携帯端末の介在により前記端末装置から受け取られた前記識別情報に対応する前記商品選択関連情報以外の情報を表示しないよう制御する、
    　請求項４に記載の計量装置。     The display control unit
    If at least the instruction of the first mode is accepted and the first mode is started,
    Control so as not to display information other than the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received from the terminal device through the intervention of the portable terminal possessed by the operator,
    The weighing device according to claim 4.
  6. 　前記表示制御部は、
    　前記第２のモードの指示が受け付けられて、前記第２のモードが開始された後に受け取られた前記識別情報に対応した前記商品選択関連情報が、表示されていない場合には、当該識別情報を、前記商品選択関連情報の表示のために用いないよう制御する、
    　請求項４又は請求項５に記載の計量装置。     The display control unit
    When the product selection related information corresponding to the identification information received after the second mode instruction is received and the second mode is started is not displayed, the identification information is displayed. , Control not to be used for displaying the product selection related information,
    The weighing device according to claim 4 or 5.
  7. 　前記操作者により選択された前記商品選択関連情報に係る前記識別情報と、載置台に載置された前記商品の計量値とに基づいて、前記商品の価格を含む出力情報を、前記モードに応じて異なる態様で出力する出力部を更に備え、
    　前記出力部は、
    　　前記第１のモードにおいて、前記商品の価格に関する情報を含む第２のシンボルコードが印字されないラベルを発行し、
    　　前記第２のモードにおいて、前記商品の価格に関する情報を含む前記第２のシンボルコードが印字されたラベルを発行し、
    　前記表示制御部は、
    　　所定の商品選択関連情報に係る商品の前記出力情報が出力されると、前記所定の商品選択関連情報を消去する、
    　請求項４から請求項６のうちいずれか１項に記載の計量装置。     Based on the identification information related to the product selection related information selected by the operator and the measured value of the product placed on the mounting table, the output information including the price of the product is set according to the mode. Further equipped with an output unit that outputs in different modes
    The output unit is
    In the first mode, a label on which the second symbol code containing information on the price of the product is not printed is issued.
    In the second mode, issuing a label on which the second symbol code including information about the price of the product is printed,
    The display control unit
    When the output information of the product related to the predetermined product selection related information is output, the predetermined product selection related information is deleted.
    The measuring device according to any one of claims 4 to 6.
  8. 　前記計量装置による計量結果を算出する算出手段を備え、
    　前記表示制御手段は、前記算出手段による前記計量結果と前記第１のモードに関連する情報と第２のモードに関連する情報とを同一画面に表示する、
    　請求項１から請求項３のうちいずれか１項に記載の計量装置。     A calculation means for calculating the weighing result by the weighing device,
    The display control means displays the measurement result by the calculation means, the information related to the first mode, and the information related to the second mode on the same screen.
    The measuring device according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  9. 　請求項４から請求項８のうちいずれか１項に記載の前記端末装置及び前記計量装置を有する商品データ処理システム。 A product data processing system having the terminal device and the weighing device according to any one of claims 4 to 8.
  10. 　計量装置に実行させるプログラムであって、
    　操作者の所持する携帯端末と通信する第１のモードと、前記携帯端末と通信しない第２のモードとを少なくとも含む複数のモードのうちいずれのモードで前記計量装置を動作させるかに関するモードの指示を受け付ける手順と、
    　前記第１のモードに関連する情報と前記第２のモードに関連する情報とを同一画面に表示する手順と、
    　を有する命令を前記計量装置に実行させるプログラム。     A program to be executed by the weighing device,
    Instruction of a mode relating to which of a plurality of modes including at least a first mode in which the weighing device is in communication with the mobile terminal held by the operator and a second mode in which the weighing device is not in communication with the mobile terminal And the procedure for accepting
    A procedure for displaying information related to the first mode and information related to the second mode on the same screen, and
    A program that causes the weighing device to execute an instruction having the above.
  11. 　請求項１に記載の計量装置と携帯端末とを含む商品データ処理システムであって、
    　前記携帯端末は、
    　計量対象商品を示す識別情報を前記計量装置に送信する送信手段を備え、
    　前記計量装置は、
    　前記識別情報を受信する受信手段と、
    　表示手段と、
    　前記受信手段により受信された前記識別情報に示される前記計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように前記表示手段を制御する制御手段と、
    　を備えたことを特徴とする商品データ処理システム。     A product data processing system including the weighing device according to claim 1 and a mobile terminal,
    The mobile terminal
    A transmission means for transmitting identification information indicating a product to be weighed to the weighing device is provided.
    The weighing device is
    Receiving means for receiving the identification information,
    Display means,
    A control means for controlling the display means so as to display a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target product shown in the identification information received by the receiving means.
    A product data processing system characterized by being equipped with.
  12. 　前記携帯端末は、前記計量対象商品の前記識別情報を取得する取得手段を備え、
    　前記送信手段は、前記取得手段により複数の前記識別情報が取得された場合には、取得された複数の前記識別情報を送信し、
    　前記制御手段は、前記取得手段により前記識別情報が取得された順番に応じて、前記計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように前記表示手段を制御する請求項１１に記載の商品データ処理システム。     The mobile terminal includes an acquisition unit that acquires the identification information of the product to be weighed,
    When a plurality of the identification information is acquired by the acquisition means, the transmission means transmits the acquired plurality of the identification information.
    The product data processing according to claim 11, wherein the control unit controls the display unit to display a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target product according to the order in which the identification information is acquired by the acquisition unit. system.
  13. 　前記計量装置は、前記計量対象商品が計量されるたびに、当該計量対象商品に関する情報を印刷した印刷物を発行する発行手段を備えたことを特徴とする請求項１１または請求項１２に記載の商品データ処理システム。 The product according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the weighing device includes an issuing means for issuing a printed matter printed with information about the weighing target product each time the weighing target product is weighed. Data processing system.
  14. 　請求項１に記載の計量装置と携帯端末とを含む商品データ処理システムにおいて、前記携帯端末を第１のコンピュータとして機能させ、前記計量装置を第２のコンピュータとして機能させるためのプログラムであって、
    　前記第１のコンピュータを、
    　計量対象商品を示す識別情報を前記計量装置に送信する送信手段として機能させ、
    　前記第２のコンピュータを、
    　前記識別情報を受信する受信手段と、
    　前記受信手段により受信された前記識別情報に示される前記計量対象商品の計量を促す画面を表示するように表示手段を制御する制御手段として機能させるプログラム。     A program for causing the mobile terminal to function as a first computer and the measuring device to function as a second computer in the product data processing system including the weighing device and the mobile terminal according to claim 1.
    The first computer,
    It functions as a transmission means for transmitting identification information indicating a product to be weighed to the weighing device.
    The second computer,
    A receiving means for receiving the identification information and
    A program that functions as a control means for controlling the display means so as to display a screen prompting the weighing of the weighing target product shown in the identification information received by the receiving means.
PCT/JP2020/008905 2019-03-05 2020-03-03 Weighing device, merchandise data processing system, and program WO2020179783A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-039969 2019-03-05
JP2019039969A JP7297288B2 (en) 2019-03-05 2019-03-05 Weighing device, product data processing system, and program
JP2019127594A JP7376906B2 (en) 2019-07-09 2019-07-09 Product registration system, program, product registration method, and weighing device
JP2019-127594 2019-07-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020179783A1 true WO2020179783A1 (en) 2020-09-10

Family

ID=72337481

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/008905 WO2020179783A1 (en) 2019-03-05 2020-03-03 Weighing device, merchandise data processing system, and program

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020179783A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015087821A (en) * 2013-10-28 2015-05-07 株式会社寺岡精工 Commodity registration device, and accounting system equipped with the same
JP2015184013A (en) * 2014-03-20 2015-10-22 株式会社イシダ Weighing apparatus
US20160138962A1 (en) * 2013-06-21 2016-05-19 Illinois Tool Works Inc. Weighing scale system
US20170046767A1 (en) * 2014-11-19 2017-02-16 Dan Xiao Intelligent market automatic clearing system and implementation method therefof
US20170091748A1 (en) * 2015-09-28 2017-03-30 Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. Produce weigh station and method of use

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160138962A1 (en) * 2013-06-21 2016-05-19 Illinois Tool Works Inc. Weighing scale system
JP2015087821A (en) * 2013-10-28 2015-05-07 株式会社寺岡精工 Commodity registration device, and accounting system equipped with the same
JP2015184013A (en) * 2014-03-20 2015-10-22 株式会社イシダ Weighing apparatus
US20170046767A1 (en) * 2014-11-19 2017-02-16 Dan Xiao Intelligent market automatic clearing system and implementation method therefof
US20170091748A1 (en) * 2015-09-28 2017-03-30 Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. Produce weigh station and method of use

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6520207B2 (en) POS register, program, and method of processing electronic money storage medium
JP2019032606A (en) Commodity sales data processing system, commodity sales data processing device, and program
WO2020050410A1 (en) Portable terminal, weighing device, pos terminal, program, storage medium, sales processing system, and sales processing method
JP7376906B2 (en) Product registration system, program, product registration method, and weighing device
JP2023052804A (en) Portable terminal
JP2019211873A (en) Commodity sales data processing system and program
JP7144826B2 (en) Merchandise sales data processing system and program
JP2023138581A (en) sales processing system
WO2020149279A1 (en) Weighing/pricing device, sales system, product registration processing method, program, and recording medium
JP2023022164A (en) Sales processing system
JP2018018421A (en) Commodity sales data processing system and program
JP2020042461A (en) Sales processing system
JP2020129337A (en) Sales data processing system and program
WO2020179783A1 (en) Weighing device, merchandise data processing system, and program
JP7270241B2 (en) Mobile terminal, system, control method and program
JP6384274B2 (en) Product sales data processing device
JP6573009B2 (en) Product sales data processing apparatus and control program
JP2022045022A (en) Commodity sales data processing system and program
JP2020042462A (en) Sales processing system
JP2020143968A (en) Measuring device, product data processing system, and program
JP7321498B2 (en) Label issuing device and program
JP7481768B2 (en) System, program, sales data processing method, and settlement device
JP7438530B2 (en) sales system
JP7455365B2 (en) Weighing and pricing equipment and sales system
JP7325796B2 (en) Self-registration system and program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20767371

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20767371

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1